Sample records for above-threshold nonsequential double

  1. Quantum interference in laser-induced nonsequential double ionization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Quan, Wei; Hao, XiaoLei; Wang, YanLan; Chen, YongJu; Yu, ShaoGang; Xu, SongPo; Xiao, ZhiLei; Sun, RenPing; Lai, XuanYang; Hu, ShiLin; Liu, MingQing; Shu, Zheng; Wang, XiaoDong; Li, WeiDong; Becker, Wilhelm; Liu, XiaoJun; Chen, Jing

    2017-09-01

    Quantum interference plays an important role in various intense-laser-driven atomic phenomena, e.g., above-threshold ionization and high-order-harmonic generation, and provides a useful tool in ultrafast imaging of atomic and molecular structure and dynamics. However, it has eluded observation in nonsequential double ionization (NSDI), which serves as an ideal prototype to study electron-electron correlation. Thus far, NSDI usually could be well understood from a semiclassical perspective, where all quantum aspects have been ignored after the first electron has tunneled. Here we perform coincidence measurements for NSDI of xenon subject to laser pulses at 2400 nm. It is found that the intensity dependence of the asymmetry parameter between the yields in the second and fourth quadrants and those in the first and third quadrants of the electron-momentum-correlation distributions exhibits a peculiar fast oscillatory structure, which is beyond the scope of the semiclassical picture. Our theoretical analysis indicates that this oscillation can be attributed to interference between the contributions of different excited states in the recollision-excitation-with-subsequent-ionization channel. Our work demonstrates the significant role of quantum interference in NSDI and may create an additional pathway towards manipulation and imaging of the ultrafast atomic and molecular dynamics in intense laser fields.

  2. Two-color above-threshold and two-photon sequential double ionization beyond the dipole approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grum-Grzhimailo, A. N.; Gryzlova, E. V.; Kuzmina, E. I.; Chetverkina, A. S.; Strakhova, S. I.

    2015-04-01

    Two nonlinear atomic photoprocesses are theoretically considered with the emphasis on the photoelectron angular distributions and their modifications due to violation of the dipole approximation: sequential two-photon double ionization and two-color above threshold ionization. These reactions are now accessible with X-ray free electron lasers. Both processes are exemplified by the ionization of krypton: from the 4p shell in the sequential two-photon double ionization and from the 2s shell in the two-color above-threshold ionization, which are compared to the Ar(3p) and Ne(1s) ionization, respectively. Noticeable nondipole effects are predicted.

  3. Nonsequential double ionization with mid-infrared laser fields

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Li, Ying -Bin; Wang, Xu; Yu, Ben -Hai

    Using a full-dimensional Monte Carlo classical ensemble method, we present a theoretical study of atomic nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) with mid-infrared laser fields, and compare with results from near-infrared laser fields. Unlike single-electron strong-field processes, double ionization shows complex and unexpected interplays between the returning electron and its parent ion core. As a result of these interplays, NSDI for mid-IR fields is dominated by second-returning electron trajectories, instead of first-returning trajectories for near-IR fields. Here, some complex NSDI channels commonly happen with near-IR fields, such as the recollision-excitation-with-subsequent-ionization (RESI) channel, are virtually shut down by mid-IR fields. Besides, the finalmore » energies of the two electrons can be extremely unequal, leading to novel e-e momentum correlation spectra that can be measured experimentally.« less

  4. Nonsequential double ionization with mid-infrared laser fields

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Ying -Bin; Wang, Xu; Yu, Ben -Hai; ...

    2016-11-18

    Using a full-dimensional Monte Carlo classical ensemble method, we present a theoretical study of atomic nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) with mid-infrared laser fields, and compare with results from near-infrared laser fields. Unlike single-electron strong-field processes, double ionization shows complex and unexpected interplays between the returning electron and its parent ion core. As a result of these interplays, NSDI for mid-IR fields is dominated by second-returning electron trajectories, instead of first-returning trajectories for near-IR fields. Here, some complex NSDI channels commonly happen with near-IR fields, such as the recollision-excitation-with-subsequent-ionization (RESI) channel, are virtually shut down by mid-IR fields. Besides, the finalmore » energies of the two electrons can be extremely unequal, leading to novel e-e momentum correlation spectra that can be measured experimentally.« less

  5. Origin of double-line structure in nonsequential double ionization by few-cycle laser pulses

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Cheng, E-mail: huangcheng@swu.edu.cn; Zhong, Mingmin; Wu, Zhengmao

    2016-07-28

    We investigate nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) of molecules by few-cycle laser pulses at the laser intensity of 1.2–1.5 × 10{sup 14} W/cm{sup 2} using the classical ensemble model. The same double-line structure as the lower intensity (1.0 × 10{sup 14} W/cm{sup 2}) is also observed in the correlated electron momentum spectra for 1.2–1.4 × 10{sup 14} W/cm{sup 2}. However, in contrast to the lower intensity where NSDI proceeds only through the recollision-induced double excitation with subsequent ionization (RDESI) mechanism, here, the recollision-induced excitation with subsequent ionization (RESI) mechanism has a more significant contribution to NSDI. This indicates that RDESI ismore » not necessary for the formation of the double-line structure and RESI can give rise to the same type of structure independently. Furthermore, we explore the ultrafast dynamics underlying the formation of the double-line structure in RESI.« less

  6. Identification of doubly excited states in nonsequential double ionization of Ar in strong laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Zhangjin; Li, Xiaojin; Sun, Xiaoli; Hao, Xiaolei; Chen, Jing

    2017-12-01

    We use the semiclassical model to study the intensity dependence of nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) of Ar in short strong laser pulses. The contributions to NSDI through sequential ionization of doubly excited states (SIDE) are identified by tracking the energy trajectories of the two outgoing electrons. The correlated electron momentum distributions are calculated from which the longitudinal momentum distributions of the fast and the slow electrons for the side-by-side and the back-to-back emissions are obtained. The simulated momentum distributions of the fast and the slow electrons for NSDI of Ar by linearly polarized fields with a wavelength of 795 nm at an intensity of 7 × 1013 W cm-2 are in good agreement with the experimental measurements of Liu et al (2014 Phys. Rev. Lett. 112 013003). We demonstrate that the process of double ionization through SIDE dominates NSDI only when the laser intensities are below the recollision threshold; nevertheless, for higher intensities the SIDE process still takes place although the contribution to the NSDI yields decreases rapidly as the intensity increases. It has been found that for SIDE at different intensities, both the correlated electron momentum spectra and the momentum distributions of the fast and the slow electrons remain the same.

  7. State-resolved three-dimensional electron-momentum correlation in nonsequential double ionization of benzene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winney, Alexander H.; Lin, Yun Fei; Lee, Suk Kyoung; Adhikari, Pradip; Li, Wen

    2016-03-01

    We report state-resolved electron-momentum correlation measurement of strong-field nonsequential double ionization in benzene. With a novel coincidence detection apparatus, highly efficient triple coincidence (electron-electron dication) and quadruple coincidence (electron-electron-cation-cation) are used to resolve the final ionic states and to characterize three-dimensional (3D) electron-momentum correlation. The primary states associated with dissociative and nondissociative dications are assigned. A 3D momentum anticorrelation is observed for the electrons in coincidence with dissociative benzene dication states whereas such a correlation is absent for nondissociative dication states.

  8. Same-period emission and recombination in nonsequential double-recombination high-order-harmonic generation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hansen, Kenneth K.; Madsen, Lars Bojer

    2016-05-01

    Nonsequential double-recombination (NSDR) high-order-harmonic generation (HHG) is studied in a molecular model system. We observe a unique molecular two-electron effect with a characteristic cutoff in the HHG spectrum at higher energies than what was previously seen for NSDR HHG in atoms. The effect is corroborated with a classical model where it is found that the effect is sensitive to the molecular potential and originates from same-period emission and recombination (SPEAR) of two electrons. The effect persists for intermediate nuclear distances of R ≳8.0 a.u.

  9. Nonsequential double ionization channels control of Ar with few-cycle elliptically polarized laser pulse by carrier-envelope-phase.

    PubMed

    Ben, Shuai; Wang, Tian; Xu, Tongtong; Guo, Jing; Liu, Xueshen

    2016-04-04

    The carrier-envelop-phase (CEP) dependence of nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) of atomic Ar with few-cycle elliptically polarized laser pulse is investigated using 2D classical ensemble method. We distinguish two particular recollision channels in NSDI, which are recollision-impact ionization (RII) and recollision-induced excitation with subsequent ionization (RESI). We separate the RII and RESI channels according to the delay time between recollision and final double ionization. By tracing the history of the trajectories, we find the electron correlation spectra as well as the competition between the two channels are sensitively dependent on the laser field CEP. Finally, control can be achieved between the two channels by varying the CEP.

  10. Controlling nonsequential double ionization of Ne with parallel-polarized two-color laser pulses.

    PubMed

    Luo, Siqiang; Ma, Xiaomeng; Xie, Hui; Li, Min; Zhou, Yueming; Cao, Wei; Lu, Peixiang

    2018-05-14

    We measure the recoil-ion momentum distributions from nonsequential double ionization of Ne by two-color laser pulses consisting of a strong 800-nm field and a weak 400-nm field with parallel polarizations. The ion momentum spectra show pronounced asymmetries in the emission direction, which depend sensitively on the relative phase of the two-color components. Moreover, the peak of the doubly charged ion momentum distribution shifts gradually with the relative phase. The shifted range is much larger than the maximal vector potential of the 400-nm laser field. Those features are well recaptured by a semiclassical model. Through analyzing the correlated electron dynamics, we found that the energy sharing between the two electrons is extremely unequal at the instant of recollison. We further show that the shift of the ion momentum corresponds to the change of the recollision time in the two-color laser field. By tuning the relative phase of the two-color components, the recollision time is controlled with attosecond precision.

  11. Coulomb-repulsion-assisted double ionization from doubly excited states of argon

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liao, Qing; Winney, Alexander H.; Lee, Suk Kyoung; Lin, Yun Fei; Adhikari, Pradip; Li, Wen

    2017-08-01

    We report a combined experimental and theoretical study to elucidate nonsequential double-ionization dynamics of argon atoms at laser intensities near and below the recollision-induced ionization threshold. Three-dimensional momentum measurements of two electrons arising from strong-field nonsequential double ionization are achieved with a custom-built electron-electron-ion coincidence apparatus, showing laser intensity-dependent Coulomb repulsion effect between the two outgoing electrons. Furthermore, a previously predicted feature of double ionization from doubly excited states is confirmed in the distributions of sum of two-electron momenta. A classical ensemble simulation suggests that Coulomb-repulsion-assisted double ionization from doubly excited states is at play at low laser intensity. This mechanism can explain the dependence of Coulomb repulsion effect on the laser intensity, as well as the transition from side-by-side to back-to-back dominant emission along the laser polarization direction.

  12. High-order above-threshold dissociation of molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Peifen; Wang, Junping; Li, Hui; Lin, Kang; Gong, Xiaochun; Song, Qiying; Ji, Qinying; Zhang, Wenbin; Ma, Junyang; Li, Hanxiao; Zeng, Heping; He, Feng; Wu, Jian

    2018-03-01

    Electrons bound to atoms or molecules can simultaneously absorb multiple photons via the above-threshold ionization featured with discrete peaks in the photoelectron spectrum on account of the quantized nature of the light energy. Analogously, the above-threshold dissociation of molecules has been proposed to address the multiple-photon energy deposition in the nuclei of molecules. In this case, nuclear energy spectra consisting of photon-energy spaced peaks exceeding the binding energy of the molecular bond are predicted. Although the observation of such phenomena is difficult, this scenario is nevertheless logical and is based on the fundamental laws. Here, we report conclusive experimental observation of high-order above-threshold dissociation of H2 in strong laser fields where the tunneling-ionized electron transfers the absorbed multiphoton energy, which is above the ionization threshold to the nuclei via the field-driven inelastic rescattering. Our results provide an unambiguous evidence that the electron and nuclei of a molecule as a whole absorb multiple photons, and thus above-threshold ionization and above-threshold dissociation must appear simultaneously, which is the cornerstone of the nowadays strong-field molecular physics.

  13. High-order above-threshold dissociation of molecules.

    PubMed

    Lu, Peifen; Wang, Junping; Li, Hui; Lin, Kang; Gong, Xiaochun; Song, Qiying; Ji, Qinying; Zhang, Wenbin; Ma, Junyang; Li, Hanxiao; Zeng, Heping; He, Feng; Wu, Jian

    2018-02-27

    Electrons bound to atoms or molecules can simultaneously absorb multiple photons via the above-threshold ionization featured with discrete peaks in the photoelectron spectrum on account of the quantized nature of the light energy. Analogously, the above-threshold dissociation of molecules has been proposed to address the multiple-photon energy deposition in the nuclei of molecules. In this case, nuclear energy spectra consisting of photon-energy spaced peaks exceeding the binding energy of the molecular bond are predicted. Although the observation of such phenomena is difficult, this scenario is nevertheless logical and is based on the fundamental laws. Here, we report conclusive experimental observation of high-order above-threshold dissociation of H 2 in strong laser fields where the tunneling-ionized electron transfers the absorbed multiphoton energy, which is above the ionization threshold to the nuclei via the field-driven inelastic rescattering. Our results provide an unambiguous evidence that the electron and nuclei of a molecule as a whole absorb multiple photons, and thus above-threshold ionization and above-threshold dissociation must appear simultaneously, which is the cornerstone of the nowadays strong-field molecular physics. Copyright © 2018 the Author(s). Published by PNAS.

  14. Double Photoionization Near Threshold

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wehlitz, Ralf

    2007-01-01

    The threshold region of the double-photoionization cross section is of particular interest because both ejected electrons move slowly in the Coulomb field of the residual ion. Near threshold both electrons have time to interact with each other and with the residual ion. Also, different theoretical models compete to describe the double-photoionization cross section in the threshold region. We have investigated that cross section for lithium and beryllium and have analyzed our data with respect to the latest results in the Coulomb-dipole theory. We find that our data support the idea of a Coulomb-dipole interaction.

  15. Ratios of double to single ionization of He and Ne by strong 400-nm laser pulses using the quantitative rescattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Zhangjin; Li, Xiaojin; Zatsarinny, Oleg; Bartschat, Klaus; Lin, C. D.

    2018-01-01

    We present numerical simulations of the ratio between double and single ionization of He and Ne by intense laser pulses at wavelengths of 390 and 400 nm, respectively. The yields of doubly charged ions due to nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) are obtained by employing the quantitative rescattering (QRS) model. In this model, the NSDI ionization probability is expressed as a product of the returning electron wave packet (RWP) and the total scattering cross sections for laser-free electron impact excitation and electron impact ionization of the parent ion. According to the QRS theory, the same RWP is also responsible for the emission of high-energy above-threshold ionization photoelectrons. To obtain absolute double-ionization yields, the RWP is generated by solving the time-dependent Schrödinger equation (TDSE) within a one-electron model. The same TDSE results can also be taken to obtain single-ionization yields. By using the TDSE results to calibrate single ionization and the RWP obtained from the strong-field approximation, we further simplify the calculation such that the nonuniform laser intensity distribution in the focused laser beam can be accounted for. In addition, laser-free electron impact excitation and ionization cross sections are calculated using the state-of-the-art many-electron R -matrix theory. The simulation results for double-to-single-ionization ratios are found to compare well with experimental data and support the validity of the nonsequential double-ionization mechanism for the covered intensity region.

  16. Temporal correlation and correlated momentum distribution in nonsequential double ionization of Mg by circularly polarized laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Tong-Tong; Ben, Shuai; Guo, Pei-Ying; Song, Kai-Li; Zhang, Jun; Liu, Xue-Shen

    2017-07-01

    We use the classical ensemble method to investigate the nonsequential double ionization (NSDI) process of Mg atoms in circularly polarized laser fields at a lower laser intensity. We illustrate the temporal correlation of the ‘side-by-side’ and the ‘back-to-back emission’. It indicates that the two electrons are more likely to be emitted at the same time for the ‘side-by-side emission’. We demonstrate the electronic trajectories from recollision-induced ionization (RII) and recollision-induced excitation with subsequent ionization (RESI). The distribution of the angle between the two ionized directions of the two electrons and the ion momentum distribution show that the anticorrelation distribution is dominant in the RESI mechanism and correlation distribution is dominant in the RII mechanism. The momentum distributions of Mg atoms for the slow and the fast electrons present a similar structure to the experimental observation of Ar atoms by Liu et al 2014 (Phys. Rev. Lett. 112 013003).

  17. Single-shot carrier-envelope-phase-tagged ion-momentum imaging of nonsequential double ionization of argon in intense 4-fs laser fields

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Johnson, Nora G.; Herrwerth, O.; Wirth, A.

    2011-01-15

    Single-shot carrier-envelope-phase (CEP) tagging is combined with a reaction mircoscope (REMI) to investigate CEP-dependent processes in atoms. Excellent experimental stability and data acquisition longevity are achieved. Using this approach, we study the CEP effects for nonsequential double ionization of argon in 4-fs laser fields at 750 nm and an intensity of 1.6x10{sup 14} W/cm{sup 2}. The Ar{sup 2+} ionization yield shows a pronounced CEP dependence which compares well with recent theoretical predictions employing quantitative rescattering theory [S. Micheau et al., Phys. Rev. A 79, 013417 (2009)]. Furthermore, we find strong CEP influences on the Ar{sup 2+} momentum spectra along themore » laser polarization axis.« less

  18. Nonsequential two-photon absorption from the K shell in solid zirconium

    DOE PAGES

    Ghimire, Shambhu; Fuchs, Matthias; Hastings, Jerry; ...

    2016-10-21

    Here, we report the observation of nonsequential two-photon absorption from the K shell of solid Zr (atomic number Z=40) using intense x-ray pulses from the Spring-8 Angstrom Compact Free-Electron Laser (SACLA). We determine the generalized nonlinear two-photon absorption cross section at the two-photon threshold in the range of 3.9–57 ×10 –60 cm 4s bounded by the estimated uncertainty in the absolute intensity. The lower limit is consistent with the prediction of 3.1 ×10 –60 cm 4s from the nonresonant Z –6 scaling for hydrogenic ions in the nonrelativistic, dipole limit.

  19. Iterative non-sequential protein structural alignment.

    PubMed

    Salem, Saeed; Zaki, Mohammed J; Bystroff, Christopher

    2009-06-01

    Structural similarity between proteins gives us insights into their evolutionary relationships when there is low sequence similarity. In this paper, we present a novel approach called SNAP for non-sequential pair-wise structural alignment. Starting from an initial alignment, our approach iterates over a two-step process consisting of a superposition step and an alignment step, until convergence. We propose a novel greedy algorithm to construct both sequential and non-sequential alignments. The quality of SNAP alignments were assessed by comparing against the manually curated reference alignments in the challenging SISY and RIPC datasets. Moreover, when applied to a dataset of 4410 protein pairs selected from the CATH database, SNAP produced longer alignments with lower rmsd than several state-of-the-art alignment methods. Classification of folds using SNAP alignments was both highly sensitive and highly selective. The SNAP software along with the datasets are available online at http://www.cs.rpi.edu/~zaki/software/SNAP.

  20. Collectivization of anti-analog strength above charged particle thresholds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Okołowicz, J.; Płoszajczak, M.; Charity, R. J.; Sobotka, L. G.

    2018-04-01

    Ten years ago, highly excited states were found in 9Li and 10Be a few hundred kilovolts above the proton decay threshold. These physical states are too low in energy to be the isospin-stretched configuration of the decay channel (the isobaric analog or T>). However, these states can be understood by a continuum cognizant shell model as strongly mixed states of lower isospin (T<), where the mixing is largely mediated by the open neutron channels but ushered in energy to be just above the proton threshold.

  1. Bond-rearrangement and ionization mechanisms in the photo-double-ionization of simple hydrocarbons (C 2H 4, C 2H 3F, and 1,1-C 2H 2F 2) near and above threshold

    DOE PAGES

    Gaire, B.; Gatton, A. S.; Wiegandt, F.; ...

    2016-09-14

    We have investigated bond-rearrangement driven by photo-double-ionization (PDI) near and above the double ionization threshold in a sequence of carbon-carbon double bonded hydrocarbon molecules: ethylene, fluoroethylene, and 1,1-difluoroethylene. We employ the kinematically complete cold target recoil ion momentum spectroscopy (COLTRIMS) method to resolve all photo-double-ionization events leading to two-ionic fragments. We observe changes in the branching ratios of different dissociative ionization channels depending on the presence of none, one, or two fluorine atoms. The role of the fluorine atom in the bond-rearrangement channels is intriguing as evident by the re-ordering of the threshold energies of the PDI in the fluorinatedmore » molecules. These effects offer a compelling argument that the electronegativity of the fluorine (or the polarity of the molecule) strongly influences the potential energy surfaces of the molcules and drives bond-rearrangement during the dissociation process. The energy sharing and the relative angle between the 3D-momentum vectors of the two electrons provide clear evidence of direct and indirect PDI processes.« less

  2. Prospective Evaluation of Patient Usage of Above and Below Threshold Waveforms With Traditional Spinal Cord Stimulation Devices.

    PubMed

    Owusu, Stephanie; Huynh, Alexander; Gruenthal, Eric; Prusik, Julia; Owusu-Sarpong, Stephane; Cherala, Rasan; Peng, Sophia; Pilitsis, Julie G; McCallum, Sarah E

    2017-08-01

    Spinal cord stimulation (SCS) is an efficacious therapy used to treat chronic pain. The type of SCS programming is important in improving patients' quality of life and overall satisfaction. In this study, 19 patients who underwent SCS with traditional devices were given between 4 and 6 programs including programs with stimulation below sensory threshold and above sensory threshold. Usage patterns and preferences were assessed. SCS patients were given 4-6 programs, some above sensory threshold and some below threshold immediately postoperatively after permanent implantation. Usage patterns of different programs were documented, including percent of time that the settings were used and preference for above threshold vs. below threshold settings during sleeping, walking, sitting, and vigorous activity. Improvements at three months in Oswestry disability index (ODI), numeric rating scale (NRS), Beck depression inventory (BDI), McGill pain questionnaire (MPQ), pain catastrophizing scale (PCS), insomnia severity index (ISI), and Epworth sleepiness scale (ESS) were evaluated. Patients were all trialed on above sensory threshold programs. Six weeks after implantation, most patients preferred above threshold stimulation (74%) vs. below threshold waveforms (21%). Patient diagnosis, type/location of lead or recharging burden played no role in patient preference. Above threshold patients had significantly better improvement in BDI scores than did below threshold patients (p < 0.05) at three-month follow-up but also had worse ESS scores (p < 0.05). Above threshold stimulation was preferred for walking and sitting (p < 0.05). Results indicate that when given the option between waveforms inducing paresthesias and those that do not, SCS patients tend to prefer waveforms that induce paresthesias. Among users of above threshold waveforms, there was preference for these settings during walking and sitting. There was a trend for below threshold preference in vigorous

  3. Fast and accurate non-sequential protein structure alignment using a new asymmetric linear sum assignment heuristic.

    PubMed

    Brown, Peter; Pullan, Wayne; Yang, Yuedong; Zhou, Yaoqi

    2016-02-01

    The three dimensional tertiary structure of a protein at near atomic level resolution provides insight alluding to its function and evolution. As protein structure decides its functionality, similarity in structure usually implies similarity in function. As such, structure alignment techniques are often useful in the classifications of protein function. Given the rapidly growing rate of new, experimentally determined structures being made available from repositories such as the Protein Data Bank, fast and accurate computational structure comparison tools are required. This paper presents SPalignNS, a non-sequential protein structure alignment tool using a novel asymmetrical greedy search technique. The performance of SPalignNS was evaluated against existing sequential and non-sequential structure alignment methods by performing trials with commonly used datasets. These benchmark datasets used to gauge alignment accuracy include (i) 9538 pairwise alignments implied by the HOMSTRAD database of homologous proteins; (ii) a subset of 64 difficult alignments from set (i) that have low structure similarity; (iii) 199 pairwise alignments of proteins with similar structure but different topology; and (iv) a subset of 20 pairwise alignments from the RIPC set. SPalignNS is shown to achieve greater alignment accuracy (lower or comparable root-mean squared distance with increased structure overlap coverage) for all datasets, and the highest agreement with reference alignments from the challenging dataset (iv) above, when compared with both sequentially constrained alignments and other non-sequential alignments. SPalignNS was implemented in C++. The source code, binary executable, and a web server version is freely available at: http://sparks-lab.org yaoqi.zhou@griffith.edu.au. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  4. Studies in Above- and Below-Threshold Harmonics in Argon with an Infrared Femtosecond Laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chew, Andrew; Yin, Yanchun; Li, Jie; Ren, Xiaoming; Cunningham, Eric; Wu, Yi; Chang, Zenghu

    2016-05-01

    We investigate and compare the above- and below-threshold harmonics in Argon gas using our recently-developed 1 kHz, two-cycle (11.4 fs), 3mJ, and carrier-envelope-phase(CEP)-stable laser at 1.6 μm. Such ultraviolet pulses can serve as pump or probe for studying dynamics in atoms and molecules. Unlike high harmonics with photon energy well above the ionization potential, the mechanism for generating harmonics near the ionization threshold is still under intense investigation. Previous work by Chini et al. on below-threshold harmonics was done using a 0.8 μm few-cycle Ti:Sapphire spectrally-broadened source with energy up to 300 μJ. It has been predicted by theory that free-free transitions dominate the below threshold harmonic generation as the laser wavelength increase from near infrared to mid-infrared. We are therefore interested in investigating how using a longer wavelength laser might lead to changes to the behavior of below-threshold harmonics when we vary various parameters. We report the π-periodity CEP dependence and ellipticity dependence of the above- and below-threshold harmonics. This material was based on work supported by National Science Foundation (1068604), Army Research Office (W911NF-14-1-0383), Air Force Office of Scientific Research (FA9550-15-1-0037) and the DARPA PULSE program by a Grant from AMRDEC (W31P4Q1310017).

  5. Above-threshold scattering about a Feshbach resonance for ultracold atoms in an optical collider.

    PubMed

    Horvath, Milena S J; Thomas, Ryan; Tiesinga, Eite; Deb, Amita B; Kjærgaard, Niels

    2017-09-06

    Ultracold atomic gases have realized numerous paradigms of condensed matter physics, where control over interactions has crucially been afforded by tunable Feshbach resonances. So far, the characterization of these Feshbach resonances has almost exclusively relied on experiments in the threshold regime near zero energy. Here, we use a laser-based collider to probe a narrow magnetic Feshbach resonance of rubidium above threshold. By measuring the overall atomic loss from colliding clouds as a function of magnetic field, we track the energy-dependent resonance position. At higher energy, our collider scheme broadens the loss feature, making the identification of the narrow resonance challenging. However, we observe that the collisions give rise to shifts in the center-of-mass positions of outgoing clouds. The shifts cross zero at the resonance and this allows us to accurately determine its location well above threshold. Our inferred resonance positions are in excellent agreement with theory.Studies on energy-dependent scattering of ultracold atoms were previously carried out near zero collision energies. Here, the authors observe a magnetic Feshbach resonance in ultracold Rb collisions for above-threshold energies and their method can also be used to detect higher partial wave resonances.

  6. Extraction of hadron interactions above inelastic threshold in lattice QCD.

    PubMed

    Aoki, Sinya; Ishii, Noriyoshi; Doi, Takumi; Hatsuda, Tetsuo; Ikeda, Yoichi; Inoue, Takashi; Murano, Keiko; Nemura, Hidekatsu; Sasaki, Kenji

    2011-01-01

    We propose a new method to extract hadron interactions above inelastic threshold from the Nambu-Bethe-Salpeter amplitude in lattice QCD. We consider the scattering such as A + B → C + D, where A, B, C, D are names of different 1-particle states. An extension to cases where particle productions occur during scatterings is also discussed.

  7. Extraction of hadron interactions above inelastic threshold in lattice QCD

    PubMed Central

    AOKI, Sinya; ISHII, Noriyoshi; DOI, Takumi; HATSUDA, Tetsuo; IKEDA, Yoichi; INOUE, Takashi; MURANO, Keiko; NEMURA, Hidekatsu; SASAKI, Kenji

    2011-01-01

    We propose a new method to extract hadron interactions above inelastic threshold from the Nambu–Bethe–Salpeter amplitude in lattice QCD. We consider the scattering such as A + B → C + D, where A, B, C, D are names of different 1-particle states. An extension to cases where particle productions occur during scatterings is also discussed. PMID:21986314

  8. Scaling Laws of the Two-Electron Sum-Energy Spectrum in Strong-Field Double Ionization.

    PubMed

    Ye, Difa; Li, Min; Fu, Libin; Liu, Jie; Gong, Qihuang; Liu, Yunquan; Ullrich, J

    2015-09-18

    The sum-energy spectrum of two correlated electrons emitted in nonsequential strong-field double ionization (SFDI) of Ar was studied for intensities of 0.3 to 2×10^{14} W/cm^{2}. We find the mean sum energy, the maximum of the distributions as well as the high-energy tail of the scaled (to the ponderomotive energy) spectra increase with decreasing intensity below the recollision threshold (BRT). At higher intensities the spectra collapse into a single distribution. This behavior can be well explained within a semiclassical model providing clear evidence of the importance of multiple recollisions in the BRT regime. Here, ultrafast thermalization between both electrons is found occurring within three optical cycles only and leaving its clear footprint in the sum-energy spectra.

  9. Probing electron delays in above-threshold ionization

    DOE PAGES

    Zipp, Lucas J.; Natan, Adi; Bucksbaum, Philip H.

    2014-11-21

    Recent experiments have revealed attosecond delays in the emission of electrons from atoms ionized by extreme UV light, offering a glimpse into the ultrafast nature of light-induced electron dynamics. In this work, we extend these measurements to the strong-field above-threshold ionization (ATI) regime, by measuring delays in the photoemission of electrons from argon in the presence of an intense laser field. We probe the ATI process with a weak coherent reference, at half the laser frequency. The interfering ionization signal reveals the relative spectral phase of adjacent ATI channels, with an equivalent resolution of a few attoseconds. These relative delaysmore » depend on the strong field, and approach zero at higher intensity. Our phase measurements of ATI electrons show how strong fields alter ionization dynamics in atoms.« less

  10. Electron rescattering in above-threshold photodetachment of negative ions.

    PubMed

    Gazibegović-Busuladzić, A; Milosević, D B; Becker, W; Bergues, B; Hultgren, H; Kiyan, I Yu

    2010-03-12

    We present experimental and theoretical results on photodetachment of Br(-) and F(-) in a strong infrared laser field. The observed photoelectron spectra of Br(-) exhibit a high-energy plateau along the laser polarization direction, which is identified as being due to the rescattering effect. The shape and the extension of the plateau is found to be influenced by the depletion of negative ions during the interaction with the laser pulse. Our findings represent the first observation of electron rescattering in above-threshold photodetachment of an atomic system with a short-range potential.

  11. Dynamics of nonspherical microbubble oscillations above instability threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guédra, Matthieu; Cleve, Sarah; Mauger, Cyril; Blanc-Benon, Philippe; Inserra, Claude

    2017-12-01

    Time-resolved dynamics of nonspherical oscillations of micrometer-sized bubbles are captured and analyzed using high-speed imaging. The axisymmetry of the bubble shape is ensured with certainty for the first time from the recordings of two synchronous high-speed cameras located at 90∘. The temporal dynamics of finite-amplitude nonspherical oscillations are then analyzed for various acoustic pressures above the instability threshold. The experimental results are compared with recent theories accounting for nonlinearities and mode coupling, highlighting particular effects inherent to these mechanisms (saturation of the instability, triggering of nonparametric shape modes). Finally, the amplitude of the nonspherical oscillations is given as function of the driving pressure both for quadrupolar and octupolar bubbles.

  12. Long-range Coulomb effect in above-threshold ionization of Ne subject to few-cycle and multicycle laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, SongPo; Quan, Wei; Chen, YongJu; Xiao, ZhiLei; Wang, YanLan; Kang, HuiPeng; Hua, LinQiang; Gong, Cheng; Lai, XuanYang; Liu, XiaoJun; Hao, XiaoLei; Hu, ShiLin; Chen, Jing

    2017-06-01

    The long-range Coulomb effect (LRCE) is demonstrated experimentally and theoretically by investigating the pulse duration dependence of low-energy structure (LES) in above-threshold ionization of Ne. It is found experimentally that at 800 nm the LES shows itself as a double-hump structure (DHS) in momentum distribution of singly charged ion for Ne, and moreover, this structure is more prominent for multicycle laser fields than for few-cycle cases. This result can be reproduced and explained qualitatively with a semiclassical model and attributed to the paramount role of LRCE. That is to say, after the laser field vanishes, the electrons decelerate while flying away from the core by the long-range tail of Coulomb potential, which eventually makes DHS less notable.

  13. Resonances above the proton threshold in 26Si

    DOE PAGES

    Chipps, Kelly A.

    2016-03-06

    26Al remains an intriguing target for observational gamma-ray astronomy, thanks to its characteristic decay. The 25Al(p, )26Si reaction is part of a chain that bypasses the production of the observable 26Alg in favor of the isomeric state; its rate at novae temperatures is dominated by a resonance around 400 keV, the precise location and J assignment of which has been hotly debated. Considerable confusion in this regard has arisen from the use of outdated excitation energies and masses. Here, a reanalysis of previous work is completed to first, elucidate the confusion regarding the level structure just above the proton threshold,more » and second, provide focus to future studies.« less

  14. Rings in above-threshold ionization: A quasiclassical analysis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lewenstein, M.; Kulander, K.C.; Schafer, K.J.

    1995-02-01

    A generalized strong-field approximation is formulated to describe atoms interacting with intense laser fields. We apply it to determine angular distributions of electrons in above-threshold ionization (ATI). The theory treats the effects of an electron rescattering from its parent ion core in a systematic perturbation series. Probability amplitudes for ionization are interpreted in terms of quasiclassical electron trajectories. We demonstrate that contributions from the direct tunneling processes in the absence of rescattering are not sufficient to describe the observed ATI spectra. We show that the high-energy portion of the spectrum, including recently discovered rings (i.e., complex features in the angularmore » distributions of outgoing electrons) are due to rescattering processes. We compare our quasiclassical results with exact numerical solutions.« less

  15. Exploiting Sub-threshold and above-threshold characteristics in a silver-enhanced gold nanoparticle based biochip.

    PubMed

    Liu, Yang; Alocilja, Evangelyn; Chakrabartty, Shantanu

    2009-01-01

    Silver-enhanced labeling is a technique used in immunochromatographic assays for improving the sensitivity of pathogen detection. In this paper, we employ the silver enhancement approach for constructing a biomolecular transistor that uses a high-density interdigitated electrode to detect rabbit IgG. We show that the response of the biomolecular transistor comprises of: (a) a sub-threshold region where the conductance change is an exponential function of the enhancement time and; (b) an above-threshold region where the conductance change is a linear function with respect to the enhancement time. By exploiting both these regions of operation, it is shown that the silver enhancing time is a reliable indicator of the IgG concentration. The method provides a relatively straightforward alternative to biomolecular signal amplification techniques. The measured results using a biochip prototype fabricated in silicon show that 240 pg/mL rabbit IgG can be detected at the silver enhancing time of 42 min. Also, the biomolecular transistor is compatible with silicon based processing making it ideal for designing integrated CMOS biosensors.

  16. Fatty acid kinetic responses to running above or below lactate threshold.

    PubMed

    Kanaley, J A; Mottram, C D; Scanlon, P D; Jensen, M D

    1995-08-01

    During running exercise above the lactate threshold (LT), it is unknown whether free fatty acid (FFA) mobilization can meet the energy demands for fatty acid oxidation. This study was performed to determine whether FFA availability is reduced during running exercise above compared with below the LT and to assess whether the level of endurance training influences FFA mobilization. Twelve marathon runners and 12 moderately trained runners ran at a workload that was either above or below their individual LT. Fatty acid oxidation (indirect calorimetry) and FFA release ([1-14C]palmitate) were measured at baseline, throughout exercise, and at recovery. The plasma FFA rate of appearance increased during exercise in both groups; running above or below the LT, but the total FFA availability for 30 min of exercise was greater (P < 0.01) in the below LT group (marathon, 23 +/- 2 mmol; moderate, 21 +/- 2 mmol) than in the above LT group (18 +/- 3 and 13 +/- 3 mmol, respectively). Total fatty acid oxidation (indirect calorimetry) greatly exceeded circulating FFA availability, regardless of training or exercise group (P < 0.01). No statistically significant exercise intensity or training differences in fatty acid oxidation were found (above LT: marathon, 71 +/- 12, moderate, 64 +/- 17 mmol/30 min; below LT: marathon 91 +/- 12, moderate, 60 +/- 5 mmol/30 min). In conclusion, during exercise above or below LT, circulating FFA cannot meet the oxidative needs and intramuscular triglyceride stores must be utilized. Further marathon training does not enhance effective adipose tissue lipolysis during exercise compared with moderate endurance training.

  17. Quantum dynamics of Kerr optical frequency combs below and above threshold: Spontaneous four-wave mixing, entanglement, and squeezed states of light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chembo, Yanne K.

    2016-03-01

    The dynamical behavior of Kerr optical frequency combs is very well understood today from the perspective of the semiclassical approximation. These combs are obtained by pumping an ultrahigh-Q whispering-gallery mode resonator with a continuous-wave laser. The long-lifetime photons are trapped within the toruslike eigenmodes of the resonator, where they interact nonlinearly via the Kerr effect. In this article, we use quantum Langevin equations to provide a theoretical understanding of the nonclassical behavior of these combs when pumped below and above threshold. In the configuration where the system is under threshold, the pump field is the unique oscillating mode inside the resonator, and it triggers the phenomenon of spontaneous four-wave mixing, where two photons from the pump are symmetrically up- and down-converted in the Fourier domain. This phenomenon, also referred to as parametric fluorescence, can only be understood and analyzed from a fully quantum perspective as a consequence of the coupling between the field of the central (pumped) mode and the vacuum fluctuations of the various side modes. We analytically calculate the power spectra of the spontaneous emission noise, and we show that these spectra can be either single- or double-peaked depending on the value of the laser frequency, chromatic dispersion, pump power, and spectral distance between the central mode and the side mode of interest. We also calculate as well the overall spontaneous noise power per side mode and propose simplified analytical expressions for some particular cases. In the configuration where the system is pumped above threshold, we investigate the phenomena of quantum correlations and multimode squeezed states of light that can occur in the Kerr frequency combs originating from stimulated four-wave mixing. We show that for all stationary spatiotemporal patterns, the side modes that are symmetrical relative to the pumped mode in the frequency domain display quantum correlations

  18. Low-threshold high-T/0/ constricted double heterojunction AlGaAs diode lasers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Botez, D.; Connolly, J. C.

    1980-01-01

    Constricted double heterojunction diode lasers of relatively low CW thresholds (28-40 mA) are obtained by growing structures that maximize the amount of current flow into the lasing spot. These values are obtained while still using standard 10 microns wide oxide-defined stripe contacts. Over the 20-70 C temperature interval, threshold current temperature coefficients as high as 320 C and a virtually constant external differential quantum efficiency, are found.

  19. Molecular orbital imaging via above-threshold ionization with circularly polarized pulses.

    PubMed

    Zhu, Xiaosong; Zhang, Qingbin; Hong, Weiyi; Lu, Peixiang; Xu, Zhizhan

    2011-07-18

    Above-threshold ionization (ATI) for aligned or orientated linear molecules by circularly polarized laser pulsed is investigated. It is found that the all-round structural information of the molecular orbital is extracted with only one shot by the circularly polarized probe pulse rather than with multi-shot detections in a linearly polarized case. The obtained photoelectron momentum spectrum directly depicts the symmetry and electron distribution of the occupied molecular orbital, which results from the strong sensitivity of the ionization probability to these structural features. Our investigation indicates that the circularly polarized probe scheme would present a simple method to study the angle-dependent ionization and image the occupied electronic orbital.

  20. Photo-Double Ionization: Threshold Law and Low-Energy Behavior

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bhatia, A. K.; Temkin, A.

    2007-01-01

    The threshold law for photoejection of two electrons from atoms (PDI) is derived from a modification of the Coulomb-dipole (C-D) theory. The C-D theory applies to two-electron ejection from negative ions (photo-double detachment:PDD). The modification consists of correctly accounting for the fact that in PDI that the two escaping electrons see a Coulomb field, asymptotically no matter what their relative distances from the residual ion are. We find in the contralinear spherically symmetric model that the analytic threshold law Q(E), i.e. the yield of residual ions, to be Q Integral of (E) varies as E + (C(sub w) E(sup gamma W)) +CE(sup 5/4) sin [1/2 ln E + phi]/ln(E). The first and third terms are beyond the Wannier law. Our threshold law can only be rigorously justified for residual energies <= 10(exp -3) eV. Nevertheless in the present experimental range (0.1 - 4 eV), the form, even without the second term, can be fitted to experimental results of PDI for He, Li, and Be, in contrast to the Wannier law which has a larger deviation from the data for Li and Be.

  1. Timing Recollision in Nonsequential Double Ionization by Intense Elliptically Polarized Laser Pulses.

    PubMed

    Kang, H; Henrichs, K; Kunitski, M; Wang, Y; Hao, X; Fehre, K; Czasch, A; Eckart, S; Schmidt, L Ph H; Schöffler, M; Jahnke, T; Liu, X; Dörner, R

    2018-06-01

    We examine correlated electron and doubly charged ion momentum spectra from strong field double ionization of neon employing intense elliptically polarized laser pulses. An ellipticity-dependent asymmetry of correlated electron and ion momentum distributions has been observed. Using a 3D semiclassical model, we demonstrate that our observations reflect the subcycle dynamics of the recollision process. Our Letter reveals a general physical picture for recollision impact double ionization with elliptical polarization and demonstrates the possibility of ultrafast control of the recollision dynamics.

  2. Timing Recollision in Nonsequential Double Ionization by Intense Elliptically Polarized Laser Pulses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kang, H.; Henrichs, K.; Kunitski, M.; Wang, Y.; Hao, X.; Fehre, K.; Czasch, A.; Eckart, S.; Schmidt, L. Ph. H.; Schöffler, M.; Jahnke, T.; Liu, X.; Dörner, R.

    2018-06-01

    We examine correlated electron and doubly charged ion momentum spectra from strong field double ionization of neon employing intense elliptically polarized laser pulses. An ellipticity-dependent asymmetry of correlated electron and ion momentum distributions has been observed. Using a 3D semiclassical model, we demonstrate that our observations reflect the subcycle dynamics of the recollision process. Our Letter reveals a general physical picture for recollision impact double ionization with elliptical polarization and demonstrates the possibility of ultrafast control of the recollision dynamics.

  3. 48 CFR 653.219-70 - DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 48 Federal Acquisition Regulations System 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. 653.219-70 Section 653.219-70... Threshold. As prescribed in 619.501(c), DS-1910 is prescribed for use in documenting set-aside decisions...

  4. French for Travelers--Spanish for Travelers: Nonsequential Semester Courses in the Foreign Language Area. Guidelines and Handbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Prince George's County Board of Education, Upper Marlboro, MD.

    Guidelines for nonsequential, one-semester courses in French and Spanish for travelers, offered at the secondary level of instruction, are presented in this study. The courses are intended for those who wish a brief introduction to the language focusing primarily on selected phrases and expressions often used by travelers. The categories of…

  5. The Fine Tuning of Pain Thresholds: A Sophisticated Double Alarm System

    PubMed Central

    Plaghki, Léon; Decruynaere, Céline; Van Dooren, Paul; Le Bars, Daniel

    2010-01-01

    illustrates the role of nociception as a “double level” and “double release” alarm system based on level detectors. By contrast, warmth detection was found to be based on difference detectors. It is hypothesized that pain results from a CNS build-up process resulting from population coding and strongly influenced by the background temperatures surrounding at large the stimulation site. We propose an alternative solution to the conventional methods that only measure a single “threshold of pain”, without knowing which of the two systems is involved. PMID:20428245

  6. Photo-Double Ionization: Threshold Law and Low-Energy Behavior

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bhatia, Anand

    2008-01-01

    The threshold law for photoejection of two electrons from atoms (PDI) is derived from a modification of the Coulomb-dipole (C-D) theory. The C-D theory applies to two-electron ejection from negative ions (photo-double detachment:PDD). The modification consists of correctly accounting for the fact that in PDI that the two escaping electrons see a Coulomb field, asymptotically no matter what their relative distances from the residual ion are. We find in the contralinear spherically symmetric model that the analytic threshold law Q(E),i. e. the yield of residual ions, to be Qf(E)approaches E + CwE(sup gamma(w)) + CE(sup 5/4)sin[1/2 ln(E + theta)]/ln(E). The first and third terms are beyond the Wannier law. Our threshold law can only be rigorously justified for residual energies less than or equal to 10(exp -3) eV. Nevertheless in the present experimental range (0.1 - 4 eV), the form, even without the second term, can be fitted to experimental results of PDI for He, Li, and Be, in contrast to the Wannier law which has a larger deviation from the data for Li and Be, for both of which the data show signs of modulation.

  7. Pain threshold is achieved at intensity above anaerobic threshold in patients with intermittent claudication.

    PubMed

    Ritti-Dias, Raphael Mendes; de Moraes Forjaz, Cláudia Lúcia; Cucato, Gabriel Grizzo; Costa, Luis Augusto Riani; Wolosker, Nelson; de Fátima Nunes Marucci, Maria

    2009-01-01

    Walking training is considered as the first treatment option for patients with peripheral arterial disease and intermittent claudication (IC). Walking exercise has been prescribed for these patients by relative intensity of peak oxygen uptake (VO2peak), ranging from 40% to 70% VO2peak, or pain threshold (PT). However, the relationship between these methods and anaerobic threshold (AT), which is considered one of the best metabolic markers for establishing training intensity, has not been analyzed. Thus, the aim of this study was to compare, in IC patients, the physiological responses at exercise intensities usually prescribed for training (% VO2peak or % PT) with the ones observed at AT. Thirty-three IC patients performed maximal graded cardiopulmonary treadmill test to assess exercise tolerance. During the test, heart rate (HR), VO2, and systolic blood pressure were measured and responses were analyzed at the following: 40% of VO2peak; 70% of VO2peak; AT; and PT. Heart rate and VO2 at 40% and 70% of VO2peak were lower than those at AT (HR: -13 +/- 9% and -3 +/- 8%, P < .01, respectively; VO2: -52 +/- 12% and -13 +/- 15%, P < .01, respectively). Conversely, HR and VO2 at PT were slightly higher than those at AT (HR: +3 +/- 8%, P < .01; VO2: +6 +/- 15%, P = .04). None of the patients achieved the respiratory compensation point. Prescribing exercise for IC patients between 40% and 70% of VO2peak will induce a lower stimulus than that at AT, whereas prescribing exercise at PT will result in a stimulus above AT. Thus, prescribing exercise training for IC patients on the basis of PT will probably produce a greater metabolic stimulus, promoting better cardiovascular benefits.

  8. Bottomonium-like states: Physics case for energy scan above the BB¯ threshold at Belle-II

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bondar, A. E.; Mizuk, R. V.; Voloshin, M. B.

    2017-02-01

    The Belle-II experiment is expected to collect large data samples at the Υ(4S) and Υ(5S) resonances to study primarily B and Bs mesons. We discuss what other data above the BB¯ threshold are of interest. We propose to perform a high-statistics energy scan from the BB¯ threshold up to the highest possible energy, and to collect data at the Υ(6S) and at higher mass states if they are found in the scan. We emphasize the interest in increasing the maximal energy from 11.24 GeV to 11.5-12 GeV in the future. These data are needed for the investigation of bottomonium and bottomonium-like states.

  9. Coherent motion threshold measurements for M-cell deficit differ for above- and below-average readers.

    PubMed

    Solan, Harold A; Hansen, Peter C; Shelley-Tremblay, John; Ficarra, Anthony

    2003-11-01

    Research during the past 20 years has influenced the management of diagnosis and treatment of children identified as having learning-related vision problems. The intent of this study is to determine whether coherent motion threshold testing can distinguish better-than-average non-disabled (ND) readers from those who are moderately reading disabled (RD) among sixth-grade students. A sample of 23 better-than-average non-disabled readers (> or = 80th percentile) and 27 moderately disabled readers (< or = 32nd percentile) were identified using a standardized reading comprehension test. Each participant was tested for coherent motion threshold. Previous psychophysical and fMRI research with adults suggests that coherent motion threshold is a valid measure of magnocellular (M-cell) integrity. The average of two coherent motion threshold trials was significantly greater for moderately reading disabled subjects than for above-average readers (p < 0.01). The mean threshold percentage of dots required to observe lateral motion was 9.2% for moderately reading disabled readers and 4.6% for superior readers (p = 0.001). The outcome of this preliminary study provides an efficient procedure to identify sixth-grade students whose reading disability may be associated with an M-cell deficit. Our previous investigations involving visual processing, visual attention, and oculomotor therapy have resulted in significant improvements in reading comprehension, visual attention, and eye movements. It remains to be demonstrated whether vision therapy has an impact on the M-cell deficit, as measured with coherent motion threshold testing for moderately disabled readers.

  10. Emergent Ising degrees of freedom above a double-stripe magnetic ground state [Emergent Ising degrees of freedom above double-stripe magnetism

    DOE PAGES

    Zhang, Guanghua; Flint, Rebecca

    2017-12-27

    Here, double-stripe magnetism [Q=(π/2,π/2)] has been proposed as the magnetic ground state for both the iron-telluride and BaTi 2Sb 2O families of superconductors. Double-stripe order is captured within a J 1–J 2–J 3 Heisenberg model in the regime J 3 >> J 2 >> J 1. Intriguingly, besides breaking spin-rotational symmetry, the ground-state manifold has three additional Ising degrees of freedom associated with bond ordering. Via their coupling to the lattice, they give rise to an orthorhombic distortion and to two nonuniform lattice distortions with wave vector (π,π). Because the ground state is fourfold degenerate, modulo rotations in spin space,more » only two of these Ising bond order parameters are independent. Here, we introduce an effective field theory to treat all Ising order parameters, as well as magnetic order, and solve it within a large-N limit. All three transitions, corresponding to the condensations of two Ising bond order parameters and one magnetic order parameter are simultaneous and first order in three dimensions, but lower dimensionality, or equivalently weaker interlayer coupling, and weaker magnetoelastic coupling can split the three transitions, and in some cases allows for two separate Ising phase transitions above the magnetic one.« less

  11. Emergent Ising degrees of freedom above a double-stripe magnetic ground state [Emergent Ising degrees of freedom above double-stripe magnetism

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Guanghua; Flint, Rebecca

    Here, double-stripe magnetism [Q=(π/2,π/2)] has been proposed as the magnetic ground state for both the iron-telluride and BaTi 2Sb 2O families of superconductors. Double-stripe order is captured within a J 1–J 2–J 3 Heisenberg model in the regime J 3 >> J 2 >> J 1. Intriguingly, besides breaking spin-rotational symmetry, the ground-state manifold has three additional Ising degrees of freedom associated with bond ordering. Via their coupling to the lattice, they give rise to an orthorhombic distortion and to two nonuniform lattice distortions with wave vector (π,π). Because the ground state is fourfold degenerate, modulo rotations in spin space,more » only two of these Ising bond order parameters are independent. Here, we introduce an effective field theory to treat all Ising order parameters, as well as magnetic order, and solve it within a large-N limit. All three transitions, corresponding to the condensations of two Ising bond order parameters and one magnetic order parameter are simultaneous and first order in three dimensions, but lower dimensionality, or equivalently weaker interlayer coupling, and weaker magnetoelastic coupling can split the three transitions, and in some cases allows for two separate Ising phase transitions above the magnetic one.« less

  12. Double Threshold Energy Detection Based Cooperative Spectrum Sensing for Cognitive Radio Networks with QoS Guarantee

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, Hang; Yu, Hong; Zhang, Yongzhi

    2013-03-01

    Cooperative spectrum sensing, which can greatly improve the ability of discovering the spectrum opportunities, is regarded as an enabling mechanism for cognitive radio (CR) networks. In this paper, we employ a double threshold detection method in energy detector to perform spectrum sensing, only the CR users with reliable sensing information are allowed to transmit one bit local decision to the fusion center. Simulation results will show that our proposed double threshold detection method could not only improve the sensing performance but also save the bandwidth of the reporting channel compared with the conventional detection method with one threshold. By weighting the sensing performance and the consumption of system resources in a utility function that is maximized with respect to the number of CR users, it has been shown that the optimal number of CR users is related to the price of these Quality-of-Service (QoS) requirements.

  13. Evaluation of resonances above the proton threshold in 26Si

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chipps, K. A.

    2016-09-01

    26Al remains an intriguing target for observational gamma-ray astronomy, thanks to its characteristic decay. The 25Al(p, γ)26Si reaction is the crucial link in a sequence that bypasses the production of the observable 26Alg . s . in favor of the isomeric state, and as such has been the focus of many studies. Considerable confusion in this regard has arisen from the use of outdated excitation energies and masses in reaction studies and rate evaluations. Recalibration of existing data from the literature has resulted in updated excitation and resonance energies, but open questions remain, particularly with regard to spin assignments and partial widths/resonance strengths. A discussion of the levels just above the proton threshold in 26Si relevant to the astrophysical 25Al(p, γ)26Si reaction rate will be presented. This work is funded by the US Department of Energy, Office of Science, Office of Nuclear Physics.

  14. High-order above-threshold photoemission from nanotips controlled with two-color laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seiffert, Lennart; Paschen, Timo; Hommelhoff, Peter; Fennel, Thomas

    2018-07-01

    We investigate the process of phase-controlled high-order above-threshold photoemission from metallic nanotips under bichromatic laser fields. Experimental photoelectron spectra resulting from two-color excitation with a moderately intense near-infrared fundamental field (1560 nm) and its weak second harmonic show a strong sensitivity on the relative phase and clear indications for a plateau-like structure that is attributed to elastic backscattering. To explore the relevant control mechanisms, characteristic features, and particular signatures from the near-field inhomogeneity, we performed systematic quantum simulations employing a one-dimensional nanotip model. Besides rich phase-dependent structures in the simulated above-threshold ionization photoelectron spectra we find ponderomotive shifts as well as substantial modifications of the rescattering cutoff as function of the decay length of the near-field. To explore the quantum or classical nature of the observed features and to discriminate the two-color effects stemming from electron propagation and from the ionization rate we compare the quantum results to classical trajectory simulations. We show that signatures from direct electrons as well as the modulations in the plateau region mainly stem from control of the ionization probability, while the modulation in the cutoff region can only be explained by the impact of the two-color field on the electron trajectory. Despite the complexity of the phase-dependent features that render two-color strong-field photoemission from nanotips intriguing for sub-cycle strong-field control, our findings support that the recollision features in the cutoff region provide a robust and reliable method to calibrate the relative two-color phase.

  15. Suppression in high-order above-threshold ionization: destructive interference from quantum orbits

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lai, Xuan Yang; Quan, Wei; Yu, Shao Gang; Huang, Yi Yi; Liu, Xiao Jun

    2018-05-01

    We experimentally study the above-threshold ionization (ATI) spectra of noble gas argon in an intense laser field and focus on a novel suppression structure in the high-order ATI (HATI) spectra. It is found that, when a well-documented resonancelike enhancement feature appears in the HATI spectra, a significant suppression structure is followed in a higher energy region of the spectra. The observation is well reproduced by a numerical solution of the time-dependent Schrödinger equation. In terms of quantum-orbit theory, the observed suppression structure can be ascribed to the destructive interference from longer quantum orbits. Furthermore, an intrinsic relation between the ionization suppression and the ionization enhancement in the HATI spectra is well established.

  16. Two-Color Coherent Control of Femtosecond Above-Threshold Photoemission from a Tungsten Nanotip.

    PubMed

    Förster, Michael; Paschen, Timo; Krüger, Michael; Lemell, Christoph; Wachter, Georg; Libisch, Florian; Madlener, Thomas; Burgdörfer, Joachim; Hommelhoff, Peter

    2016-11-18

    We demonstrate coherent control of multiphoton and above-threshold photoemission from a single solid-state nanoemitter driven by a fundamental and a weak second harmonic laser pulse. Depending on the relative phase of the two pulses, electron emission is modulated with a contrast of the oscillating current signal of up to 94%. Electron spectra reveal that all observed photon orders are affected simultaneously and similarly. We confirm that photoemission takes place within 10 fs. Accompanying simulations indicate that the current modulation with its large contrast results from two interfering quantum pathways leading to electron emission.

  17. Polarization effects in above-threshold ionization with a mid-infrared strong laser field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kang, Hui-Peng; Xu, Song-Po; Wang, Yan-Lan; Yu, Shao-Gang; Zhao, Xiao-Yun; Hao, Xiao-Lei; Lai, Xuan-Yang; Pfeifer, Thomas; Liu, Xiao-Jun; Chen, Jing; Cheng, Ya; Xu, Zhi-Zhan

    2018-05-01

    Using a semiclassical approach, we theoretically study the above-threshold ionization of magnesium by intense, mid-infrared laser pulses. The formation of low-energy structures in the photoelectron spectrum is found to be enhanced by comparing with a calculation based on the single-active electron approximation. By performing electron trajectory and recollision-time distribution analysis, we demonstrate that this phenomenon is due to the laser-induced ionic core polarization effects on the recolliding electrons. We also show that the polarization effects should be experimentally detectable. Our finding provides new insight into ultrafast control of strong-field photoionization and imaging of polar molecules.

  18. Very low threshold-current temperature sensitivity in constricted double-heterojunction AlGaAs lasers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Botez, D.; Connolly, J. C.; Gilbert, D. B.; Ettenberg, M.

    1981-01-01

    The temperature dependence of threshold currents in constricted double-heterojunction diode lasers with strong lateral mode confinement is found to be significantly milder than for other types of lasers. The threshold-current relative variations with ambient temperature are typically two to three times less than for other devices of CW-operation capability. Over the interval 10-70 C the threshold currents fit the empirical exponential law exp/(T2-T1)/T0/ with T0 values in the 240-375 C range in pulsed operation, and in the 200-310 C range in CW operation. The external differential quantum efficiency and the mode far-field pattern near threshold are virtually invariant with temperature. The possible causes of high-T0 behavior are analyzed, and a new phenomenon - temperature-dependent current focusing - is presented to explain the results.

  19. Interference substructure of above-threshold ionization peaks in the stabilization regime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Toyota, Koudai; Tolstikhin, Oleg I.; Morishita, Toru; Watanabe, Shinichi

    2008-09-01

    The photoelectron spectra produced in the photodetachment of H- (treated in the single-active-electron approximation) by strong high-frequency laser pulses with adequately chosen laser parameters in the stabilization regime are theoretically studied for elliptic polarization over an extended parameter range. An oscillating substructure in the above-threshold ionization peaks is observed, which confirms similar findings in the one-dimensional (1D) [K. Toyota , Phys. Rev. A 76, 043418 (2007)] and 3D calculations for linear polarization [O. I. Tolstikhin, Phys. Rev. A 77, 032712 (2008)]. The mechanism is an interference between the photoelectron wave packets created in the rising and falling parts of the pulse which is specific to the stabilization regime. We thus conclude that this interference substructure is robust for any polarization and over a wide range of the laser parameters, and hence should be observable experimentally.

  20. Above-Threshold Ionization by an Elliptically Polarized Field: Quantum Tunneling Interferences and Classical Dodging

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Paulus, G. G.; Zacher, F.; Walther, H.; Lohr, A.; Becker, W.; Kleber, M.

    1998-01-01

    Measurements of above-threshold ionization electron spectra in an elliptically polarized field as a function of the ellipticity are presented. In the rescattering regime, electron yields quickly drop with increasing ellipticity. The yields of lower-energy electrons rise again when circular polarization is approached. A classical explanation for these effects is provided. Additional local maxima in the yields of lower-energy electrons can be interpreted as being due to interferences of electron trajectories that tunnel out at different times within one cycle of the field.

  1. Double-adjustment in propensity score matching analysis: choosing a threshold for considering residual imbalance.

    PubMed

    Nguyen, Tri-Long; Collins, Gary S; Spence, Jessica; Daurès, Jean-Pierre; Devereaux, P J; Landais, Paul; Le Manach, Yannick

    2017-04-28

    Double-adjustment can be used to remove confounding if imbalance exists after propensity score (PS) matching. However, it is not always possible to include all covariates in adjustment. We aimed to find the optimal imbalance threshold for entering covariates into regression. We conducted a series of Monte Carlo simulations on virtual populations of 5,000 subjects. We performed PS 1:1 nearest-neighbor matching on each sample. We calculated standardized mean differences across groups to detect any remaining imbalance in the matched samples. We examined 25 thresholds (from 0.01 to 0.25, stepwise 0.01) for considering residual imbalance. The treatment effect was estimated using logistic regression that contained only those covariates considered to be unbalanced by these thresholds. We showed that regression adjustment could dramatically remove residual confounding bias when it included all of the covariates with a standardized difference greater than 0.10. The additional benefit was negligible when we also adjusted for covariates with less imbalance. We found that the mean squared error of the estimates was minimized under the same conditions. If covariate balance is not achieved, we recommend reiterating PS modeling until standardized differences below 0.10 are achieved on most covariates. In case of remaining imbalance, a double adjustment might be worth considering.

  2. Nonsequential modeling of laser diode stacks using Zemax: simulation, optimization, and experimental validation.

    PubMed

    Coluccelli, Nicola

    2010-08-01

    Modeling a real laser diode stack based on Zemax ray tracing software that operates in a nonsequential mode is reported. The implementation of the model is presented together with the geometric and optical parameters to be adjusted to calibrate the model and to match the simulated intensity irradiance profiles with the experimental profiles. The calibration of the model is based on a near-field and a far-field measurement. The validation of the model has been accomplished by comparing the simulated and experimental transverse irradiance profiles at different positions along the caustic formed by a lens. Spot sizes and waist location are predicted with a maximum error below 6%.

  3. Dissociative and double photoionization of CO from threshold to 90 A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Masuoka, T.; Samson, J. A. R.

    1981-01-01

    Partial cross sections for molecular photoionization (CO(+)), dissociative photoionization (C(+) and O(+)), and dissociative double photoionization (C(2+)) in CO have been measured from their thresholds to 90 A using techniques of mass spectrometry. The results are compared with data reported previously. Several peaks observed in the cross section curves for dissociated fragments are tentatively assigned by comparing with those in the photoelectron spectra reported for CO. It is concluded that the shoulder in the total absorption cross section curve between 400 and 90 A results solely from the dissociative ionization processes.

  4. Piezoresistive strain sensing of carbon black /silicone composites above percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shang, Shuying; Yue, Yujuan; Wang, Xiaoer

    2016-12-01

    A series of flexible composites with a carbon black (CB) filled silicone rubber matrix were made by an improved process in this work. A low percolation threshold with a mass ratio of 2.99% CB was achieved. The piezoresistive behavior of CB/silicone composites above the critical value, with the mass ratio of carbon black to the silicone rubber ranging from 0.01 to 0.2, was studied. The piezoresistive behavior was different from each other for the composites with different CB contents. But, the composites show an excellent repeatability of piezoresistivity under cyclic compression, no matter with low filler content or with high filler content. The most interesting phenomena were that the plots of gauge factor versus strain of the composites with different CB contents constructed a master curve and the curve could be well fitted by a function. It was showed that the gauge factor of the composites was strain-controlled showing a promising prospect of application.

  5. The immune synapse clears and excludes molecules above a size threshold

    PubMed Central

    Cartwright, Adam N. R.; Griggs, Jeremy; Davis, Daniel M.

    2014-01-01

    Natural killer cells assess target cell health via interactions at the immune synapse (IS) that facilitates signal integration and directed secretion. Here we test whether the IS also functions as a gasket. Quantitative fluorescence microscopy of nanometer-scale dextrans within synapses formed by various effector-target cell conjugates reveal that molecules are excluded in a size-dependent manner at activating synapses. Dextran sized ≤4 nm move in and out of the IS, but access is significantly reduced (by >50%) for dextran sized 10–13 nm, and dextran ≥32 nm is almost entirely excluded. Depolymerization of F-actin abrogated exclusion. Unexpectedly, larger-sized dextrans are cleared as the IS assembles in a zipper-like manner. Monoclonal antibodies are also excluded from the IS but smaller single-domain antibodies are able to penetrate. Therefore, the IS can clear and exclude molecules above a size threshold, and drugs designed to target synaptic cytokines or cytotoxic proteins must fit these dimensions. PMID:25407222

  6. Anaerobic Threshold and Salivary α-amylase during Incremental Exercise.

    PubMed

    Akizuki, Kazunori; Yazaki, Syouichirou; Echizenya, Yuki; Ohashi, Yukari

    2014-07-01

    [Purpose] The purpose of this study was to clarify the validity of salivary α-amylase as a method of quickly estimating anaerobic threshold and to establish the relationship between salivary α-amylase and double-product breakpoint in order to create a way to adjust exercise intensity to a safe and effective range. [Subjects and Methods] Eleven healthy young adults performed an incremental exercise test using a cycle ergometer. During the incremental exercise test, oxygen consumption, carbon dioxide production, and ventilatory equivalent were measured using a breath-by-breath gas analyzer. Systolic blood pressure and heart rate were measured to calculate the double product, from which double-product breakpoint was determined. Salivary α-amylase was measured to calculate the salivary threshold. [Results] One-way ANOVA revealed no significant differences among workloads at the anaerobic threshold, double-product breakpoint, and salivary threshold. Significant correlations were found between anaerobic threshold and salivary threshold and between anaerobic threshold and double-product breakpoint. [Conclusion] As a method for estimating anaerobic threshold, salivary threshold was as good as or better than determination of double-product breakpoint because the correlation between anaerobic threshold and salivary threshold was higher than the correlation between anaerobic threshold and double-product breakpoint. Therefore, salivary threshold is a useful index of anaerobic threshold during an incremental workload.

  7. Dissociative and double photoionization cross sections of NO from threshold to 120 A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Samson, J. A. R.; Masuoka, T.; Pareek, P. N.

    1985-01-01

    The partial photoionization cross sections for producing the NO(+) parent ion and the O(+), N(+), and NO(2+) fragmentations from neutral NO are presented from 120 to 614 A. The results indicate predissociation of the 3 pi (21.72 eV) and B-prime 1Sigma(+) (22.73 eV) electronic states of NO(+). The photoionization threshold for double ionization was found to be 39.4 + or - 0.12 eV.

  8. Time-resolved non-sequential ray-tracing modelling of non-line-of-sight picosecond pulse LIDAR

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sroka, Adam; Chan, Susan; Warburton, Ryan; Gariepy, Genevieve; Henderson, Robert; Leach, Jonathan; Faccio, Daniele; Lee, Stephen T.

    2016-05-01

    The ability to detect motion and to track a moving object that is hidden around a corner or behind a wall provides a crucial advantage when physically going around the obstacle is impossible or dangerous. One recently demonstrated approach to achieving this goal makes use of non-line-of-sight picosecond pulse laser ranging. This approach has recently become interesting due to the availability of single-photon avalanche diode (SPAD) receivers with picosecond time resolution. We present a time-resolved non-sequential ray-tracing model and its application to indirect line-of-sight detection of moving targets. The model makes use of the Zemax optical design programme's capabilities in stray light analysis where it traces large numbers of rays through multiple random scattering events in a 3D non-sequential environment. Our model then reconstructs the generated multi-segment ray paths and adds temporal analysis. Validation of this model against experimental results is shown. We then exercise the model to explore the limits placed on system design by available laser sources and detectors. In particular we detail the requirements on the laser's pulse energy, duration and repetition rate, and on the receiver's temporal response and sensitivity. These are discussed in terms of the resulting implications for achievable range, resolution and measurement time while retaining eye-safety with this technique. Finally, the model is used to examine potential extensions to the experimental system that may allow for increased localisation of the position of the detected moving object, such as the inclusion of multiple detectors and/or multiple emitters.

  9. Dissociative and double photoionization cross sections of NO from threshold to 120 A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Samson, J. A. R.; Masuoka, T.; Pareek, P. N.

    1985-01-01

    The partial photoionization cross sections for producing the NO(+) parent ion and the O(+), N(+), and NO2(+) fragment ions from neutral NO are presented from 120 to 614 A. The results indicate predissociation of the c(sup3) pi (21.72 eV) and B prime (sup 1) sigma (+) (22.73 eV) electronic states of NO(+). The photoionization threshold for double ionization was found to be 39.4 + or 0.12 eV.

  10. 48 CFR 653.219-70 - DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 48 Federal Acquisition Regulations System 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. 653.219-70 Section 653.219-70 Federal Acquisition Regulations System DEPARTMENT OF STATE CLAUSES AND FORMS FORMS Prescription of Forms 653.219-70 DOS form DS-1910, Small...

  11. 48 CFR 653.219-70 - DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 48 Federal Acquisition Regulations System 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. 653.219-70 Section 653.219-70 Federal Acquisition Regulations System DEPARTMENT OF STATE CLAUSES AND FORMS FORMS Prescription of Forms 653.219-70 DOS form DS-1910, Small...

  12. 48 CFR 653.219-70 - DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 48 Federal Acquisition Regulations System 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. 653.219-70 Section 653.219-70 Federal Acquisition Regulations System DEPARTMENT OF STATE CLAUSES AND FORMS FORMS Prescription of Forms 653.219-70 DOS form DS-1910, Small...

  13. 48 CFR 653.219-70 - DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 48 Federal Acquisition Regulations System 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false DOS form DS-1910, Small Business Agency Review-Actions Above the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. 653.219-70 Section 653.219-70 Federal Acquisition Regulations System DEPARTMENT OF STATE CLAUSES AND FORMS FORMS Prescription of Forms 653.219-70 DOS form DS-1910, Small...

  14. Calculation of fully differential cross sections for the near threshold double ionization of helium atoms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Prithvi; Purohit, Ghanshyam; Dorn, Alexander; Ren, Xueguang; Patidar, Vinod

    2016-01-01

    Fully differential cross sectional (FDCS) results are reported for the electron-impact double ionization of helium atoms at 5 and 27 eV excess energy. The present attempt to calculate the FDCS in the second Born approximation and treating the postcollision interaction is helpful to analyze the measurements of Ren et al (2008 Phys. Rev. Lett. 101 093201) and Durr et al (2007 Phys. Rev. Lett. 98 193201). The second-order processes and postcollision interaction have been found to be significant in describing the trends of the FDCS. More theoretical effort is required to describe the collision dynamics of electron-impact double ionization of helium atoms at near threshold.

  15. Training Performed Above Lactate Threshold Decreases p53 and Shelterin Expression in Mice.

    PubMed

    de Carvalho Cunha, Verusca Najara; Dos Santos Rosa, Thiago; Sales, Marcelo Magalhães; Sousa, Caio Victor; da Silva Aguiar, Samuel; Deus, Lysleine Alves; Simoes, Herbert Gustavo; de Andrade, Rosangela Vieira

    2018-06-26

    Telomere shortening is associated to sarcopenia leading to functional impairment during aging. There are mechanisms associated with telomere attrition, as well to its protection and repair. Physical training is a factor that attenuates telomere shortening, but little is known about the effects of different exercise intensities on telomere biology. Thus, we evaluated the effects of exercise intensity (moderate vs. high-intensity domain) on gene expression of senescence markers Checkpoint kinase 2 and tumor suppressor ( Chk2 and p53 , respectively), shelterin telomere repeat binding 1 and 2 ( Trf1 / Trf2 ), DNA repair ( Xrcc5 ), telomerase reverse transcriptase ( mTERT ) and telomere length in middle aged mice. Three groups were studied: a control group (CTL) and two groups submitted to swimming at intensities below the lactate threshold (LI group) and above the lactate threshold (HI group) for 40 and 20 min respectively, for 12 weeks. After training, the HI group showed reduction in p53 expression in the muscle, and decreased shelterin complex expression when compared to LI group. No differences were observed between groups for mTERT expression and telomere length. Thus, exercise training in high-intensity domain was more effective on reducing markers of senescence and apoptosis. The higher intensity exercise training also diminished shelterin expression, with no differences in telomere length and mTERT expression. Such results possibly indicate a more effective DNA protection for the higher-intensity exercise training. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

  16. The inception of pulsed discharges in air: simulations in background fields above and below breakdown

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Anbang; Teunissen, Jannis; Ebert, Ute

    2014-11-01

    We investigate discharge inception in air, in uniform background electric fields above and below the breakdown threshold. We perform 3D particle simulations that include a natural level of background ionization in the form of positive and \\text{O}2- ions. In background fields below breakdown, we use a strongly ionized seed of electrons and positive ions to enhance the field locally. In the region of enhanced field, we observe the growth of positive streamers, as in previous simulations with 2D plasma fluid models. The inclusion of background ionization has little effect in this case. When the background field is above the breakdown threshold, the situation is very different. Electrons can then detach from \\text{O}2- and start ionization avalanches in the whole volume. These avalanches together create one extended discharge, in contrast to the ‘double-headed’ streamers found in many fluid simulations.

  17. Maglev performance of a double-layer bulk high temperature superconductor above a permanent magnet guideway

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Deng, Z.; Wang, J.; Zheng, J.; Lin, Q.; Zhang, Y.; Wang, S.

    2009-05-01

    In order to improve the performance of the present high temperature superconducting (HTS) maglev vehicle system, the maglev performance of single- and double-layer bulk high temperature superconductors (HTSC) was investigated above a permanent magnet guideway (PMG). It is found that the maglev performance of a double-layer bulk HTSC is not a simple addition of each layer's levitation and guidance force. Moreover, the applied magnetic field at the position of the upper layer bulk HTSC is not completely shielded by the lower layer bulk HTSC either. 53.5% of the levitation force and 27.5% of the guidance force of the upper layer bulk HTSC are excited in the double-layer bulk HTSC arrangement in the applied field-cooling condition and working gap, bringing a corresponding improvement of 16.9% and 8.8% to the conventional single-layer bulk HTSC. The present research implies that the cost performance of upper layer bulk HTSC is a little low for the whole HTS maglev system.

  18. How big, and how long-lasting, will an extreme burst above threshold be ? Lessons from self-organised criticality

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Watkins, N. W.; Chapman, S. C.; Hnat, B.

    2011-12-01

    The idea that there might not be a typical scale for energy release in some space physics systems is a relatively new one [see e.g. mini-review of early work in Freeman and Watkins, Science, 2002; & Aschwanden, Self Organized Criticality (SOC) in Astrophysics, Springer, 2011]. In part it resulted from the widespread approximate fractality seen elsewhere in nature. SOC was introduced by Bak et al [PRL, 1987] as a physical explanation of such widespread space-time fractality. SOC inspired the introduction into magnetospheric physics of "burst" diagnostics by Takalo [1993] & Consolini [1996]. These quantified events in a time series by "size" (integrated area above a fixed threshold) and "duration", and revealed a long tailed population of events across a broad range of sizes, subsequently also seen in solar wind drivers like Akasofu's epsilon function [Freeman et al, PRE & GRL, 2000]. Spatiotemporal bursts have an interest beyond SOC, however. Estimating the probability of a burst of a given size and duration bears directly on the problem of correlated extreme events, or "bunched black swans" [e.g. Watkins et al, EGU, 2011 presentation at the URL below]. With a view both to space physics and this wider context we here consider an interesting development of the burst idea made by Uritsky et al [GRL, 2001]. These authors adapted the spatiotemporal spreading exponent [e.g. Marro & Dickman, Nonequilibrium phase transitions in lattice models, 1999], calculating a superposed epoch average of surviving activity in bursts after their first excursion above a threshold. In a 1D time series, the 1-minute AL auroral index (averaged over 5 minutes), they found scaling behaviour up to ~ 2 hours. We investigate the relationships between exponents found by this method and other, more widely known exponents governing a fractal (or multifractal) time series such as the self-similarity exponent H and long-range dependence exponent d. We conclude by discussing the applications of these

  19. Critical current simulation in granular superconductors above the percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Riedinger, Roland

    1992-02-01

    In the phase-coherent regime without applied external magnetic field, the critical superconducting current is limited by intragranular junctions which behave like Josephson junctions. We study the percolation aspects specific to lattices of such junctions and/or the mixing of superconductor with normal grains by averaging over configurations. We illustrate on 2 and 3 dimensional examples. The power laws valid near the percolation threshold are valid well above it, in two and three dimensions. We discuss the other models limiting the superconducting current, the vortex creep and superconducting order parameter fluctuations. Dans la limite de champ magnétique nul et de cohérence de phase du paramètre d'ordre supraconducteur, le courant supraconducteur maximal dans un réseau est limité par les jonctions intergranulaires qui se comportent comme des jonctions Josephson. Nous analysons les problèmes de percolation spécifiques aux réseaux de jonctions et du mélange de grains normaux et supraconducteurs. Nous donnons des exemples bidimensionnels et tridimensionnels ; après moyenne sur les configurations et analyse en taille finie, nous montrons que les lois de puissance valables au voisinage du seuil de percolation s'étendent sur un grand domaine au-delà du seuil de percolation, à deux et trois dimensions. Nous discutons les autres modèles limitant le courant supraconducteur, ancrage de vortex et fluctuations du paramètre d'ordre.

  20. Experimental study of the role of trap symmetry in an atom-chip interferometer above the Bose–Einstein condensation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dupont-Nivet, M.; Demur, R.; Westbrook, C. I.; Schwartz, S.

    2018-04-01

    We report the experimental study of an atom-chip interferometer using ultracold rubidium 87 atoms above the Bose–Einstein condensation threshold. The observed dependence of the contrast decay time with temperature and with the degree of symmetry of the traps during the interferometer sequence is in good agreement with theoretical predictions published in Dupont-Nivet et al (2016 New J. Phys. 18 113012). These results pave the way for precision measurements with trapped thermal atoms.

  1. Predicting vertically-nonsequential wetting patterns with a source-responsive model

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Nimmo, John R.; Mitchell, Lara

    2013-01-01

    Water infiltrating into soil of natural structure often causes wetting patterns that do not develop in an orderly sequence. Because traditional unsaturated flow models represent a water advance that proceeds sequentially, they fail to predict irregular development of water distribution. In the source-responsive model, a diffuse domain (D) represents flow within soil matrix material following traditional formulations, and a source-responsive domain (S), characterized in terms of the capacity for preferential flow and its degree of activation, represents preferential flow as it responds to changing water-source conditions. In this paper we assume water undergoing rapid source-responsive transport at any particular time is of negligibly small volume; it becomes sensible at the time and depth where domain transfer occurs. A first-order transfer term represents abstraction from the S to the D domain which renders the water sensible. In tests with lab and field data, for some cases the model shows good quantitative agreement, and in all cases it captures the characteristic patterns of wetting that proceed nonsequentially in the vertical direction. In these tests we determined the values of the essential characterizing functions by inverse modeling. These functions relate directly to observable soil characteristics, rendering them amenable to evaluation and improvement through hydropedologic development.

  2. Sequential double photodetachment of He- in elliptically polarized laser fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Génévriez, Matthieu; Dunseath, Kevin M.; Terao-Dunseath, Mariko; Urbain, Xavier

    2018-02-01

    Four-photon double detachment of the helium negative ion is investigated experimentally and theoretically for photon energies where the transient helium atom is in the 1 s 2 s 3S or 1 s 2 p P3o states, which subsequently ionize by absorption of three photons. Ionization is enhanced by intermediate resonances, giving rise to series of peaks in the He+ spectrum, which we study in detail. The He+ yield is measured in the wavelength ranges from 530 to 560 nm and from 685 to 730 nm and for various polarizations of the laser light. Double detachment is treated theoretically as a sequential process, within the framework of R -matrix theory for the first step and effective Hamiltonian theory for the second step. Experimental conditions are accurately modeled, and the measured and simulated yields are in good qualitative and, in some cases, quantitative agreement. Resonances in the double detachment spectra can be attributed to well-defined Rydberg states of the transient atom. The double detachment yield exhibits a strong dependence on the laser polarization which can be related to the magnetic quantum number of the intermediate atomic state. We also investigate the possibility of nonsequential double detachment with a two-color experiment but observe no evidence for it.

  3. Emergent Ising degrees of freedom above a double-stripe magnetic ground state

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Guanghua; Flint, Rebecca

    2017-12-01

    Double-stripe magnetism [Q =(π /2 ,π /2 )] has been proposed as the magnetic ground state for both the iron-telluride and BaTi2Sb2O families of superconductors. Double-stripe order is captured within a J1-J2-J3 Heisenberg model in the regime J3≫J2≫J1 . Intriguingly, besides breaking spin-rotational symmetry, the ground-state manifold has three additional Ising degrees of freedom associated with bond ordering. Via their coupling to the lattice, they give rise to an orthorhombic distortion and to two nonuniform lattice distortions with wave vector (π ,π ) . Because the ground state is fourfold degenerate, modulo rotations in spin space, only two of these Ising bond order parameters are independent. Here, we introduce an effective field theory to treat all Ising order parameters, as well as magnetic order, and solve it within a large-N limit. All three transitions, corresponding to the condensations of two Ising bond order parameters and one magnetic order parameter are simultaneous and first order in three dimensions, but lower dimensionality, or equivalently weaker interlayer coupling, and weaker magnetoelastic coupling can split the three transitions, and in some cases allows for two separate Ising phase transitions above the magnetic one.

  4. Phase- and intensity-resolved measurements of above threshold ionization by few-cycle pulses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kübel, M.; Arbeiter, M.; Burger, C.; Kling, Nora G.; Pischke, T.; Moshammer, R.; Fennel, T.; Kling, M. F.; Bergues, B.

    2018-07-01

    We investigate the carrier-envelope phase (CEP) and intensity dependence of the longitudinal momentum distribution of photoelectrons resulting from above threshold ionization of argon by few-cycle laser pulses. The intensity of the pulses with a center wavelength of 750 nm is varied in a range between 0.7 × 1014 and 5.5× {10}14 {{W}} {cm}}-2. Our measurements reveal a prominent maximum in the CEP-dependent asymmetry at photoelectron energies of 2 U P (U P being the ponderomotive potential), that is persistent over the entire intensity range. Further local maxima are observed around 0.3 and 0.8 U P. The experimental results are in good agreement with theoretical results obtained by solving the three-dimensional time-dependent Schrödinger equation. We show that for few-cycle pulses, the amplitude of the CEP-dependent asymmetry provides a reliable measure for the peak intensity on target. Moreover, the measured asymmetry amplitude exhibits an intensity-dependent interference structure at low photoelectron energy, which could be used to benchmark model potentials for complex atoms.

  5. Low threshold interband cascade lasers operating above room temperature

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hill, C. J.; Yang, B.; Yang, R. Q.

    2003-01-01

    Mid-IR type-II interband cascade lasers were demonstrated in pulsed mode at temperatures up to 325 K and in continuous mode up to 200 K. At 80 K, the threshold current density was 8.9 A/cm2 and a cw outpout power of 140 mW/facet was obtained.

  6. I. RENAL THRESHOLDS FOR HEMOGLOBIN IN DOGS

    PubMed Central

    Lichty, John A.; Havill, William H.; Whipple, George H.

    1932-01-01

    We use the term "renal threshold for hemoglobin" to indicate the smallest amount of hemoglobin which given intravenously will effect the appearance of recognizable hemoglobin in the urine. The initial renal threshold level for dog hemoglobin is established by the methods employed at an average value of 155 mg. hemoglobin per kilo body weight with maximal values of 210 and minimal of 124. Repeated daily injections of hemoglobin will depress this initial renal threshold level on the average 46 per cent with maximal values of 110 and minimal values of 60 mg. hemoglobin per kilo body weight. This minimal or depression threshold is relatively constant if the injections are continued. Rest periods without injections cause a return of the renal threshold for hemoglobin toward the initial threshold levels—recovery threshold level. Injections of hemoglobin below the initial threshold level but above the minimal or depression threshold will eventually reduce the renal threshold for hemoglobin to its depression threshold level. We believe the depression threshold or minimal renal threshold level due to repeated hemoglobin injections is a little above the glomerular threshold which we assume is the base line threshold for hemoglobin. Our reasons for this belief in the glomerular threshold are given above and in the other papers of this series. PMID:19870016

  7. Optics Recycle Loop Strategy for NIF Operations above UV Laser-Induced Damage Threshold

    DOE PAGES

    Spaeth, M. L.; Wegner, P. J.; Suratwala, T. I.; ...

    2017-03-23

    The National Ignition Facility (NIF) at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) houses the world’s largest laser system, composed of 192 individual, 40-cm-aperture beamlines. The NIF laser routinely operates at ultraviolet (UV) fluences above 8 J/cm 2, more than twice the (3ω only) damage threshold of commercially available UV-grade fused silica. NIF is able to maintain such high fluence operation by using an optics recycling loop strategy. Successful operation of the loop relies on a number of technologies specifically developed for NIF. One of the most important is the capability developed by LLNL and their vendors for producing highly damage-resistant optics.more » Other technologies developed for the optics recycle loop raise the operating point of NIF by keeping damage growth in check. LLNL has demonstrated the capability to sustain UV fused silica optic recycling rates of up to 40 optics per week. The optics are ready for reinstallation after a 3-week trip through a recycle loop where the damage state of each optic is assessed and repaired. The impact of the optics recycle loop has been profound, allowing the experimental program to routinely employ energies and fluences that would otherwise have been unachievable. Without the recycle loop, it is likely that the NIF fluence would need to be kept below the UV threshold for damage growth, ~4 J/cm 2, thus keeping the energy delivered to the target significantly below 1 MJ. With the recycle loop implemented during the National Ignition Campaign, NIF can routinely deliver >1.8 MJ on target, an increase in operational capability of more than 100%. Finally, in this paper, the enabling technological advances, optical performance, and operational capability implications of the optics recycle loop are discussed.« less

  8. Optics Recycle Loop Strategy for NIF Operations above UV Laser-Induced Damage Threshold

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Spaeth, M. L.; Wegner, P. J.; Suratwala, T. I.

    The National Ignition Facility (NIF) at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) houses the world’s largest laser system, composed of 192 individual, 40-cm-aperture beamlines. The NIF laser routinely operates at ultraviolet (UV) fluences above 8 J/cm 2, more than twice the (3ω only) damage threshold of commercially available UV-grade fused silica. NIF is able to maintain such high fluence operation by using an optics recycling loop strategy. Successful operation of the loop relies on a number of technologies specifically developed for NIF. One of the most important is the capability developed by LLNL and their vendors for producing highly damage-resistant optics.more » Other technologies developed for the optics recycle loop raise the operating point of NIF by keeping damage growth in check. LLNL has demonstrated the capability to sustain UV fused silica optic recycling rates of up to 40 optics per week. The optics are ready for reinstallation after a 3-week trip through a recycle loop where the damage state of each optic is assessed and repaired. The impact of the optics recycle loop has been profound, allowing the experimental program to routinely employ energies and fluences that would otherwise have been unachievable. Without the recycle loop, it is likely that the NIF fluence would need to be kept below the UV threshold for damage growth, ~4 J/cm 2, thus keeping the energy delivered to the target significantly below 1 MJ. With the recycle loop implemented during the National Ignition Campaign, NIF can routinely deliver >1.8 MJ on target, an increase in operational capability of more than 100%. Finally, in this paper, the enabling technological advances, optical performance, and operational capability implications of the optics recycle loop are discussed.« less

  9. Threshold Dynamics of a Semiconductor Single Atom Maser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Yinyu

    Photon emission from single emitters provides fundamental insight into the detailed interaction between light and matter. Here we demonstrate a semiconductor single atom maser (SeSAM) that consists of a single InAs double quantum dot (DQD) that is coupled to a high quality factor microwave cavity. A finite bias results in population inversion in the DQD, enabling sizable cavity gain and stimulated emission. We develop a pulsed-gate approach that allows the SeSAM to be tuned across the masing threshold. The cavity output power as a function of DQD current is in good agreement with single atom maser theory once a small correction for lead emission is included. Photon statistics measurements show that the second-order correlation function of intra-cavity photon number, nc, crosses over from 〈nc2 〉 /〈nc 〉 2 = 2.1 below threshold to 〈nc2 〉 /〈nc 〉 2 = 1.2 above threshold. Large fluctuations are observed at threshold. In collaboration with J. Stehlik, C. Eichler, X. Mi, T. R. Hartke, M. J. Gullans, J. M. Taylor and J. R. Petta. Supported by the NSF and the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation's EPiQS initiative through Grant No. GBMF4535.

  10. Rapid self-organised initiation of ad hoc sensor networks close above the percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Korsnes, Reinert

    2010-07-01

    This work shows potentials for rapid self-organisation of sensor networks where nodes collaborate to relay messages to a common data collecting unit (sink node). The study problem is, in the sense of graph theory, to find a shortest path tree spanning a weighted graph. This is a well-studied problem where for example Dijkstra’s algorithm provides a solution for non-negative edge weights. The present contribution shows by simulation examples that simple modifications of known distributed approaches here can provide significant improvements in performance. Phase transition phenomena, which are known to take place in networks close to percolation thresholds, may explain these observations. An initial method, which here serves as reference, assumes the sink node starts organisation of the network (tree) by transmitting a control message advertising its availability for its neighbours. These neighbours then advertise their current cost estimate for routing a message to the sink. A node which in this way receives a message implying an improved route to the sink, advertises its new finding and remembers which neighbouring node the message came from. This activity proceeds until there are no more improvements to advertise to neighbours. The result is a tree network for cost effective transmission of messages to the sink (root). This distributed approach has potential for simple improvements which are of interest when minimisation of storage and communication of network information are a concern. Fast organisation of the network takes place when the number k of connections for each node ( degree) is close above its critical value for global network percolation and at the same time there is a threshold for the nodes to decide to advertise network route updates.

  11. Thickness dependence of the levitation performance of double-layer high-temperature superconductor bulks above a magnetic rail

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, R. X.; Zheng, J.; Liao, X. L.; Che, T.; Gou, Y. F.; He, D. B.; Deng, Z. G.

    2014-10-01

    A double-layer high-temperature superconductor (HTSC) arrangement was proposed and proved to be able to bring improvements to both levitation force and guidance force compared with present single-layer HTSC arrangement. To fully exploit the applied magnetic field by a magnetic rail, the thickness dependence of a double-layer HTSC arrangement on the levitation performance was further investigated in the paper. In this study, the lower-layer bulk was polished step by step to different thicknesses, and the upper-layer bulk with constant thickness was directly superimposed on the lower-layer one. The levitation force and the force relaxation of the double-layer HTSC arrangement were measured above a Halbach magnetic rail. Experimental result shows that a bigger levitation force and a less levitation force decay could be achieved by optimizing the thickness of the lower-layer bulk HTSC. This thickness optimization method could be applied together with former reported double-layer HTSC arrangement method with aligned growth sector boundaries pattern. This series of study on the optimized combination method do bring a significant improvement on the levitation performance of present HTS maglev systems.

  12. Distributions of extreme bursts above thresholds in a fractional Lévy toy model of natural complexity.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Watkins, Nicholas; Chapman, Sandra; Rosenberg, Sam; Credgington, Dan; Sanchez, Raul

    2010-05-01

    In 2 far-sighted contributions in the 1960s Mandelbrot showed the ubiquity of both non-Gaussian fluctuations and long-ranged temporal memory (the "Noah" and "Joseph" effects, respectively) in the natural and man-made worlds. Much subsequent work in complexity science has contributed to the physical underpinning of these effects, particularly in cases where complex interactions in a system cause a driven or random perturbation to be nonlinearly amplified in amplitude and/or spread out over a wide range of frequencies. In addition the modelling of catastrophes has begun to incorporate the insights which these approaches have offered into the likelihood of extreme and long-lived fluctuations. I will briefly survey how the application of the above ideas in the earth system has been a key focus and motivation of research into natural complexity at BAS [e.g. Watkins & Freeman, Science, 2008; Edwards et al, Nature, 2007]. I will then discuss in detail a standard toy model (linear fractional stable motion, LFSM) which combines the Noah and Joseph effects in a controllable way and explain how it differs from the widely used continuous time random walk. I will describe how LFSM is being used to explore the interplay of the above two effects in the distribution of bursts above thresholds. I will describe ongoing work to improve the accuracy of maximum likelihood-based estimation of burst size and waiting time distributions for LFSM first reported in [Watkins et al, PRE, 2009]; and will also touch on similar work for multifractal models [Watkins et al, PRL comment, 2009].

  13. Heart rate response during a simulated Olympic boxing match is predominantly above ventilatory threshold 2: a cross sectional study

    PubMed Central

    de Lira, Claudio Andre Barbosa; Peixinho-Pena, Luiz Fernando; Vancini, Rodrigo Luiz; de Freitas Guina Fachina, Rafael Júlio; de Almeida, Alexandre Aparecido; Andrade, Marília dos Santos; da Silva, Antonio Carlos

    2013-01-01

    The present study aimed to describe heart rate (HR) responses during a simulated Olympic boxing match and examine physiological parameters of boxing athletes. Ten highly trained Olympic boxing athletes (six men and four women) performed a maximal graded exercise test on a motorized treadmill to determine maximal oxygen uptake (52.2 mL · kg−1 · min−1 ± 7.2 mL · kg−1 · min−1) and ventilatory thresholds 1 and 2. Ventilatory thresholds 1 and 2 were used to classify the intensity of exercise based on respective HR during a boxing match. In addition, oxygen uptake (V̇O2) was estimated during the match based on the HR response and the HR-V̇O2 relationship obtained from a maximal graded exercise test for each participant. On a separate day, participants performed a boxing match lasting three rounds, 2 minutes each, with a 1-minute recovery period between each round, during which HR was measured. In this context, HR and V̇O2 were above ventilatory threshold 2 during 219.8 seconds ± 67.4 seconds. There was an increase in HR and V̇O2 as a function of round (round 3 < round 2 < round 1, P < 0.0001). These findings may direct individual training programs for boxing practitioners and other athletes. PMID:24379723

  14. Heart rate response during a simulated Olympic boxing match is predominantly above ventilatory threshold 2: a cross sectional study.

    PubMed

    de Lira, Claudio Andre Barbosa; Peixinho-Pena, Luiz Fernando; Vancini, Rodrigo Luiz; de Freitas Guina Fachina, Rafael Júlio; de Almeida, Alexandre Aparecido; Andrade, Marília Dos Santos; da Silva, Antonio Carlos

    2013-01-01

    The present study aimed to describe heart rate (HR) responses during a simulated Olympic boxing match and examine physiological parameters of boxing athletes. Ten highly trained Olympic boxing athletes (six men and four women) performed a maximal graded exercise test on a motorized treadmill to determine maximal oxygen uptake (52.2 mL · kg(-1) · min(-1) ± 7.2 mL · kg(-1) · min(-1)) and ventilatory thresholds 1 and 2. Ventilatory thresholds 1 and 2 were used to classify the intensity of exercise based on respective HR during a boxing match. In addition, oxygen uptake (V̇O2) was estimated during the match based on the HR response and the HR-V̇O2 relationship obtained from a maximal graded exercise test for each participant. On a separate day, participants performed a boxing match lasting three rounds, 2 minutes each, with a 1-minute recovery period between each round, during which HR was measured. In this context, HR and V̇O2 were above ventilatory threshold 2 during 219.8 seconds ± 67.4 seconds. There was an increase in HR and V̇O2 as a function of round (round 3 < round 2 < round 1, P < 0.0001). These findings may direct individual training programs for boxing practitioners and other athletes.

  15. Scaling of the low-energy structure in above-threshold ionization in the tunneling regime: theory and experiment.

    PubMed

    Guo, L; Han, S S; Liu, X; Cheng, Y; Xu, Z Z; Fan, J; Chen, J; Chen, S G; Becker, W; Blaga, C I; DiChiara, A D; Sistrunk, E; Agostini, P; DiMauro, L F

    2013-01-04

    A calculation of the second-order (rescattering) term in the S-matrix expansion of above-threshold ionization is presented for the case when the binding potential is the unscreened Coulomb potential. Technical problems related to the divergence of the Coulomb scattering amplitude are avoided in the theory by considering the depletion of the atomic ground state due to the applied laser field, which is well defined and does not require the introduction of a screening constant. We focus on the low-energy structure, which was observed in recent experiments with a midinfrared wavelength laser field. Both the spectra and, in particular, the observed scaling versus the Keldysh parameter and the ponderomotive energy are reproduced. The theory provides evidence that the origin of the structure lies in the long-range Coulomb interaction.

  16. Sequential Double lonization: The Timing of Release

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pfeiffer, A.

    2011-05-01

    The timing of electron release in strong field double ionization poses great challenges both for conceptual definition and for conducting experimental measurement. Here we present coincidence momentum measurements of the doubly charged ion and of the two electrons arising from double ionization of Argon using elliptically (close to circularly) polarized laser pulses. Based on a semi-classical model, the ionization times are calculated from the measured electron momenta across a large intensity range. Exploiting the attoclock technique we have direct access to timings on a coarse and on a fine scale, similar to the hour and the minute hand of a clock. In our attoclock, the magnitude of the electron momenta follows the envelope of the laser pulse and gives a coarse timing for the electron releases (the hour hand), while the fine timing (the minute hand) is provided by the emission angle of the electrons. The first of our findings is that due to depletion the averaged ionization time moves towards the beginning of the pulse with increasing intensity, confirming the results of Maharjan et al., and that the ion momentum distribution projected onto the minor polarization axis shows a bifurcation from a 3-peak to a 4-peak structure. This effect can be fully understood by modeling the process semi-classically in the independent electron approximation following the simple man's model. The ionization time measurement performed with the attoclock shows that the release time of the first electron is in good agreement with the semi-classical simulation performed on the basis of Sequential Double lonization (SDI), whereas the ionization of the second electron occurs significantly earlier than predicted. This observation suggests that electron correlation and other Non-Sequential Double lonization (NSDI) mechanisms may play an important role also in the case of strong field double ionization by close-to-circularly polarized laser pulses. The timing of electron release in strong

  17. Above-threshold ionization in multicenter molecules: The role of the initial state

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suárez, Noslen; Chacón, Alexis; Pisanty, Emilio; Ortmann, Lisa; Landsman, Alexandra S.; Picón, Antonio; Biegert, Jens; Lewenstein, Maciej; Ciappina, Marcelo F.

    2018-03-01

    A possible route to extract electronic and nuclear dynamics from molecular targets with attosecond temporal and nanometer spatial resolution is to employ recolliding electrons as "probes." The recollision process in molecules is, however, very challenging to treat using ab initio approaches. Even for the simplest diatomic systems, such as H2, today's computational capabilities are not enough to give a complete description of the electron and nuclear dynamics initiated by a strong laser field. As a consequence, approximate qualitative descriptions are called to play an important role. In this paper we extend the work presented in Suárez et al. [N. Suárez, A. Chacón, J. A. Pérez-Hernández, J. Biegert, M. Lewenstein, and M. F. Ciappina, High-order-harmonic generation in atomic and molecular systems, Phys. Rev. A 95, 033415 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevA.95.033415] to three-center molecular targets. Additionally, we incorporate a more accurate description of the molecular ground state, employing information extracted from quantum chemistry software packages. This step forward allows us to include, in a detailed way, both the molecular symmetries and nodes present in the high-occupied molecular orbital. We are able, on the one hand, to keep our formulation as analytical as in the case of diatomics and, on the other hand, to still give a complete description of the underlying physics behind the above-threshold ionization process. The application of our approach to complex multicenter—with more than three centers—targets appears to be straightforward.

  18. Experimental study of the p+{sup 6}Li{yields}{eta}+{sup 7}Be reaction 11.3 MeV above threshold

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Budzanowski, A.; Kliczewski, S.; Siudak, R.

    2010-10-15

    The cross section for the reaction p+{sup 6}Li{yields}{eta}+{sup 7}Be was measured at an excess energy of 11.28 MeV above threshold by detecting the recoiling {sup 7}Be nuclei. A dedicated set of focal plane detectors was built for the magnetic spectrograph Big Karl and was used for identification and four-momentum measurement of {sup 7}Be. A differential cross section of nb/(d{sigma}/d{Omega})=[0.69{+-}0.20(stat.){+-}0.20(syst.)] sr for the ground state plus 1/2{sup -} was measured. The result is compared to model calculations.

  19. High-temperature CW and pulsed operation in constricted double-heterojunction AlGaAs diode lasers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Botez, D.; Connolly, J. C.; Gilbert, D. B.

    1981-01-01

    The behavior of constricted double-heterojunction (CDH) diode lasers has been investigated up to 170 C CW and 270 C pulsed. It is found that the temperature-dependent current concentration effect responsible for low threshold-current sensitivity and temperature-invariant external differential quantum efficiency in CDH lasers saturates at about 100 C. It is also found that over a wide temperature interval (180-280 C) the threshold current density has a To value of 40-50 C and that the spontaneous emission becomes increasingly sublinear above 220 C. Both effects are believed to reflect Auger recombination.

  20. A new characterization of three-dimensional conductivity backbone above and below the percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Skal, Asya S.

    1996-08-01

    A new definition of three-dimensional conductivity backbone, obtained from a distribution function of Joule heat and the Hall coefficient is introduced. The fractal dimension d fB = d - ( {g}/{v}) = 2.25 of conductivity backbone for both sides of the threshold is obtained from a critical exponent of the Hall coefficient g = 0.6. This allows one to construct, below the threshold, a new order parameter of metal-conductor transition—the two-component infinite conductivity back-bone and tested scaling relation, proposed by Alexander and Orbach [ J. Phys. Rev. Lett.43, 1982, L625] for both sides of a threshold.

  1. Threshold and variability properties of matrix frequency-doubling technology and standard automated perimetry in glaucoma.

    PubMed

    Artes, Paul H; Hutchison, Donna M; Nicolela, Marcelo T; LeBlanc, Raymond P; Chauhan, Balwantray C

    2005-07-01

    To compare test results from second-generation Frequency-Doubling Technology perimetry (FDT2, Humphrey Matrix; Carl-Zeiss Meditec, Dublin, CA) and standard automated perimetry (SAP) in patients with glaucoma. Specifically, to examine the relationship between visual field sensitivity and test-retest variability and to compare total and pattern deviation probability maps between both techniques. Fifteen patients with glaucoma who had early to moderately advanced visual field loss with SAP (mean MD, -4.0 dB; range, +0.2 to -16.1) were enrolled in the study. Patients attended three sessions. During each session, one eye was examined twice with FDT2 (24-2 threshold test) and twice with SAP (Swedish Interactive Threshold Algorithm [SITA] Standard 24-2 test), in random order. We compared threshold values between FDT2 and SAP at test locations with similar visual field coordinates. Test-retest variability, established in terms of test-retest intervals and standard deviations (SDs), was investigated as a function of visual field sensitivity (estimated by baseline threshold and mean threshold, respectively). The magnitude of visual field defects apparent in total and pattern deviation probability maps were compared between both techniques by ordinal scoring. The global visual field indices mean deviation (MD) and pattern standard deviation (PSD) of FDT2 and SAP correlated highly (r > 0.8; P < 0.001). At test locations with high sensitivity (>25 dB with SAP), threshold estimates from FDT2 and SAP exhibited a close, linear relationship, with a slope of approximately 2.0. However, at test locations with lower sensitivity, the relationship was much weaker and ceased to be linear. In comparison with FDT2, SAP showed a slightly larger proportion of test locations with absolute defects (3.0% vs. 2.2% with SAP and FDT2, respectively, P < 0.001). Whereas SAP showed a significant increase in test-retest variability at test locations with lower sensitivity (P < 0.001), there was no

  2. Indirect double photoionization of water

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Resccigno, T. N.; Sann, H.; Orel, A. E.; Dörner, R.

    2011-05-01

    The vertical double ionization thresholds of small molecules generally lie above the dissociation limits corresponding to formation of two singly charged fragments. This gives the possibility of populating singly charged molecular ions by photoionization in the Franck-Condon region at energies below the lowest dication state, but above the dissociation limit into two singly charged fragment ions. This process can produce a superexcited neutral fragment that autoionizes at large internuclear separation. We study this process in water, where absorption of a photon produces an inner-shell excited state of H2O+ that fragments to H++OH*. The angular distribution of secondary electrons produced by OH* when it autoionizes produces a characteristic asymmetric pattern that reveals the distance, and therefore the time, at which the decay takes place. LBNL, Berkeley, CA, J. W. Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany. Work performed under auspices of US DOE and supported by OBES, Div. of Chemical Sciences.

  3. Inclusion of Exercise Intensities Above the Lactate Threshold in VO2/Running Speed Regression Does not Improve the Precision of Accumulated Oxygen Deficit Estimation in Endurance-Trained Runners

    PubMed Central

    Reis, Victor M.; Silva, António J.; Ascensão, António; Duarte, José A.

    2005-01-01

    The present study intended to verify if the inclusion of intensities above lactate threshold (LT) in the VO2/running speed regression (RSR) affects the estimation error of accumulated oxygen deficit (AOD) during a treadmill running performed by endurance-trained subjects. Fourteen male endurance-trained runners performed a sub maximal treadmill running test followed by an exhaustive supra maximal test 48h later. The total energy demand (TED) and the AOD during the supra maximal test were calculated from the RSR established on first testing. For those purposes two regressions were used: a complete regression (CR) including all available sub maximal VO2 measurements and a sub threshold regression (STR) including solely the VO2 values measured during exercise intensities below LT. TED mean values obtained with CR and STR were not significantly different under the two conditions of analysis (177.71 ± 5.99 and 174.03 ± 6.53 ml·kg-1, respectively). Also the mean values of AOD obtained with CR and STR did not differ under the two conditions (49.75 ± 8.38 and 45.8 9 ± 9.79 ml·kg-1, respectively). Moreover, the precision of those estimations was also similar under the two procedures. The mean error for TED estimation was 3.27 ± 1.58 and 3.41 ± 1.85 ml·kg-1 (for CR and STR, respectively) and the mean error for AOD estimation was 5.03 ± 0.32 and 5.14 ± 0.35 ml·kg-1 (for CR and STR, respectively). The results indicated that the inclusion of exercise intensities above LT in the RSR does not improve the precision of the AOD estimation in endurance-trained runners. However, the use of STR may induce an underestimation of AOD comparatively to the use of CR. Key Points It has been suggested that the inclusion of exercise intensities above the lactate threshold in the VO2/power regression can significantly affect the estimation of the energy cost and, thus, the estimation of the AOD. However data on the precision of those AOD measurements is rarely provided. We have

  4. Threshold factorization redux

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chay, Junegone; Kim, Chul

    2018-05-01

    We reanalyze the factorization theorems for the Drell-Yan process and for deep inelastic scattering near threshold, as constructed in the framework of the soft-collinear effective theory (SCET), from a new, consistent perspective. In order to formulate the factorization near threshold in SCET, we should include an additional degree of freedom with small energy, collinear to the beam direction. The corresponding collinear-soft mode is included to describe the parton distribution function (PDF) near threshold. The soft function is modified by subtracting the contribution of the collinear-soft modes in order to avoid double counting on the overlap region. As a result, the proper soft function becomes infrared finite, and all the factorized parts are free of rapidity divergence. Furthermore, the separation of the relevant scales in each factorized part becomes manifest. We apply the same idea to the dihadron production in e+e- annihilation near threshold, and show that the resultant soft function is also free of infrared and rapidity divergences.

  5. Threshold Hypothesis: Fact or Artifact?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Karwowski, Maciej; Gralewski, Jacek

    2013-01-01

    The threshold hypothesis (TH) assumes the existence of complex relations between creative abilities and intelligence: linear associations below 120 points of IQ and weaker or lack of associations above the threshold. However, diverse results have been obtained over the last six decades--some confirmed the hypothesis and some rejected it. In this…

  6. Above threshold spectral dependence of linewidth enhancement factor, optical duration and linear chirp of quantum dot lasers.

    PubMed

    Kim, Jimyung; Delfyett, Peter J

    2009-12-07

    The spectral dependence of the linewidth enhancement factor above threshold is experimentally observed from a quantum dot Fabry-Pérot semiconductor laser. The linewidth enhancement factor is found to be reduced when the quantum dot laser operates approximately 10 nm offset to either side of the gain peak. It becomes significantly reduced on the anti-Stokes side as compared to the Stokes side. It is also found that the temporal duration of the optical pulses generated from quantum dot mode-locked lasers is shorter when the laser operates away from the gain peak. In addition, less linear chirp is impressed on the pulse train generated from the anti-Stokes side whereas the pulses generated from the gain peak and Stokes side possess a large linear chirp. These experimental results imply that enhanced performance characteristics of quantum dot lasers can be achieved by operating on the anti-Stokes side, approximately 10 nm away from the gain peak.

  7. 20 CFR 418.1105 - What is the threshold?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false What is the threshold? 418.1105 Section 418... What is the threshold? (a) The threshold is a level of modified adjusted gross income above which the... gross income threshold is $80,000 for individuals with a Federal income tax filing status of single...

  8. Upper stimulation threshold for retinal ganglion cell activation.

    PubMed

    Meng, Kevin; Fellner, Andreas; Rattay, Frank; Ghezzi, Diego; Meffin, Hamish; Ibbotson, Michael R; Kameneva, Tatiana

    2018-08-01

    The existence of an upper threshold in electrically stimulated retinal ganglion cells (RGCs) is of interest because of its relevance to the development of visual prosthetic devices, which are designed to restore partial sight to blind patients. The upper threshold is defined as the stimulation level above which no action potentials (direct spikes) can be elicited in electrically stimulated retina. We collected and analyzed in vitro recordings from rat RGCs in response to extracellular biphasic (anodic-cathodic) pulse stimulation of varying amplitudes and pulse durations. Such responses were also simulated using a multicompartment model. We identified the individual cell variability in response to stimulation and the phenomenon known as upper threshold in all but one of the recorded cells (n  =  20/21). We found that the latencies of spike responses relative to stimulus amplitude had a characteristic U-shape. In silico, we showed that the upper threshold phenomenon was observed only in the soma. For all tested biphasic pulse durations, electrode positions, and pulse amplitudes above lower threshold, a propagating action potential was observed in the distal axon. For amplitudes above the somatic upper threshold, the axonal action potential back-propagated in the direction of the soma, but the soma's low level of hyperpolarization prevented action potential generation in the soma itself. An upper threshold observed in the soma does not prevent spike conductance in the axon.

  9. An Evaluation of Performance Thresholds in Nursing Home Pay-for-Performance.

    PubMed

    Werner, Rachel M; Skira, Meghan; Konetzka, R Tamara

    2016-12-01

    Performance thresholds are commonly used in pay-for-performance (P4P) incentives, where providers receive a bonus payment for achieving a prespecified target threshold but may produce discontinuous incentives, with providers just below the threshold having the strongest incentive to improve and providers either far below or above the threshold having little incentive. We investigate the effect of performance thresholds on provider response in the setting of nursing home P4P. The Minimum Data Set (MDS) and Online Survey, Certification, and Reporting (OSCAR) datasets. Difference-in-differences design to test for changes in nursing home performance in three states that implemented threshold-based P4P (Colorado, Georgia, and Oklahoma) versus three comparator states (Arizona, Tennessee, and Arkansas) between 2006 and 2009. We find that those farthest below the threshold (i.e., the worst-performing nursing homes) had the largest improvements under threshold-based P4P while those farthest above the threshold worsened. This effect did not vary with the percentage of Medicaid residents in a nursing home. Threshold-based P4P may provide perverse incentives for nursing homes above the performance threshold, but we do not find evidence to support concerns about the effects of performance thresholds on low-performing nursing homes. © Health Research and Educational Trust.

  10. Increasing the oscillation frequency of strong magnetic fields above 101 kHz significantly raises peripheral nerve excitation thresholds

    PubMed Central

    Weinberg, Irving N.; Stepanov, Pavel Y.; Fricke, Stanley T.; Probst, Roland; Urdaneta, Mario; Warnow, Daniel; Sanders, Howard; Glidden, Steven C.; McMillan, Alan; Starewicz, Piotr M.; Reilly, J. Patrick

    2012-01-01

    Purpose: A time-varying magnetic field can cause unpleasant peripheral nerve stimulation (PNS) when the maximum excursion of the magnetic field (ΔB) is above a frequency-dependent threshold level [P. Mansfield and P. R. Harvey, Magn. Reson. Med. 29, 746–758 (1993)]. Clinical and research magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) gradient systems have been designed to avoid such bioeffects by adhering to regulations and guidelines established on the basis of clinical trials. Those trials, generally employing sinusoidal waveforms, tested human responses to magnetic fields at frequencies between 0.5 and 10 kHz [W. Irnich and F. Schmitt, Magn. Reson. Med. 33, 619–623 (1995), T. F. Budinger et al., J. Comput. Assist. Tomogr. 15, 909–914 (1991), and D. J. Schaefer et al., J. Magn. Reson. Imaging 12, 20–29 (2000)]. PNS thresholds for frequencies higher than 10 kHz had been extrapolated, using physiological models [J. P. Reilly et al., IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. BME-32(12), 1001–1011 (1985)]. The present study provides experimental data on human PNS thresholds to oscillating magnetic field stimulation from 2 to 183 kHz. Sinusoidal waveforms were employed for several reasons: (1) to facilitate comparison with earlier reports that used sine waves, (2) because prior designers of fast gradient hardware for generalized waveforms (e.g., including trapezoidal pulses) have employed quarter-sine-wave resonant circuits to reduce the rise- and fall-times of pulse waveforms, and (3) because sinusoids are often used in fast pulse sequences (e.g., spiral scans) [S. Nowak, U.S. patent 5,245,287 (14 September 1993) and K. F. King and D. J. Schaefer, J. Magn. Reson. Imaging 12, 164–170 (2000)]. Methods: An IRB-approved prospective clinical trial was performed, involving 26 adults, in which one wrist was exposed to decaying sinusoidal magnetic field pulses at frequencies from 2 to 183 kHz and amplitudes up to 0.4 T. Sham exposures (i.e., with no magnetic fields) were applied to all

  11. Binge Drinking Above and Below Twice the Adolescent Thresholds and Health-Risk Behaviors.

    PubMed

    Hingson, Ralph Waldo; Zha, Wenxing

    2018-05-01

    Underage drinking has been associated with health-risk behaviors: unintentional and unprotected sex; physical and sexual assault; suicide; homicide; traffic and other unintentional injuries; and overdoses. Five drinks consumed over 2 hours by adult males and 4 drinks by adult females typically produce blood alcohol levels (BALs) of ≥0.08%, which the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism considers binge drinking. Being smaller, young adolescents can reach adult binge-drinking BALs of ≥0.08% with fewer drinks. Previous research indicates boys ages 9 to 13 would reach ≥0.08% with 3 drinks, 4 drinks at ages 14 to 15, and 5 drinks at ages ≥16. For girls, ≥0.08% is reached with ≥3 drinks at ages 9 to 17 and ≥4 drinks at ages ≥18. This study explores whether, among a national sample of high school students, adolescent binge drinking at ≥twice versus thresholds versus nonbinge drinking heightens associations of drinking with health-risk behaviors. In 2015, the Youth Risk Behavior Survey asked a national probability sample of 15,624 high school students grades 9 to 12 (response rate 60%) about their past-month drinking and past-month or past-year health-risk behaviors. Logistic regressions with pairwise comparisons examined the association between different drinking levels and selected risk behaviors, adjusting for age, sex, race/ethnicity, and drinking frequency. Seven percent binged ≥twice and 9% thresholds, and 14% drank less than the binge thresholds. Significantly higher percentages of binge drinkers at ≥twice versus thresholds versus other drinkers reported illegal drug and tobacco use, risky sexual and traffic behaviors, physical fights, suicide, less school-night sleep, and poorer school grades. Adolescent alcohol misuse screening should query the maximum number of drinks consumed per occasion and frequency of such consumption. State and national

  12. Scene text detection via extremal region based double threshold convolutional network classification

    PubMed Central

    Zhu, Wei; Lou, Jing; Chen, Longtao; Xia, Qingyuan

    2017-01-01

    In this paper, we present a robust text detection approach in natural images which is based on region proposal mechanism. A powerful low-level detector named saliency enhanced-MSER extended from the widely-used MSER is proposed by incorporating saliency detection methods, which ensures a high recall rate. Given a natural image, character candidates are extracted from three channels in a perception-based illumination invariant color space by saliency-enhanced MSER algorithm. A discriminative convolutional neural network (CNN) is jointly trained with multi-level information including pixel-level and character-level information as character candidate classifier. Each image patch is classified as strong text, weak text and non-text by double threshold filtering instead of conventional one-step classification, leveraging confident scores obtained via CNN. To further prune non-text regions, we develop a recursive neighborhood search algorithm to track credible texts from weak text set. Finally, characters are grouped into text lines using heuristic features such as spatial location, size, color, and stroke width. We compare our approach with several state-of-the-art methods, and experiments show that our method achieves competitive performance on public datasets ICDAR 2011 and ICDAR 2013. PMID:28820891

  13. Application of the dressed-bound-state molecular strong-field approximation to above-threshold ionization of heteronuclear molecules: NO vs. CO.

    PubMed

    Busuladžić, M; Hasović, E; Becker, W; Milošević, D B

    2012-10-07

    We theoretically investigate high-order above-threshold ionization (HATI) of heteronuclear diatomic molecules applying the molecular strong-field approximation which includes dressing of the molecular bound state. We consider HATI of nitrogen monoxide molecules, which are characterized by the π symmetry of their highest occupied molecular orbital. We show that the HATI spectra of NO exhibit characteristic interference structures. We analyze the differences and similarities of the HATI spectra of NO molecules and the spectra of CO (σ symmetry) and O(2) (π(g) symmetry) molecules. The symmetry properties of the molecular HATI spectra governed by linearly and elliptically polarized fields are considered in detail. The yields of high-energy electrons, contributing to the plateau region of the photoelectron spectra, strongly depend on the employed ellipticity.

  14. Nonlinear evolution of the Kelvin-Helmholtz instability in the double current sheet configuration

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mao, Aohua; Li, Jiquan, E-mail: lijq@energy.kyoto-u.ac.jp; Kishimoto, Yasuaki

    2016-03-15

    The nonlinear evolution of the Kelvin-Helmholtz (KH) instability driven by a radially antisymmetric shear flow in the double current sheet configuration is numerically investigated based on a reduced magnetohydrodynamic model. Simulations reveal different nonlinear fate of the KH instability depending on the amplitude of the shear flow, which restricts the strength of the KH instability. For strong shear flows far above the KH instability threshold, the linear electrostatic-type KH instability saturates and achieves a vortex flow dominated quasi-steady state of the electromagnetic (EM) KH turbulence with large-amplitude zonal flows as well as zonal fields. The magnetic surfaces are twisted significantlymore » due to strong vortices but without the formation of magnetic islands. However, for the shear flow just over the KH instability threshold, a weak EM-type KH instability is saturated and remarkably damped by zonal flows through modifying the equilibrium shear flow. Interestingly, a secondary double tearing mode (DTM) is excited subsequently in highly damped KH turbulence, behaving as a pure DTM in a flowing plasma as described in Mao et al. [Phys. Plasmas 21, 052304 (2014)]. However, the explosive growth phenomenon is replaced by a gradually growing oscillation due to the extremely twisted islands. As a result, the release of the magnetic energy becomes slow and the global magnetic reconnection tends to be gentle. A complex nonlinear interaction between the EM KH turbulence and the DTMs occurs for the medium shear flows above the KH instability threshold, turbulent EM fluctuations experience oscillatory nonlinear growth of the DTMs, finally achieves a quasi-steady state with the interplay of the fluctuations between the DTMs and the EM KH instability.« less

  15. Cross-diffusive effects on the onset of double-diffusive convection in a horizontal saturated porous fluid layer heated and salted from above

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rajib, Basu; C. Layek, G.

    2013-05-01

    Double-diffusive stationary and oscillatory instabilities at the marginal state in a saturated porous horizontal fluid layer heated and salted from above are investigated theoretically under the Darcy's framework for a porous medium. The contributions of Soret and Dufour coefficients are taken into account in the analysis. Linear stability analysis shows that the critical value of the Darcy—Rayleigh number depends on cross-diffusive parameters at marginally stationary convection, while the marginal state characterized by oscillatory convection does not depend on the cross-diffusion terms even if the condition and frequency of oscillatory convection depends on the cross-diffusive parameters. The critical value of the Darcy—Rayleigh number increases with increasing value of the solutal Darcy—Rayleigh number in the absence of cross-diffusive parameters. The critical Darcy—Rayleigh number decreases with increasing Soret number, resulting in destabilization of the system, while its value increases with increasing Dufour number, resulting in stabilization of the system at the marginal state characterized by stationary convection. The analysis reveals that the Dufour and Soret parameters as well as the porosity parameter play an important role in deciding the type of instability at the onset. This analysis also indicates that the stationary convection is followed by the oscillatory convection for certain fluid mixtures. It is interesting to note that the roles of cross-diffusive parameters on the double-diffusive system heated and salted from above are reciprocal to the double-diffusive system heated and salted from below.

  16. Strategy Guideline: Modeling Enclosure Design in Above-Grade Walls

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lstiburek, J.; Ueno, K.; Musunuru, S.

    2016-02-24

    The Strategy Guideline describes how to model and interpret results of models for above grade walls. The Measure Guideline analyzes the failure thresholds and criteria for above grade walls. A library of above-grade walls with historically successful performance was used to calibrate WUFI (Warme Und Feuchte Instationar) software models. The information is generalized for application to a broad population of houses within the limits of existing experience.

  17. Study of Gaussian Doped Double Gate JunctionLess (GD-DG-JL) transistor including source drain depletion length: Model for sub-threshold behavior

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumari, Vandana; Kumar, Ayush; Saxena, Manoj; Gupta, Mridula

    2018-01-01

    The sub-threshold model formulation of Gaussian Doped Double Gate JunctionLess (GD-DG-JL) FET including source/drain depletion length is reported in the present work under the assumption that the ungated regions are fully depleted. To provide deeper insight into the device performance, the impact of gaussian straggle, channel length, oxide and channel thickness and high-k gate dielectric has been studied using extensive TCAD device simulation.

  18. Testing for a Debt-Threshold Effect on Output Growth.

    PubMed

    Lee, Sokbae; Park, Hyunmin; Seo, Myung Hwan; Shin, Youngki

    2017-12-01

    Using the Reinhart-Rogoff dataset, we find a debt threshold not around 90 per cent but around 30 per cent, above which the median real gross domestic product (GDP) growth falls abruptly. Our work is the first to formally test for threshold effects in the relationship between public debt and median real GDP growth. The null hypothesis of no threshold effect is rejected at the 5 per cent significance level for most cases. While we find no evidence of a threshold around 90 per cent, our findings from the post-war sample suggest that the debt threshold for economic growth may exist around a relatively small debt-to-GDP ratio of 30 per cent. Furthermore, countries with debt-to-GDP ratios above 30 per cent have GDP growth that is 1 percentage point lower at the median.

  19. Testing for a Debt‐Threshold Effect on Output Growth†

    PubMed Central

    Lee, Sokbae; Park, Hyunmin; Seo, Myung Hwan; Shin, Youngki

    2017-01-01

    Abstract Using the Reinhart–Rogoff dataset, we find a debt threshold not around 90 per cent but around 30 per cent, above which the median real gross domestic product (GDP) growth falls abruptly. Our work is the first to formally test for threshold effects in the relationship between public debt and median real GDP growth. The null hypothesis of no threshold effect is rejected at the 5 per cent significance level for most cases. While we find no evidence of a threshold around 90 per cent, our findings from the post‐war sample suggest that the debt threshold for economic growth may exist around a relatively small debt‐to‐GDP ratio of 30 per cent. Furthermore, countries with debt‐to‐GDP ratios above 30 per cent have GDP growth that is 1 percentage point lower at the median. PMID:29263562

  20. High voltage threshold for stable operation in a dc electron gun

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yamamoto, Masahiro, E-mail: masahiro@post.kek.jp; Nishimori, Nobuyuki, E-mail: n-nishim@tagen.tohoku.ac.jp

    We report clear observation of a high voltage (HV) threshold for stable operation in a dc electron gun. The HV hold-off time without any discharge is longer than many hours for operation below the threshold, while it is roughly 10 min above the threshold. The HV threshold corresponds to the minimum voltage where discharge ceases. The threshold increases with the number of discharges during HV conditioning of the gun. Above the threshold, the amount of gas desorption per discharge increases linearly with the voltage difference from the threshold. The present experimental observations can be explained by an avalanche discharge modelmore » based on the interplay between electron stimulated desorption (ESD) from the anode surface and subsequent secondary electron emission from the cathode by the impact of ionic components of the ESD molecules or atoms.« less

  1. Above-threshold ionization of noble gases in elliptically polarized fields: Effects of atomic polarization on photoelectron angular distributions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, YanLan; Yu, ShaoGang; Lai, XuanYang; Liu, XiaoJun; Chen, Jing

    2017-06-01

    We theoretically investigate the atomic polarization effect on photoelectron angular distributions (PADs) in above-threshold ionization of noble gases with elliptically polarized laser fields at wavelength of 800 nm, ellipticity of 0.25, and intensity of 1.5 ×1014W/cm2 . Simulations based on a semiclassical model that includes both the ionic Coulomb potential and the atomic polarization effect show surprisingly little difference between PADs for Ar, Kr, and Xe, which is in good agreement with recent experimental observations. Our calculations reveal that the atomic polarization effect increases the distance of the tunnel exit point of the photoelectron to the parent ion and weakens the strength of the interaction between the parent ion and the photoelectron on its subsequent classical propagation. As a result, the forward-scattering electrons which contribute to the main lobes in PADs are substantially suppressed. Our results indicate that the insensitivity of PADs for Ar, Kr, and Xe may be closely related to the influence of the atomic polarization effect on the photoelectron dynamics in the strong laser field.

  2. Intelligence and Creativity: Over the Threshold Together?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Welter, Marisete Maria; Jaarsveld, Saskia; van Leeuwen, Cees; Lachmann, Thomas

    2016-01-01

    Threshold theory predicts a positive correlation between IQ and creativity scores up to an IQ level of 120 and no correlation above this threshold. Primary school children were tested at beginning (N = 98) and ending (N = 70) of the school year. Participants performed the standard progressive matrices (SPM) and the Test of Creative…

  3. Strategy Guideline. Modeling Enclosure Design in Above-Grade Walls

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    J. Lstiburek; Ueno, K.; Musunuru, S.

    2016-02-01

    The Strategy Guideline, written by the U.S. Department of Energy's research team Building Science Corporation, 1) describes how to model and interpret results of models for above-grade walls, and 2) analyzes the failure thresholds and criteria for above-grade walls. A library of above-grade walls with historically successful performance was used to calibrate WUFI (Wärme und Feuchte instationär) software models. The information is generalized for application to a broad population of houses within the limits of existing experience.

  4. Attempt to Measure (n, xn) Double-Differential Cross Sections for Incident Neutron Energies above 100 MeV

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Watanabe, T.; Kunieda, S.; Shigyo, N.

    The experimental technique for measurement of (n, xn) double differential cross sections for incident neutron energy above 100 MeV has been attempted to be developed with continuous-energy neutrons up to 400 MeV. Neutrons were produced in the spallation reaction by the 800 MeV proton beam, which was incident on a thick, heavily shielded tungsten target at the WNR facility at Los Alamos National Laboratory. The energies of incident neutrons were determined by the time-of-flight method. Emitted neutrons were detected by the recoil proton method. A phoswich detector consisting of NaI(Tl) and NE102A plastic scintillators was used for detecting recoil protons.more » We compared the preliminary experimental cross section data with the calculations by PHITS and QMD codes.« less

  5. Non-abelian factorisation for next-to-leading-power threshold logarithms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bonocore, D.; Laenen, E.; Magnea, L.; Vernazza, L.; White, C. D.

    2016-12-01

    Soft and collinear radiation is responsible for large corrections to many hadronic cross sections, near thresholds for the production of heavy final states. There is much interest in extending our understanding of this radiation to next-to-leading power (NLP) in the threshold expansion. In this paper, we generalise a previously proposed all-order NLP factorisation formula to include non-abelian corrections. We define a nonabelian radiative jet function, organising collinear enhancements at NLP, and compute it for quark jets at one loop. We discuss in detail the issue of double counting between soft and collinear regions. Finally, we verify our prescription by reproducing all NLP logarithms in Drell-Yan production up to NNLO, including those associated with double real emission. Our results constitute an important step in the development of a fully general resummation formalism for NLP threshold effects.

  6. The influence of stripe width on the threshold current of double-heterojunction lasers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ladany, I.

    1977-01-01

    Experimental measurements of the threshold current of oxide-isolated stripe laser as a function of stripe width and p-layer resistivity are presented. A calculation of the influence of carrier outdiffusion has been made, including the effect of current leakage beyond the stripe edges. The calculated threshold increase is in substantial agreement with experiment for stripe widths down to about 10 microns. The data also yield an effective diffusion length of about 7 microns for the lasers studied. Deviations between experimental and calculated thresholds occurring at stripe widths of 4-6 microns are represented by an empirical curve which is compared with previously published calculations of threshold gain.

  7. Network problem threshold

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gejji, Raghvendra, R.

    1992-01-01

    Network transmission errors such as collisions, CRC errors, misalignment, etc. are statistical in nature. Although errors can vary randomly, a high level of errors does indicate specific network problems, e.g. equipment failure. In this project, we have studied the random nature of collisions theoretically as well as by gathering statistics, and established a numerical threshold above which a network problem is indicated with high probability.

  8. Poverty dynamics, poverty thresholds and mortality: An age-stage Markovian model

    PubMed Central

    Rehkopf, David; Tuljapurkar, Shripad; Horvitz, Carol C.

    2018-01-01

    Recent studies have examined the risk of poverty throughout the life course, but few have considered how transitioning in and out of poverty shape the dynamic heterogeneity and mortality disparities of a cohort at each age. Here we use state-by-age modeling to capture individual heterogeneity in crossing one of three different poverty thresholds (defined as 1×, 2× or 3× the “official” poverty threshold) at each age. We examine age-specific state structure, the remaining life expectancy, its variance, and cohort simulations for those above and below each threshold. Survival and transitioning probabilities are statistically estimated by regression analyses of data from the Health and Retirement Survey RAND data-set, and the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth. Using the results of these regression analyses, we parameterize discrete state, discrete age matrix models. We found that individuals above all three thresholds have higher annual survival than those in poverty, especially for mid-ages to about age 80. The advantage is greatest when we classify individuals based on 1× the “official” poverty threshold. The greatest discrepancy in average remaining life expectancy and its variance between those above and in poverty occurs at mid-ages for all three thresholds. And fewer individuals are in poverty between ages 40-60 for all three thresholds. Our findings are consistent with results based on other data sets, but also suggest that dynamic heterogeneity in poverty and the transience of the poverty state is associated with income-related mortality disparities (less transience, especially of those above poverty, more disparities). This paper applies the approach of age-by-stage matrix models to human demography and individual poverty dynamics. In so doing we extend the literature on individual poverty dynamics across the life course. PMID:29768416

  9. Negative differential resistance in GaN nanocrystals above room temperature.

    PubMed

    Chitara, Basant; Ivan Jebakumar, D S; Rao, C N R; Krupanidhi, S B

    2009-10-07

    Negative differential resistance (NDR) has been observed for the first time above room temperature in gallium nitride nanocrystals synthesized by a simple chemical route. Current-voltage characteristics have been used to investigate this effect through a metal-semiconductor-metal (M-S-M) configuration on SiO2. The NDR effect is reversible and reproducible through many cycles. The threshold voltage is approximately 7 V above room temperature.

  10. Reduction of pain thresholds in fibromyalgia after very low-intensity magnetic stimulation: a double-blinded, randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial.

    PubMed

    Maestú, Ceferino; Blanco, Manuel; Nevado, Angel; Romero, Julia; Rodríguez-Rubio, Patricia; Galindo, Javier; Bautista Lorite, Juan; de las Morenas, Francisco; Fernández-Argüelles, Pedro

    2013-01-01

    Exposure to electromagnetic fields has been reported to have analgesic and antinociceptive effects in several organisms. To test the effect of very low-intensity transcranial magnetic stimulation on symptoms associated with fibromyalgia syndrome. A double-blinded, placebo-controlled clinical trial was performed in the Sagrado Corazón Hospital, Seville, Spain. Female fibromyalgia patients (22 to 50 years of age) were randomly assigned to either a stimulation group or a sham group. The stimulation group (n=28) was stimulated using 8 Hz pulsed magnetic fields of very low intensity, while the sham group (n=26) underwent the same protocol without stimulation. Pressure pain thresholds before and after stimulation were determined using an algometer during the eight consecutive weekly sessions of the trial. In addition, blood serotonin levels were measured and patients completed questionnaires to monitor symptom evolution. A repeated-measures ANOVA indicated statistically significant improvement in the stimulation group compared with the control group with respect to somatosensory pain thresholds, ability to perform daily activities, perceived chronic pain and sleep quality. While improvement in pain thresholds was apparent after the first stimulation session, improvement in the other three measures occurred after the sixth week. No significant between-group differences were observed in scores of depression, fatigue, severity of headaches or serotonin levels. No adverse side effects were reported in any of the patients. Very low-intensity magnetic stimulation may represent a safe and effective treatment for chronic pain and other symptoms associated with fibromyalgia.

  11. A Method For Assessing Economic Thresholds of Hardwood Competition

    Treesearch

    Steven A. Knowe

    2002-01-01

    A procedure was developed for computing economic thresholds for hardwood competition in pine plantations. The economic threshold represents the break-even level of competition above which hardwood control is a financially attractive treatment. Sensitivity analyses were conducted to examine the relative importance of biological and economic factors in determining...

  12. Properties of perimetric threshold estimates from Full Threshold, SITA Standard, and SITA Fast strategies.

    PubMed

    Artes, Paul H; Iwase, Aiko; Ohno, Yuko; Kitazawa, Yoshiaki; Chauhan, Balwantray C

    2002-08-01

    To investigate the distributions of threshold estimates with the Swedish Interactive Threshold Algorithms (SITA) Standard, SITA Fast, and the Full Threshold algorithm (Humphrey Field Analyzer; Zeiss-Humphrey Instruments, Dublin, CA) and to compare the pointwise test-retest variability of these strategies. One eye of 49 patients (mean age, 61.6 years; range, 22-81) with glaucoma (Mean Deviation mean, -7.13 dB; range, +1.8 to -23.9 dB) was examined four times with each of the three strategies. The mean and median SITA Standard and SITA Fast threshold estimates were compared with a "best available" estimate of sensitivity (mean results of three Full Threshold tests). Pointwise 90% retest limits (5th and 95th percentiles of retest thresholds) were derived to assess the reproducibility of individual threshold estimates. The differences between the threshold estimates of the SITA and Full Threshold strategies were largest ( approximately 3 dB) for midrange sensitivities ( approximately 15 dB). The threshold distributions of SITA were considerably different from those of the Full Threshold strategy. The differences remained of similar magnitude when the analysis was repeated on a subset of 20 locations that are examined early during the course of a Full Threshold examination. With sensitivities above 25 dB, both SITA strategies exhibited lower test-retest variability than the Full Threshold strategy. Below 25 dB, the retest intervals of SITA Standard were slightly smaller than those of the Full Threshold strategy, whereas those of SITA Fast were larger. SITA Standard may be superior to the Full Threshold strategy for monitoring patients with visual field loss. The greater test-retest variability of SITA Fast in areas of low sensitivity is likely to offset the benefit of even shorter test durations with this strategy. The sensitivity differences between the SITA and Full Threshold strategies may relate to factors other than reduced fatigue. They are, however, small in

  13. The hydrogen molecule under the reaction microscope: single photon double ionization at maximum cross section and threshold (doubly differential cross sections)

    DOE PAGES

    Weber, Thorsten; Foucar, Lutz; Jahnke, Till; ...

    2017-07-07

    In this paper, we studied the photo double ionization of hydrogen molecules in the threshold region (50 eV) and the complete photo fragmentation of deuterium molecules at maximum cross section (75 eV) with single photons (linearly polarized) from the Advanced Light Source, using the reaction microscope imaging technique. The 3D-momentum vectors of two recoiling ions and up to two electrons were measured in coincidence. We present the kinetic energy sharing between the electrons and ions, the relative electron momenta, the azimuthal and polar angular distributions of the electrons in the body-fixed frame. We also present the dependency of the kineticmore » energy release in the Coulomb explosion of the two nuclei on the electron emission patterns. We find that the electronic emission in the body-fixed frame is strongly influenced by the orientation of the molecular axis to the polarization vector and the internuclear distance as well as the electronic energy sharing. Finally, traces of a possible breakdown of the Born–Oppenheimer approximation are observed near threshold.« less

  14. The hydrogen molecule under the reaction microscope: single photon double ionization at maximum cross section and threshold (doubly differential cross sections)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Weber, Thorsten; Foucar, Lutz; Jahnke, Till

    In this paper, we studied the photo double ionization of hydrogen molecules in the threshold region (50 eV) and the complete photo fragmentation of deuterium molecules at maximum cross section (75 eV) with single photons (linearly polarized) from the Advanced Light Source, using the reaction microscope imaging technique. The 3D-momentum vectors of two recoiling ions and up to two electrons were measured in coincidence. We present the kinetic energy sharing between the electrons and ions, the relative electron momenta, the azimuthal and polar angular distributions of the electrons in the body-fixed frame. We also present the dependency of the kineticmore » energy release in the Coulomb explosion of the two nuclei on the electron emission patterns. We find that the electronic emission in the body-fixed frame is strongly influenced by the orientation of the molecular axis to the polarization vector and the internuclear distance as well as the electronic energy sharing. Finally, traces of a possible breakdown of the Born–Oppenheimer approximation are observed near threshold.« less

  15. A Continuous Threshold Expectile Model.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Feipeng; Li, Qunhua

    2017-12-01

    Expectile regression is a useful tool for exploring the relation between the response and the explanatory variables beyond the conditional mean. A continuous threshold expectile regression is developed for modeling data in which the effect of a covariate on the response variable is linear but varies below and above an unknown threshold in a continuous way. The estimators for the threshold and the regression coefficients are obtained using a grid search approach. The asymptotic properties for all the estimators are derived, and the estimator for the threshold is shown to achieve root-n consistency. A weighted CUSUM type test statistic is proposed for the existence of a threshold at a given expectile, and its asymptotic properties are derived under both the null and the local alternative models. This test only requires fitting the model under the null hypothesis in the absence of a threshold, thus it is computationally more efficient than the likelihood-ratio type tests. Simulation studies show that the proposed estimators and test have desirable finite sample performance in both homoscedastic and heteroscedastic cases. The application of the proposed method on a Dutch growth data and a baseball pitcher salary data reveals interesting insights. The proposed method is implemented in the R package cthreshER .

  16. Thresholds for Shifting Visually Perceived Eye Level Due to Incremental Pitches

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Scott, Donald M.; Welch, Robert; Cohen, M. M.; Hill, Cyndi

    2001-01-01

    Visually perceived eye level (VPEL) was judged by subjects as they viewed a luminous grid pattern that was pitched by 2 or 5 deg increments between -20 deg and +20 deg. Subjects were dark adapted for 20 min and indicated--VPEL by directing the beam of a laser pointer to the rear wall of a 1.25 m cubic pitch box that rotated about a horizontal axis midpoint on the rear wall. Data were analyzed by ANOVA and the Tukey HSD procedure. Results showed a 10.0 deg threshold for pitches P(sub i) above the reference pitch P(sub 0), and a -10.3 deg threshold for pitches P(sub i) below-the reference-pitch P(sub 0). Threshold data for pitches P(sub i) < P(sub 0) suggest an asymmetric threshold for VPEL below and above physical eye level.

  17. Prolonged noise exposure-induced auditory threshold shifts in rats

    PubMed Central

    Chen, Guang-Di; Decker, Brandon; Muthaiah, Vijaya Prakash Krishnan; Sheppard, Adam; Salvi, Richard

    2014-01-01

    Noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) initially increases with exposure duration, but eventually reaches an asymptotic threshold shift (ATS) once the exposure duration exceeds 18-24 h. Equations for predicting the ATS have been developed for several species, but not for rats, even though this species is extensively used in noise exposure research. To fill this void, we exposed rats to narrowband noise (NBN, 16-20 kHz) for 5 weeks starting at 80 dB SPL in the first week and then increasing the level by 6 dB per week to a final level of 104 dB SPL. Auditory brainstem responses (ABR) were recorded before, during, and following the exposure to determine the amount of hearing loss. The noise induced threshold shift to continuous long-term exposure, defined as compound threshold shift (CTS), within and above 16-20 kHz increased with noise level at the rate of 1.82 dB threshold shift per dB of noise level (NL) above a critical level (C) of 77.2 dB SPL i.e. CTS = 1.82(NL-77.2). The normalized amplitude of the largest ABR peak measured at 100 dB SPL decreased at the rate of 3.1% per dB of NL above the critical level of 76.9 dB SPL, i.e., %ABR Reduction = 3.1%(NL-76.9). ABR thresholds measured >30 days post-exposure only partially recovered resulting in a permanent threshold shift of 30-40 dB along with severe hair cell loss in the basal, high-frequency region of the cochlea. In the rat, CTS increases with noise level with a slope similar to humans and chinchillas. The critical level (C) in the rat is similar to that of humans, but higher than that of chinchillas. PMID:25219503

  18. Threshold-dependent sample sizes for selenium assessment with stream fish tissue

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Hitt, Nathaniel P.; Smith, David R.

    2015-01-01

    Natural resource managers are developing assessments of selenium (Se) contamination in freshwater ecosystems based on fish tissue concentrations. We evaluated the effects of sample size (i.e., number of fish per site) on the probability of correctly detecting mean whole-body Se values above a range of potential management thresholds. We modeled Se concentrations as gamma distributions with shape and scale parameters fitting an empirical mean-to-variance relationship in data from southwestern West Virginia, USA (63 collections, 382 individuals). We used parametric bootstrapping techniques to calculate statistical power as the probability of detecting true mean concentrations up to 3 mg Se/kg above management thresholds ranging from 4 to 8 mg Se/kg. Sample sizes required to achieve 80% power varied as a function of management thresholds and Type I error tolerance (α). Higher thresholds required more samples than lower thresholds because populations were more heterogeneous at higher mean Se levels. For instance, to assess a management threshold of 4 mg Se/kg, a sample of eight fish could detect an increase of approximately 1 mg Se/kg with 80% power (given α = 0.05), but this sample size would be unable to detect such an increase from a management threshold of 8 mg Se/kg with more than a coin-flip probability. Increasing α decreased sample size requirements to detect above-threshold mean Se concentrations with 80% power. For instance, at an α-level of 0.05, an 8-fish sample could detect an increase of approximately 2 units above a threshold of 8 mg Se/kg with 80% power, but when α was relaxed to 0.2, this sample size was more sensitive to increasing mean Se concentrations, allowing detection of an increase of approximately 1.2 units with equivalent power. Combining individuals into 2- and 4-fish composite samples for laboratory analysis did not decrease power because the reduced number of laboratory samples was compensated for by increased

  19. First measurement of the isoscalar excitation above the neutron emission threshold of the Pygmy Dipole Resonance in 68Ni

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martorana, N. S.; Cardella, G.; Lanza, E. G.; Acosta, L.; Andrés, M. V.; Auditore, L.; Catara, F.; De Filippo, E.; De Luca, S.; Dell'Aquila, D.; Gnoffo, B.; Lanzalone, G.; Lombardo, I.; Maiolino, C.; Norella, S.; Pagano, A.; Pagano, E. V.; Papa, M.; Pirrone, S.; Politi, G.; Quattrocchi, L.; Rizzo, F.; Russotto, P.; Santonocito, D.; Trifirò, A.; Trimarchi, M.; Vigilante, M.; Vitturi, A.

    2018-07-01

    The excitation of the Pygmy Dipole Resonance (PDR) in the 68Ni nucleus, above the neutron emission threshold, via an isoscalar probe has been observed for the first time. The excitation has been produced in reactions where a 68Ni beam, obtained by the fragmentation of a 70Zn primary beam at INFN-LNS, impinged on a 12C target. The γ-ray decay was detected using the CsI(Tl) detectors of the CHIMERA multidetector sphere. The 68Ni isotope as well as other heavy ion fragments were detected using the FARCOS array. The population of the PDR was evidenced by comparing the detected γ-ray energy spectra with statistical code calculations. The isotopic resolution of the detection system allows also to directly compare neutron decay channels with the 68Ni channel, better evidencing the PDR decay response function. This comparison allows also the extraction of the PDR cross section and the relative γ-ray angular distribution. The measured γ-ray angular distribution confirms the E1 character of the transition. The γ decay cross section for the excitation of the PDR was measured to be 0.32 mb with a 18% of statistical error.

  20. Variable-Threshold Threshold Elements,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    A threshold element is a mathematical model of certain types of logic gates and of a biological neuron. Much work has been done on the subject of... threshold elements with fixed thresholds; this study concerns itself with elements in which the threshold may be varied, variable- threshold threshold ...elements. Physical realizations include resistor-transistor elements, in which the threshold is simply a voltage. Variation of the threshold causes the

  1. Reduction of pain thresholds in fibromyalgia after very low-intensity magnetic stimulation: A double-blinded, randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial

    PubMed Central

    Maestú, Ceferino; Blanco, Manuel; Nevado, Angel; Romero, Julia; Rodríguez-Rubio, Patricia; Galindo, Javier; Lorite, Juan Bautista; de las Morenas, Francisco; Fernández-Argüelles, Pedro

    2013-01-01

    BACKGROUND: Exposure to electromagnetic fields has been reported to have analgesic and antinociceptive effects in several organisms. OBJECTIVE: To test the effect of very low-intensity transcranial magnetic stimulation on symptoms associated with fibromyalgia syndrome. METHODS: A double-blinded, placebo-controlled clinical trial was performed in the Sagrado Corazón Hospital, Seville, Spain. Female fibromyalgia patients (22 to 50 years of age) were randomly assigned to either a stimulation group or a sham group. The stimulation group (n=28) was stimulated using 8 Hz pulsed magnetic fields of very low intensity, while the sham group (n=26) underwent the same protocol without stimulation. Pressure pain thresholds before and after stimulation were determined using an algometer during the eight consecutive weekly sessions of the trial. In addition, blood serotonin levels were measured and patients completed questionnaires to monitor symptom evolution. RESULTS: A repeated-measures ANOVA indicated statistically significant improvement in the stimulation group compared with the control group with respect to somatosensory pain thresholds, ability to perform daily activities, perceived chronic pain and sleep quality. While improvement in pain thresholds was apparent after the first stimulation session, improvement in the other three measures occurred after the sixth week. No significant between-group differences were observed in scores of depression, fatigue, severity of headaches or serotonin levels. No adverse side effects were reported in any of the patients. CONCLUSIONS: Very low-intensity magnetic stimulation may represent a safe and effective treatment for chronic pain and other symptoms associated with fibromyalgia. PMID:24308025

  2. Investigating resonances above and below the threshold in nuclear reactions of astrophysical interest and beyond

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    La Cognata, M., E-mail: lacognata@lns.infn.it; Kiss, G. G.; Mukhamedzhanov, A. M.

    2015-10-15

    Resonances in nuclear cross sections dramatically change their trends. Therefore, the presence of unexpected resonances might lead to unpredicted consequences on astrophysics and nuclear physics. In nuclear physics, resonances allow one to study states in the intermediate compound systems, to evaluate their cluster structure, for instance, especially in the energy regions approaching particle decay thresholds. In astrophysics, resonances might lead to changes in the nucleosynthesis flow, determining different isotopic compositions of the nuclear burning ashes. For these reasons, the Trojan Horse method has been modified to investigate resonant reactions. Thanks to this novel approach, for the first time normalization tomore » direct data might be avoided. Moreover, in the case of sub threshold resonances, the Trojan Horse method modified to investigate resonances allows one to deduce the asymptotic normalization coefficient, showing the close connection between the two indirect approaches.« less

  3. Near-Threshold Ionization of Argon by Positron Impact

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Babij, T. J.; Machacek, J. R.; Murtagh, D. J.; Buckman, S. J.; Sullivan, J. P.

    2018-03-01

    The direct single-ionization cross section for Ar by positron impact has been measured in the region above the first ionization threshold. These measurements are compared to semiclassical calculations which give rise to a power law variation of the cross section in the threshold region. The experimental results appear to be in disagreement with extensions to the Wannier theory applied to positron impact ionization, with a smaller exponent than that calculated by most previous works. In fact, in this work, we see no difference in threshold behavior between the positron and electron cases. Possible reasons for this discrepancy are discussed.

  4. A Critical, Nonlinear Threshold Dictates Bacterial Invasion and Initial Kinetics During Influenza

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smith, Amber M.; Smith, Amanda P.

    2016-12-01

    Secondary bacterial infections increase morbidity and mortality of influenza A virus (IAV) infections. Bacteria are able to invade due to virus-induced depletion of alveolar macrophages (AMs), but this is not the only contributing factor. By analyzing a kinetic model, we uncovered a nonlinear initial dose threshold that is dependent on the amount of virus-induced AM depletion. The threshold separates the growth and clearance phenotypes such that bacteria decline for dose-AM depletion combinations below the threshold, stay constant near the threshold, and increase above the threshold. In addition, the distance from the threshold correlates to the growth rate. Because AM depletion changes throughout an IAV infection, the dose requirement for bacterial invasion also changes accordingly. Using the threshold, we found that the dose requirement drops dramatically during the first 7d of IAV infection. We then validated these analytical predictions by infecting mice with doses below or above the predicted threshold over the course of IAV infection. These results identify the nonlinear way in which two independent factors work together to support successful post-influenza bacterial invasion. They provide insight into coinfection timing, the heterogeneity in outcome, the probability of acquiring a coinfection, and the use of new therapeutic strategies to combat viral-bacterial coinfections.

  5. A Critical, Nonlinear Threshold Dictates Bacterial Invasion and Initial Kinetics During Influenza.

    PubMed

    Smith, Amber M; Smith, Amanda P

    2016-12-15

    Secondary bacterial infections increase morbidity and mortality of influenza A virus (IAV) infections. Bacteria are able to invade due to virus-induced depletion of alveolar macrophages (AMs), but this is not the only contributing factor. By analyzing a kinetic model, we uncovered a nonlinear initial dose threshold that is dependent on the amount of virus-induced AM depletion. The threshold separates the growth and clearance phenotypes such that bacteria decline for dose-AM depletion combinations below the threshold, stay constant near the threshold, and increase above the threshold. In addition, the distance from the threshold correlates to the growth rate. Because AM depletion changes throughout an IAV infection, the dose requirement for bacterial invasion also changes accordingly. Using the threshold, we found that the dose requirement drops dramatically during the first 7d of IAV infection. We then validated these analytical predictions by infecting mice with doses below or above the predicted threshold over the course of IAV infection. These results identify the nonlinear way in which two independent factors work together to support successful post-influenza bacterial invasion. They provide insight into coinfection timing, the heterogeneity in outcome, the probability of acquiring a coinfection, and the use of new therapeutic strategies to combat viral-bacterial coinfections.

  6. The asymmetric reactions of mean and volatility of stock returns to domestic and international information based on a four-regime double-threshold GARCH model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Cathy W. S.; Yang, Ming Jing; Gerlach, Richard; Jim Lo, H.

    2006-07-01

    In this paper, we investigate the asymmetric reactions of mean and volatility of stock returns in five major markets to their own local news and the US information via linear and nonlinear models. We introduce a four-regime Double-Threshold GARCH (DTGARCH) model, which allows asymmetry in both the conditional mean and variance equations simultaneously by employing two threshold variables, to analyze the stock markets’ reactions to different types of information (good/bad news) generated from the domestic markets and the US stock market. By applying the four-regime DTGARCH model, this study finds that the interaction between the information of domestic and US stock markets leads to the asymmetric reactions of stock returns and their variability. In addition, this research also finds that the positive autocorrelation reported in the previous studies of financial markets may in fact be mis-specified, and actually due to the local market's positive response to the US stock market.

  7. Explaining the length threshold of polyglutamine aggregation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    De Los Rios, Paolo; Hafner, Marc; Pastore, Annalisa

    2012-06-01

    The existence of a length threshold, of about 35 residues, above which polyglutamine repeats can give rise to aggregation and to pathologies, is one of the hallmarks of polyglutamine neurodegenerative diseases such as Huntington’s disease. The reason why such a minimal length exists at all has remained one of the main open issues in research on the molecular origins of such classes of diseases. Following the seminal proposals of Perutz, most research has focused on the hunt for a special structure, attainable only above the minimal length, able to trigger aggregation. Such a structure has remained elusive and there is growing evidence that it might not exist at all. Here we review some basic polymer and statistical physics facts and show that the existence of a threshold is compatible with the modulation that the repeat length imposes on the association and dissociation rates of polyglutamine polypeptides to and from oligomers. In particular, their dramatically different functional dependence on the length rationalizes the very presence of a threshold and hints at the cellular processes that might be at play, in vivo, to prevent aggregation and the consequent onset of the disease.

  8. Dental age estimation: the role of probability estimates at the 10 year threshold.

    PubMed

    Lucas, Victoria S; McDonald, Fraser; Neil, Monica; Roberts, Graham

    2014-08-01

    The use of probability at the 18 year threshold has simplified the reporting of dental age estimates for emerging adults. The availability of simple to use widely available software has enabled the development of the probability threshold for individual teeth in growing children. Tooth development stage data from a previous study at the 10 year threshold were reused to estimate the probability of developing teeth being above or below the 10 year thresh-hold using the NORMDIST Function in Microsoft Excel. The probabilities within an individual subject are averaged to give a single probability that a subject is above or below 10 years old. To test the validity of this approach dental panoramic radiographs of 50 female and 50 male children within 2 years of the chronological age were assessed with the chronological age masked. Once the whole validation set of 100 radiographs had been assessed the masking was removed and the chronological age and dental age compared. The dental age was compared with chronological age to determine whether the dental age correctly or incorrectly identified a validation subject as above or below the 10 year threshold. The probability estimates correctly identified children as above or below on 94% of occasions. Only 2% of the validation group with a chronological age of less than 10 years were assigned to the over 10 year group. This study indicates the very high accuracy of assignment at the 10 year threshold. Further work at other legally important age thresholds is needed to explore the value of this approach to the technique of age estimation. Copyright © 2014. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  9. Correspondence between evoked vocal responses and auditory thresholds in Pleurodema thaul (Amphibia; Leptodactylidae).

    PubMed

    Penna, Mario; Velásquez, Nelson; Solís, Rigoberto

    2008-04-01

    Thresholds for evoked vocal responses and thresholds of multiunit midbrain auditory responses to pure tones and synthetic calls were investigated in males of Pleurodema thaul, as behavioral thresholds well above auditory sensitivity have been reported for other anurans. Thresholds for evoked vocal responses to synthetic advertisement calls played back at increasing intensity averaged 43 dB RMS SPL (range 31-52 dB RMS SPL), measured at the subjects' position. Number of pulses increased with stimulus intensities, reaching a plateau at about 18-39 dB above threshold and decreased at higher intensities. Latency to call followed inverse trends relative to number of pulses. Neural audiograms yielded an average best threshold in the high frequency range of 46.6 dB RMS SPL (range 41-51 dB RMS SPL) and a center frequency of 1.9 kHz (range 1.7-2.6 kHz). Auditory thresholds for a synthetic call having a carrier frequency of 2.1 kHz averaged 44 dB RMS SPL (range 39-47 dB RMS SPL). The similarity between thresholds for advertisement calling and auditory thresholds for the advertisement call indicates that male P. thaul use the full extent of their auditory sensitivity in acoustic interactions, likely an evolutionary adaptation allowing chorusing activity in low-density aggregations.

  10. Reduced distribution of threshold voltage shift in double layer NiSi2 nanocrystals for nano-floating gate memory applications.

    PubMed

    Choi, Sungjin; Lee, Junhyuk; Kim, Donghyoun; Oh, Seulki; Song, Wangyu; Choi, Seonjun; Choi, Eunsuk; Lee, Seung-Beck

    2011-12-01

    We report on the fabrication and capacitance-voltage characteristics of double layer nickel-silicide nanocrystals with Si3N4 interlayer tunnel barrier for nano-floating gate memory applications. Compared with devices using SiO2 interlayer, the use of Si3N4 interlayer separation reduced the average size (4 nm) and distribution (+/- 2.5 nm) of NiSi2 nanocrystal (NC) charge traps by more than 50% and giving a two fold increase in NC density to 2.3 x 10(12) cm(-2). The increased density and reduced NC size distribution resulted in a significantly decrease in the distribution of the device C-V characteristics. For each program voltage, the distribution of the shift in the threshold voltage was reduced by more than 50% on average to less than 0.7 V demonstrating possible multi-level-cell operation.

  11. A review of the perceptual effects of hearing loss for frequencies above 3 kHz.

    PubMed

    Moore, Brian C J

    2016-12-01

    Hearing loss caused by exposure to intense sounds usually has its greatest effects on audiometric thresholds at 4 and 6 kHz. However, in several countries compensation for occupational noise-induced hearing loss is calculated using the average of audiometric thresholds for selected frequencies up to 3 kHz, based on the implicit assumption that hearing loss for frequencies above 3 kHz has no material adverse consequences. This paper assesses whether this assumption is correct. Studies are reviewed that evaluate the role of hearing for frequencies above 3 kHz. Several studies show that frequencies above 3 kHz are important for the perception of speech, especially when background sounds are present. Hearing at high frequencies is also important for sound localization, especially for resolving front-back confusions. Hearing for frequencies above 3 kHz is important for the ability to understand speech in background sounds and for the ability to localize sounds. The audiometric threshold at 4 kHz and perhaps 6 kHz should be taken into account when assessing hearing in a medico-legal context.

  12. Mercury demethylation in waterbird livers: Dose-response thresholds and differences among species

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Eagles-Smith, Collin A.; Ackerman, Joshua T.; Julie, Y.E.E.; Adelsbach, T.L.

    2009-01-01

    We assessed methylmercury (MeHg) demethylation in the livers of adults and chicks of four waterbird species that commonly breed in San Francisco Bay: American avocets, black-necked stilts, Caspian terns, and Forster's terns. In adults (all species combined), we found strong evidence for a threshold, model where MeHg demethylation occurred above a hepatic total mercury concentration threshold of 8.51 ?? 0.93 ??g/g dry weight, and there was a strong decline in %MeHg values as total mercury (THg) concentrations increased above 8.51 ??g/g dry weight. Conversely, there was no evidence for a demethylation threshold in chicks, and we found that %MeHg values declined linearly with increasing THg concentrations. For adults, we also found taxonomie differences in the demethylation responses, with avocets and stilts showing a higher demethylation rate than that of terns when concentrations exceeded the threshold, whereas terns had a lower demethylation threshold (7.48 ?? 1.48 ??g/g dry wt) than that of avocets and stilts (9.91 ?? 1.29 ??g/g dry wt). Finally, we assessed the role of selenium (Se) in the demethylation process. Selenium concentrations were positively correlated with inorganic Hg in livers of birds above the demethylation threshold but not below. This suggests that Se may act as a binding site for demethylated Hg and may reduce the potential for secondary toxicity. Our findings indicate that waterbirds demethylate mercury in their livers if exposure exceeds a threshold value and suggest that taxonomie differences in demethylation ability may be an important factor in evaluating species-specific risk to MeHg exposure. Further, we provide strong evidence for a threshold of approximately 8.5 ??g/g dry weight of THg in the liver where demethylation is initiated. ?? 2009 SETAC.

  13. On the expected discounted penalty functions for two classes of risk processes under a threshold dividend strategy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Zhaoyang; Xu, Wei; Sun, Decai; Han, Weiguo

    2009-10-01

    In this paper, the discounted penalty (Gerber-Shiu) functions for a risk model involving two independent classes of insurance risks under a threshold dividend strategy are developed. We also assume that the two claim number processes are independent Poisson and generalized Erlang (2) processes, respectively. When the surplus is above this threshold level, dividends are paid at a constant rate that does not exceed the premium rate. Two systems of integro-differential equations for discounted penalty functions are derived, based on whether the surplus is above this threshold level. Laplace transformations of the discounted penalty functions when the surplus is below the threshold level are obtained. And we also derive a system of renewal equations satisfied by the discounted penalty function with initial surplus above the threshold strategy via the Dickson-Hipp operator. Finally, analytical solutions of the two systems of integro-differential equations are presented.

  14. Single-Photon, Double Photodetachment of Nickel Phthalocyanine Tetrasulfonic Acid 4- Anions.

    PubMed

    Daly, Steven; Girod, Marion; Vojkovic, Marin; Giuliani, Alexandre; Antoine, Rodolphe; Nahon, Laurent; O'Hair, Richard A J; Dugourd, Philippe

    2016-07-07

    Single-photon, two-electron photodetachment from nickel phthalocyanine tetrasulfonic acid tetra anions, [NiPc](4-), was examined in the gas-phase using a linear ion trap coupled to the DESIRS VUV beamline of the SOLEIL Synchrotron. This system was chosen since it has a low detachment energy, known charge localization, and well-defined geometrical and electronic structures. A threshold for two-electron loss is observed at 10.2 eV, around 1 eV lower than previously observed double detachment thresholds on multiple charged protein anions. The photodetachment energy of [NiPc](4-) has been previously determined to be 3.5 eV and the photodetachment energy of [NiPc](3-•) is determined in this work to be 4.3 eV. The observed single photon double electron detachment threshold is hence 5.9 eV higher than the energy required for sequential single electron loss. Possible mechanisms are for double photodetachment are discussed. These observations pave the way toward new, exciting experiments for probing double photodetachment at relatively low energies, including correlation measurements on emitted photoelectrons.

  15. Influence of surgical gloves on haptic perception thresholds.

    PubMed

    Hatzfeld, Christian; Dorsch, Sarah; Neupert, Carsten; Kupnik, Mario

    2018-02-01

    Impairment of haptic perception by surgical gloves could reduce requirements on haptic systems for surgery. While grip forces and manipulation capabilities were not impaired in previous studies, no data is available for perception thresholds. Absolute and differential thresholds (20 dB above threshold) of 24 subjects were measured for frequencies of 25 and 250 Hz with a Ψ-method. Effects of wearing a surgical glove, moisture on the contact surface and subject's experience with gloves were incorporated in a full-factorial experimental design. Absolute thresholds of 12.8 dB and -29.6 dB (means for 25 and 250 Hz, respectively) and differential thresholds of -12.6 dB and -9.5 dB agree with previous studies. A relevant effect of the frequency on absolute thresholds was found. Comparisons of glove- and no-glove-conditions did not reveal a significant mean difference. Wearing a single surgical glove does not affect absolute and differential haptic perception thresholds. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  16. Mirrorless Optical Parametric Oscillation with Tunable Threshold in Cold Atoms.

    PubMed

    Mei, Yefeng; Guo, Xianxin; Zhao, Luwei; Du, Shengwang

    2017-10-13

    We report the demonstration of a mirrorless optical parametric oscillator with a tunable threshold in laser-cooled atoms with four-wave mixing (FWM) using electromagnetically induced transparency. Driven by two classical laser beams, the generated Stokes and anti-Stokes fields counterpropagate and build up efficient intrinsic feedback through the nonlinear FWM process. This feedback does not involve any cavity or spatially distributed microstructures. We observe the transition of photon correlation properties from the biphoton quantum regime (below the threshold) to the oscillation regime (above the threshold). The pump threshold can be tuned by varying the operating parameters. We achieve the oscillation with a threshold as low as 15  μW.

  17. Raising the PT -transition threshold by strong coupling to neutral chains

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Agarwal, Kaustubh S.; Pathak, Rajeev K.; Joglekar, Yogesh N.

    2018-04-01

    The PT -symmetry-breaking threshold in discrete realizations of systems with balanced gain and loss is determined by the effective coupling between the gain and loss sites. In one-dimensional chains, this threshold is maximum when the two sites are closest to each other or the farthest. We investigate the fate of this threshold in the presence of parallel, strongly coupled, Hermitian (neutral) chains and find that it is increased by a factor proportional to the number of neutral chains. We present numerical results and analytical arguments for this enhancement. We then consider the effects of adding neutral sites to PT -symmetric dimer and trimer configurations and show that the threshold is more than doubled, or tripled by their presence. Our results provide a surprising way to engineer the PT threshold in experimentally accessible samples.

  18. Efficient solar-pumped Nd:YAG laser by a double-stage light-guide/V-groove cavity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Almeida, Joana; Liang, Dawei

    2011-05-01

    Since the first reported Nd:YAG solar laser, researchers have been exploiting parabolic mirrors and heliostats for enhancing laser output performance. We are now investigating the production of an efficient solar-pumped laser for the reduction of magnesium from magnesium oxide, which could be an alternative solution to fossil fuel. Therefore both high conversion efficiency and excellent beam quality are imperative. By using a single fused silica light guide of rectangular cross section, highly concentrated solar radiation at the focal spot of a stationary parabolic mirror is efficiently transferred to a water-flooded V-groove pump cavity. It allows for the double-pass absorption of pump light along a 4mm diameter, 30mm length, 1.1at% Nd:YAG rod. Optimum pumping parameters and solar laser output power are found through ZEMAXTM non-sequential ray-tracing and LASCADTM laser cavity analysis. 11.0 W of multimode laser output power with excellent beam profile is numerically calculated, corresponding to 6.1W/m2 collection efficiency. To validate the proposed pumping scheme, an experimental setup of the double-stage light-guide/V-groove cavity was built. 78% of highly concentrated solar radiation was efficiently transmitted by the fused silica light guide. The proposed pumping scheme can be an effective solution for enhancing solar laser performances when compared to other side-pump configurations.

  19. Threshold temperature optical fibre sensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stasiewicz, K. A.; Musial, J. E.

    2016-12-01

    This paper presents a new approach to manufacture a threshold temperature sensor based on a biconical optical fibre taper. The presented sensor employs the influence of variable state of concentration of some isotropic materials like wax or paraffin. Application of the above- mentioned materials is an attempt to prove that there is a possibility to obtain a low-cost, repeatable and smart sensor working as an in-line element. Optical fibre taper was obtained from a standard single mode fibre (SMF28®) by using a low pressure gas burner technique. The diameter of the manufactured tapers was 6.0 ± 0.5 μm with the length of elongation equal to 30.50 ± 0.16 mm. The applied technology allowed to produce tapers with the losses of 0.183 ± 0.015 dB. Application of materials with different temperature transition points made it possible to obtain the threshold work at the temperatures connected directly with their conversion temperature. External materials at the temperatures above their melting points do not influence the propagation losses. For each of them two types of the protection area and position of the optical fibre taper were applied.

  20. Conception, fabrication and characterization of a silicon based MEMS inertial switch with a threshold value of 5 g

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Fengtian; Wang, Chao; Yuan, Mingquan; Tang, Bin; Xiong, Zhuang

    2017-12-01

    Most of the MEMS inertial switches developed in recent years are intended for shock and impact sensing with a threshold value above 50 g. In order to follow the requirement of detecting linear acceleration signal at low-g level, a silicon based MEMS inertial switch with a threshold value of 5 g was designed, fabricated and characterized. The switch consisted of a large proof mass, supported by circular spiral springs. An analytical model of the structure stiffness of the proposed switch was derived and verified by finite-element simulation. The structure fabrication was based on a customized double-buried layer silicon-on-insulator wafer and encapsulated by glass wafers. The centrifugal experiment and nanoindentation experiment were performed to measure the threshold value as well as the structure stiffness. The actual threshold values were measured to be 0.1-0.3 g lower than the pre-designed value of 5 g due to the dimension loss during non-contact lithography processing. Concerning the reliability assessment, a series of environmental experiments were conducted and the switches remained operational without excessive errors. However, both the random vibration and the shock tests indicate that the metal particles generated during collision of contact parts might affect the contact reliability and long-time stability. According to the conclusion reached in this report, an attentive study on switch contact behavior should be included in future research.

  1. A new temperature threshold detector - Application to missile monitoring

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Coston, C. J.; Higgins, E. V.

    Comprehensive thermal surveys within the case of solid propellant ballistic missile flight motors are highly desirable. For example, a problem involving motor failures due to insulator cracking at motor ignition, which took several years to solve, could have been identified immediately on the basis of a suitable thermal survey. Using conventional point measurements, such as those utilizing typical thermocouples, for such a survey on a full scale motor is not feasible because of the great number of sensors and measurements required. An alternate approach recognizes that temperatures below a threshold (which depends on the material being monitored) are acceptable, but higher temperatures exceed design margins. In this case hot spots can be located by a grid of wire-like sensors which are sensitive to temperature above the threshold anywhere along the sensor. A new type of temperature threshold detector is being developed for flight missile use. The considered device consists of KNO3 separating copper and Constantan metals. Above the KNO3 MP, galvanic action provides a voltage output of a few tenths of a volt.

  2. The locking and unlocking thresholds for tearing modes in a cylindrical tokamak

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Wenlong; Zhu, Ping, E-mail: pzhu@ustc.edu.cn; Department of Engineering Physics, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706

    2016-03-15

    The locking and unlocking thresholds for tearing modes are in general different. In this work, the physics origin for this difference is illustrated from theory analysis, and a numerical procedure is developed to find both locking and unlocking thresholds. In particular, a new scaling law for the unlocking threshold that is valid in both weak and strong rotation regimes has been derived from the lowest amplitude of the RMP (resonant magnetic perturbation) allowed for the locked-mode solution. Above the unlocking threshold, the criterion for the phase-flip instability is extended to identify the entire locked-mode states. Two different regimes of themore » RMP amplitude in terms of the accessibility of the locked-mode states have been found. In the first regime, the locked-mode state may or may not be accessible depending on the initial conditions of an evolving island. In the second regime, the locked-mode state can always be reached regardless of the initial conditions of the tearing mode. The lowest RMP amplitude for the second regime is determined to be the mode-locking threshold. The different characteristics of the two regimes above the unlocking threshold reveal the underlying physics for the gap between the locking and unlocking thresholds and provide an explanation for the closely related and widely observed hysteresis phenomena in island evolution during the sweeping process of the RMP amplitude up and down across that threshold gap.« less

  3. Percolation Laws of a Fractal Fracture-Pore Double Medium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Yangsheng; Feng, Zengchao; Lv, Zhaoxing; Zhao, Dong; Liang, Weiguo

    2016-12-01

    The fracture-pore double porosity medium is one of the most common media in nature, for example, rock mass in strata. Fracture has a more significant effect on fluid flow than a pore in a fracture-pore double porosity medium. Hence, the fracture effect on percolation should be considered when studying the percolation phenomenon in porous media. In this paper, based on the fractal distribution law, three-dimensional (3D) fracture surfaces, and two-dimensional (2D) fracture traces in rock mass, the locations of fracture surfaces or traces are determined using a random function of uniform distribution. Pores are superimposed to build a fractal fracture-pore double medium. Numerical experiments were performed to show percolation phenomena in the fracture-pore double medium. The percolation threshold can be determined from three independent variables (porosity n, fracture fractal dimension D, and initial value of fracture number N0). Once any two are determined, the percolation probability exists at a critical point with the remaining parameter changing. When the initial value of the fracture number is greater than zero, the percolation threshold in the fracture-pore medium is much smaller than that in a pore medium. When the fracture number equals zero, the fracture-pore medium degenerates to a pore medium, and both percolation thresholds are the same.

  4. Two-Electron Correlations in e+H-->e+e+p Near Threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kato, Daiji; Watanabe, Shinichi

    1995-03-01

    We present an ab initio calculation of the ionization cross section of atomic hydrogen near threshold with precision that compares excellently with the Shah-Elliot-Gilbody experiment [J. Phys. B 20, 3501 (1987)]. This fills the gap between theory and experiment down to 0.1 a.u. above threshold, complementing the recent spectacular work of Bray and Stelbovics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 70, 746 (1993)]. The angular momentum distributions of the secondary electron display an evolution in correlation patterns toward the threshold.

  5. Novel threshold pressure sensors based on nonlinear dynamics of MEMS resonators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hasan, Mohammad H.; Alsaleem, Fadi M.; Ouakad, Hassen M.

    2018-06-01

    Triggering an alarm in a car for low air-pressure in the tire or tripping an HVAC compressor if the refrigerant pressure is lower than a threshold value are examples for applications where measuring the amount of pressure is not as important as determining if the pressure has exceeded a threshold value for an action to occur. Unfortunately, current technology still relies on analog pressure sensors to perform this functionality by adding a complex interface (extra circuitry, controllers, and/or decision units). In this paper, we demonstrate two new smart tunable-threshold pressure switch concepts that can reduce the complexity of a threshold pressure sensor. The first concept is based on the nonlinear subharmonic resonance of a straight double cantilever microbeam with a proof mass and the other concept is based on the snap-through bi-stability of a clamped-clamped MEMS shallow arch. In both designs, the sensor operation concept is simple. Any actuation performed at a certain pressure lower than a threshold value will activate a nonlinear dynamic behavior (subharmonic resonance or snap-through bi-stability) yielding a large output that would be interpreted as a logic value of ONE, or ON. Once the pressure exceeds the threshold value, the nonlinear response ceases to exist, yielding a small output that would be interpreted as a logic value of ZERO, or OFF. A lumped, single degree of freedom model for the double cantilever beam, that is validated using experimental data, and a continuous beam model for the arch beam, are used to simulate the operation range of the proposed sensors by identifying the relationship between the excitation signal and the critical cut-off pressure.

  6. A threshold effect for spacecraft charging

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Olsen, R. C.

    1983-01-01

    The borderline case between no charging and large (kV) negative potentials for eclipse charging events on geosynchronous satellites is investigated, and the dependence of this transition on a threshold energy in the ambient plasma is examined. Data from the Applied Technology Satellite 6 and P78-2 (SCATHA) show that plasma sheet fluxes must extend above 10 keV for these satellites to charge in eclipse. The threshold effect is a result of the shape of the normal secondary yield curve, in particular the high energy crossover, where the secondary yield drops below 1. It is found that a large portion of the ambient electron flux must exceed this energy for a negative current to exist.

  7. Tramadol reduces the sweating, vasoconstriction, and shivering thresholds.

    PubMed

    De Witte, J L; Kim, J S; Sessler, D I; Bastanmehr, H; Bjorksten, A R

    1998-07-01

    The analgesic tramadol inhibits the neuronal reuptake of norepinephrine and 5-hydroxytryptamine, facilitates 5-hydroxytryptamine release, and activates mu-opioid receptors. Each of these actions is likely to influence thermoregulatory control. We therefore tested the hypothesis that tramadol inhibits thermoregulatory control. Eight volunteers were evaluated on four study days, on which they received no drugs, tramadol 125 mg, tramadol 250 mg, and tramadol 250 mg with naloxone, respectively. Skin and core temperatures were gradually increased until sweating was observed and then decreased until vasoconstriction and shivering were detected. The core temperature triggering each response defined its threshold. Tramadol decreased the sweating threshold by -1.03 +/- 0.67 degrees C microgram-1.mL (r2 = 0.90 +/- 0.12). Tramadol also decreased the vasoconstriction threshold by -3.0 +/- 4.0 degrees C microgram-1.mL (r2 = 0.94 +/- 0.98) and the shivering threshold by -4.2 +/- 4.0 degrees C microgram-1.mL(r2 = 0.98 +/- 0.98). The sweating to vasoconstriction interthreshold range nearly doubled from 0.3 +/- 0.4 degree C to 0.7 +/- 0.6 degree C during the administration of large-dose tramadol (P = 0.04). The addition of naloxone only partially reversed the thermoregulatory effects of tramadol. The thermoregulatory effects of tramadol thus most resemble those of midazolam, another drug that slightly decreases the thresholds triggering all three major autonomic thermoregulatory defenses. In this respect, both drugs reduce the "setpoint" rather than produce a generalized impairment of thermoregulatory control. Nonetheless, tramadol nearly doubled the interthreshold range at a concentration near 200 ng/mL. This indicates that tramadol slightly decreases the precision of thermoregulatory control in addition to reducing the setpoint. The authors evaluated the effects of the analgesic tramadol on the three major thermoregulatory responses: sweating, vasoconstriction, and shivering

  8. Towards a unifying basis of auditory thresholds: binaural summation.

    PubMed

    Heil, Peter

    2014-04-01

    Absolute auditory threshold decreases with increasing sound duration, a phenomenon explainable by the assumptions that the sound evokes neural events whose probabilities of occurrence are proportional to the sound's amplitude raised to an exponent of about 3 and that a constant number of events are required for threshold (Heil and Neubauer, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100:6151-6156, 2003). Based on this probabilistic model and on the assumption of perfect binaural summation, an equation is derived here that provides an explicit expression of the binaural threshold as a function of the two monaural thresholds, irrespective of whether they are equal or unequal, and of the exponent in the model. For exponents >0, the predicted binaural advantage is largest when the two monaural thresholds are equal and decreases towards zero as the monaural threshold difference increases. This equation is tested and the exponent derived by comparing binaural thresholds with those predicted on the basis of the two monaural thresholds for different values of the exponent. The thresholds, measured in a large sample of human subjects with equal and unequal monaural thresholds and for stimuli with different temporal envelopes, are compatible only with an exponent close to 3. An exponent of 3 predicts a binaural advantage of 2 dB when the two ears are equally sensitive. Thus, listening with two (equally sensitive) ears rather than one has the same effect on absolute threshold as doubling duration. The data suggest that perfect binaural summation occurs at threshold and that peripheral neural signals are governed by an exponent close to 3. They might also shed new light on mechanisms underlying binaural summation of loudness.

  9. Mathematical Model of Naive T Cell Division and Survival IL-7 Thresholds.

    PubMed

    Reynolds, Joseph; Coles, Mark; Lythe, Grant; Molina-París, Carmen

    2013-01-01

    We develop a mathematical model of the peripheral naive T cell population to study the change in human naive T cell numbers from birth to adulthood, incorporating thymic output and the availability of interleukin-7 (IL-7). The model is formulated as three ordinary differential equations: two describe T cell numbers, in a resting state and progressing through the cell cycle. The third is introduced to describe changes in IL-7 availability. Thymic output is a decreasing function of time, representative of the thymic atrophy observed in aging humans. Each T cell is assumed to possess two interleukin-7 receptor (IL-7R) signaling thresholds: a survival threshold and a second, higher, proliferation threshold. If the IL-7R signaling strength is below its survival threshold, a cell may undergo apoptosis. When the signaling strength is above the survival threshold, but below the proliferation threshold, the cell survives but does not divide. Signaling strength above the proliferation threshold enables entry into cell cycle. Assuming that individual cell thresholds are log-normally distributed, we derive population-average rates for apoptosis and entry into cell cycle. We have analyzed the adiabatic change in homeostasis as thymic output decreases. With a parameter set representative of a healthy individual, the model predicts a unique equilibrium number of T cells. In a parameter range representative of persistent viral or bacterial infection, where naive T cell cycle progression is impaired, a decrease in thymic output may result in the collapse of the naive T cell repertoire.

  10. Threshold thickness for applying diffusion equation in thin tissue optical imaging

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Yunyao; Zhu, Jingping; Cui, Weiwen; Nie, Wei; Li, Jie; Xu, Zhenghong

    2014-08-01

    We investigated the suitability of the semi-infinite model of the diffusion equation when using diffuse optical imaging (DOI) to image thin tissues with double boundaries. Both diffuse approximation and Monte Carlo methods were applied to simulate light propagation in the thin tissue model with variable optical parameters and tissue thicknesses. A threshold value of the tissue thickness was defined as the minimum thickness in which the semi-infinite model exhibits the same reflected intensity as that from the double-boundary model and was generated as the final result. In contrast to our initial hypothesis that all optical properties would affect the threshold thickness, our results show that only absorption coefficient is the dominant parameter and the others are negligible. The threshold thickness decreases from 1 cm to 4 mm as the absorption coefficient grows from 0.01 mm-1 to 0.2 mm-1. A look-up curve was derived to guide the selection of the appropriate model during the optical diagnosis of thin tissue cancers. These results are useful in guiding the development of the endoscopic DOI for esophageal, cervical and colorectal cancers, among others.

  11. Re-naming D Double Prime

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chao, Benjamin F.

    1999-01-01

    "Knowledge about the dynamics of the D double prime region is a key to unlock some fundamental mysteries of the Earth heat engine which governs a wide range of global geophysical processes from tectonics to geodynamo." This benign sentence makes complete sense to many geophysicists. But for many others, it makes sense all except the odd nomenclature "D double prime". One knows about the crust, upper and lower mantle, outer and inner core, but where is the D double prime region? What meaning does it try to convey? Where is D prime region, or D, or A, B, C regions for that matter, and are there higher-order primes? How does such an odd name come about anyway? D double prime, or more "simply" D", is a generic designation given to the thin shell, about 200 km thick, of the lowermost mantle just above the core-mantle boundary inside the Earth. Incidentally, whether D" is "simpler" than "D double prime" depends on whether you are pronouncing it or writing/typing it; and D" can be confusing to readers in distinguishing quotation marks (such as in the above sentences) and second derivatives, and to word processors in spelling check and indexing.

  12. Adaptive threshold shearlet transform for surface microseismic data denoising

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tang, Na; Zhao, Xian; Li, Yue; Zhu, Dan

    2018-06-01

    Random noise suppression plays an important role in microseismic data processing. The microseismic data is often corrupted by strong random noise, which would directly influence identification and location of microseismic events. Shearlet transform is a new multiscale transform, which can effectively process the low magnitude of microseismic data. In shearlet domain, due to different distributions of valid signals and random noise, shearlet coefficients can be shrunk by threshold. Therefore, threshold is vital in suppressing random noise. The conventional threshold denoising algorithms usually use the same threshold to process all coefficients, which causes noise suppression inefficiency or valid signals loss. In order to solve above problems, we propose the adaptive threshold shearlet transform (ATST) for surface microseismic data denoising. In the new algorithm, we calculate the fundamental threshold for each direction subband firstly. In each direction subband, the adjustment factor is obtained according to each subband coefficient and its neighboring coefficients, in order to adaptively regulate the fundamental threshold for different shearlet coefficients. Finally we apply the adaptive threshold to deal with different shearlet coefficients. The experimental denoising results of synthetic records and field data illustrate that the proposed method exhibits better performance in suppressing random noise and preserving valid signal than the conventional shearlet denoising method.

  13. Regional rainfall thresholds for landslide occurrence using a centenary database

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaz, Teresa; Luís Zêzere, José; Pereira, Susana; Cruz Oliveira, Sérgio; Garcia, Ricardo A. C.; Quaresma, Ivânia

    2018-04-01

    This work proposes a comprehensive method to assess rainfall thresholds for landslide initiation using a centenary landslide database associated with a single centenary daily rainfall data set. The method is applied to the Lisbon region and includes the rainfall return period analysis that was used to identify the critical rainfall combination (cumulated rainfall duration) related to each landslide event. The spatial representativeness of the reference rain gauge is evaluated and the rainfall thresholds are assessed and calibrated using the receiver operating characteristic (ROC) metrics. Results show that landslide events located up to 10 km from the rain gauge can be used to calculate the rainfall thresholds in the study area; however, these thresholds may be used with acceptable confidence up to 50 km from the rain gauge. The rainfall thresholds obtained using linear and potential regression perform well in ROC metrics. However, the intermediate thresholds based on the probability of landslide events established in the zone between the lower-limit threshold and the upper-limit threshold are much more informative as they indicate the probability of landslide event occurrence given rainfall exceeding the threshold. This information can be easily included in landslide early warning systems, especially when combined with the probability of rainfall above each threshold.

  14. Synchronization of low- and high-threshold motor units.

    PubMed

    Defreitas, Jason M; Beck, Travis W; Ye, Xin; Stock, Matt S

    2014-04-01

    We examined the degree of synchronization for both low- and high-threshold motor unit (MU) pairs at high force levels. MU spike trains were recorded from the quadriceps during high-force isometric leg extensions. Short-term synchronization (between -6 and 6 ms) was calculated for every unique MU pair for each contraction. At high force levels, earlier recruited motor unit pairs (low-threshold) demonstrated relatively low levels of short-term synchronization (approximately 7.3% extra firings than would have been expected by chance). However, the magnitude of synchronization increased significantly and linearly with mean recruitment threshold (reaching 22.1% extra firings for motor unit pairs recruited above 70% MVC). Three potential mechanisms that could explain the observed differences in synchronization across motor unit types are proposed and discussed. Copyright © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  15. Thresholding of auditory cortical representation by background noise

    PubMed Central

    Liang, Feixue; Bai, Lin; Tao, Huizhong W.; Zhang, Li I.; Xiao, Zhongju

    2014-01-01

    It is generally thought that background noise can mask auditory information. However, how the noise specifically transforms neuronal auditory processing in a level-dependent manner remains to be carefully determined. Here, with in vivo loose-patch cell-attached recordings in layer 4 of the rat primary auditory cortex (A1), we systematically examined how continuous wideband noise of different levels affected receptive field properties of individual neurons. We found that the background noise, when above a certain critical/effective level, resulted in an elevation of intensity threshold for tone-evoked responses. This increase of threshold was linearly dependent on the noise intensity above the critical level. As such, the tonal receptive field (TRF) of individual neurons was translated upward as an entirety toward high intensities along the intensity domain. This resulted in preserved preferred characteristic frequency (CF) and the overall shape of TRF, but reduced frequency responding range and an enhanced frequency selectivity for the same stimulus intensity. Such translational effects on intensity threshold were observed in both excitatory and fast-spiking inhibitory neurons, as well as in both monotonic and nonmonotonic (intensity-tuned) A1 neurons. Our results suggest that in a noise background, fundamental auditory representations are modulated through a background level-dependent linear shifting along intensity domain, which is equivalent to reducing stimulus intensity. PMID:25426029

  16. Pain thresholds, supra-threshold pain and lidocaine sensitivity in patients with erythromelalgia, including the I848Tmutation in NaV 1.7.

    PubMed

    Helås, T; Sagafos, D; Kleggetveit, I P; Quiding, H; Jönsson, B; Segerdahl, M; Zhang, Z; Salter, H; Schmelz, M; Jørum, E

    2017-09-01

    Nociceptive thresholds and supra-threshold pain ratings as well as their reduction upon local injection with lidocaine were compared between healthy subjects and patients with erythromelalgia (EM). Lidocaine (0.25, 0.50, 1.0 or 10 mg/mL) or placebo (saline) was injected intradermally in non-painful areas of the lower arm, in a randomized, double-blind manner, to test the effect on dynamic and static mechanical sensitivity, mechanical pain sensitivity, thermal thresholds and supra-threshold heat pain sensitivity. Heat pain thresholds and pain ratings to supra-threshold heat stimulation did not differ between EM-patients (n = 27) and controls (n = 25), neither did the dose-response curves for lidocaine. Only the subgroup of EM-patients with mutations in sodium channel subunits Na V 1.7, 1.8 or 1.9 (n = 8) had increased lidocaine sensitivity for supra-threshold heat stimuli, contrasting lower sensitivity to strong mechanical stimuli. This pattern was particularly clear in the two patients carrying the Na V 1.7 I848T mutations in whom lidocaine's hyperalgesic effect on mechanical pain sensitivity contrasted more effective heat analgesia. Heat pain thresholds are not sensitized in EM patients, even in those with gain-of-function mutations in Na V 1.7. Differential lidocaine sensitivity was overt only for noxious stimuli in the supra-threshold range suggesting that sensitized supra-threshold encoding is important for the clinical pain phenotype in EM in addition to lower activation threshold. Intracutaneous lidocaine dose-dependently blocked nociceptive sensations, but we did not identify EM patients with particular high lidocaine sensitivity that could have provided valuable therapeutic guidance. Acute pain thresholds and supra-threshold heat pain in controls and patients with erythromelalgia do not differ and have the same lidocaine sensitivity. Acute heat pain thresholds even in EM patients with the Na V 1.7 I848T mutation are normal and only nociceptor

  17. Picosecond Electric-Field-Induced Threshold Switching in Phase-Change Materials.

    PubMed

    Zalden, Peter; Shu, Michael J; Chen, Frank; Wu, Xiaoxi; Zhu, Yi; Wen, Haidan; Johnston, Scott; Shen, Zhi-Xun; Landreman, Patrick; Brongersma, Mark; Fong, Scott W; Wong, H-S Philip; Sher, Meng-Ju; Jost, Peter; Kaes, Matthias; Salinga, Martin; von Hoegen, Alexander; Wuttig, Matthias; Lindenberg, Aaron M

    2016-08-05

    Many chalcogenide glasses undergo a breakdown in electronic resistance above a critical field strength. Known as threshold switching, this mechanism enables field-induced crystallization in emerging phase-change memory. Purely electronic as well as crystal nucleation assisted models have been employed to explain the electronic breakdown. Here, picosecond electric pulses are used to excite amorphous Ag_{4}In_{3}Sb_{67}Te_{26}. Field-dependent reversible changes in conductivity and pulse-driven crystallization are observed. The present results show that threshold switching can take place within the electric pulse on subpicosecond time scales-faster than crystals can nucleate. This supports purely electronic models of threshold switching and reveals potential applications as an ultrafast electronic switch.

  18. The Higgs portal above threshold

    DOE PAGES

    Craig, Nathaniel; Lou, Hou Keong; McCullough, Matthew; ...

    2016-02-18

    The discovery of the Higgs boson opens the door to new physics interacting via the Higgs Portal, including motivated scenarios relating to baryogenesis, dark matter, and electroweak naturalness. In this study, we systematically explore the collider signatures of singlet scalars produced via the Higgs Portal at the 14TeV LHC and a prospective 100TeV hadron collider. We focus on the challenging regime where the scalars are too heavy to be produced in the decays of an on-shell Higgs boson, and instead are produced primarily via an o ff-shell Higgs. Assuming these scalars escape the detector, promising channels include missing energy inmore » association with vector boson fusion, monojets, and top pairs. In addition, we forecast the sensitivity of searches in these channels at √s = 14 & 100 TeV and compare collider reach to the motivated parameter space of singlet-assisted electroweak baryogenesis, Higgs Portal dark matter, and neutral naturalness.« less

  19. Evaluation of different methods for determining growing degree-day thresholds in apricot cultivars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ruml, Mirjana; Vuković, Ana; Milatović, Dragan

    2010-07-01

    The aim of this study was to examine different methods for determining growing degree-day (GDD) threshold temperatures for two phenological stages (full bloom and harvest) and select the optimal thresholds for a greater number of apricot ( Prunus armeniaca L.) cultivars grown in the Belgrade region. A 10-year data series were used to conduct the study. Several commonly used methods to determine the threshold temperatures from field observation were evaluated: (1) the least standard deviation in GDD; (2) the least standard deviation in days; (3) the least coefficient of variation in GDD; (4) regression coefficient; (5) the least standard deviation in days with a mean temperature above the threshold; (6) the least coefficient of variation in days with a mean temperature above the threshold; and (7) the smallest root mean square error between the observed and predicted number of days. In addition, two methods for calculating daily GDD, and two methods for calculating daily mean air temperatures were tested to emphasize the differences that can arise by different interpretations of basic GDD equation. The best agreement with observations was attained by method (7). The lower threshold temperature obtained by this method differed among cultivars from -5.6 to -1.7°C for full bloom, and from -0.5 to 6.6°C for harvest. However, the “Null” method (lower threshold set to 0°C) and “Fixed Value” method (lower threshold set to -2°C for full bloom and to 3°C for harvest) gave very good results. The limitations of the widely used method (1) and methods (5) and (6), which generally performed worst, are discussed in the paper.

  20. Lower-upper-threshold correlation for underwater range-gated imaging self-adaptive enhancement.

    PubMed

    Sun, Liang; Wang, Xinwei; Liu, Xiaoquan; Ren, Pengdao; Lei, Pingshun; He, Jun; Fan, Songtao; Zhou, Yan; Liu, Yuliang

    2016-10-10

    In underwater range-gated imaging (URGI), enhancement of low-brightness and low-contrast images is critical for human observation. Traditional histogram equalizations over-enhance images, with the result of details being lost. To compress over-enhancement, a lower-upper-threshold correlation method is proposed for underwater range-gated imaging self-adaptive enhancement based on double-plateau histogram equalization. The lower threshold determines image details and compresses over-enhancement. It is correlated with the upper threshold. First, the upper threshold is updated by searching for the local maximum in real time, and then the lower threshold is calculated by the upper threshold and the number of nonzero units selected from a filtered histogram. With this method, the backgrounds of underwater images are constrained with enhanced details. Finally, the proof experiments are performed. Peak signal-to-noise-ratio, variance, contrast, and human visual properties are used to evaluate the objective quality of the global and regions of interest images. The evaluation results demonstrate that the proposed method adaptively selects the proper upper and lower thresholds under different conditions. The proposed method contributes to URGI with effective image enhancement for human eyes.

  1. Mortality rates above emergency threshold in population affected by conflict in North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo, July 2012-April 2013.

    PubMed

    Carrión Martín, Antonio Isidro; Bil, Karla; Salumu, Papy; Baabo, Dominique; Singh, Jatinder; Kik, Corry; Lenglet, Annick

    2014-09-01

    The area of Walikale in North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo, is intensely affected by conflict and population displacement. Médecins-Sans-Frontières (MSF) returned to provide primary healthcare in July 2012. To better understand the impact of the ongoing conflict and displacement on the population, a retrospective mortality survey was conducted in April 2013. A two-stage randomized cluster survey using 31 clusters of 21 households was conducted. Heads of households provided information on their household make-up, ownership of non-food items (NFIs), access to healthcare and information on deaths and occurrence of self-reported disease in the household during the recall period. The recall period was of 325 days (July 2012-April 2013). In total, 173 deaths were reported during the recall period. The crude mortality rate (CMR) was of 1.4/10,000 persons/day (CI95%: 1.2-1.7) and the under-five- mortality rate (U5MR) of 1.9/10,000 persons per day (CI95%: 1.3-2.5). The most frequently reported cause of death was fever/malaria 34.1% (CI95%: 25.4-42.9). Thirteen deaths were due to intentional violence. Over 70% of all households had been displaced at some time during the recall period. Out of households with someone sick in the last two weeks, 63.8% sought health care; the main reason not to seek health care was the lack of money (n = 134, 63.8%, CI95%: 52.2-75.4). Non Food Items (NFI) ownership was low: 69.0% (CI95%: 53.1-79.7) at least one 10 liter jerry can, 30.1% (CI95%: 24.3-36.5) of households with visible soap available and 1.6 bednets per household. The results from this survey in Walikale clearly illustrate the impact that ongoing conflict and displacement are having on the population in this part of DRC. The gravity of their health status was highlighted by a CMR that was well above the emergency threshold of 1 person/10,000/day and an U5MR that approaches the 2 children/10,000/day threshold for the recall period.

  2. The Threshold Hypothesis Applied to Spatial Skill and Mathematics

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Freer, Daniel

    2017-01-01

    This cross-sectional study assessed the relation between spatial skills and mathematics in 854 participants across kindergarten, third grade, and sixth grade. Specifically, the study probed for a threshold for spatial skills when performing mathematics, above which spatial scores and mathematics scores would be significantly less related. This…

  3. Interlocking-induced stiffness in stochastically microcracked materials beyond the transport percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Picu, R. C.; Pal, A.; Lupulescu, M. V.

    2016-04-01

    We study the mechanical behavior of two-dimensional, stochastically microcracked continua in the range of crack densities close to, and above, the transport percolation threshold. We show that these materials retain stiffness up to crack densities much larger than the transport percolation threshold due to topological interlocking of sample subdomains. Even with a linear constitutive law for the continuum, the mechanical behavior becomes nonlinear in the range of crack densities bounded by the transport and stiffness percolation thresholds. The effect is due to the fractal nature of the fragmentation process and is not linked to the roughness of individual cracks.

  4. Double suturless hepaticojejunostomy.

    PubMed

    Brătucu, E; Straja, D; Cirimbei, C; Alecu, M; Nechita, D

    2011-01-01

    In iatrogenic lesions of the main bile duct, especially when the injury is above the level of the hepatic bifurcation, the surgeon ought to use two short and thin biliary stumps. It is necessary to perform separate anastomoses, using a "Y loop" and creating a double hepaticojejunostomy. Technical difficulties increase when the biliary ducts are thinner, tighter and separated from one another for a distance more than 2 cm. In such case we have attempted to develop a double sutureless hepaticojejunostomy by simply keeping the bilioenteric partners in apposition with continuous traction exerted via the biliary stents.

  5. Anaerobic threshold: its concept and role in endurance sport.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Asok Kumar

    2004-01-01

    aerobic to anaerobic transition intensity is one of the most significant physiological variable in endurance sports. Scientists have explained the term in various ways, like, Lactate Threshold, Ventilatory Anaerobic Threshold, Onset of Blood Lactate Accumulation, Onset of Plasma Lactate Accumulation, Heart Rate Deflection Point and Maximum Lactate Steady State. But all of these have great role both in monitoring training schedule and in determining sports performance. Individuals endowed with the possibility to obtain a high oxygen uptake need to complement with rigorous training program in order to achieve maximal performance. If they engage in endurance events, they must also develop the ability to sustain a high fractional utilization of their maximal oxygen uptake (%VO(2) max) and become physiologically efficient in performing their activity. Anaerobic threshold is highly correlated to the distance running performance as compared to maximum aerobic capacity or VO(2) max, because sustaining a high fractional utilization of the VO(2) max for a long time delays the metabolic acidosis. Training at or little above the anaerobic threshold intensity improves both the aerobic capacity and anaerobic threshold level. Anaerobic Threshold can also be determined from the speed-heart rate relationship in the field situation, without undergoing sophisticated laboratory techniques. However, controversies also exist among scientists regarding its role in high performance sports.

  6. FDI technology spillover and threshold effect of the technology gap: regional differences in the Chinese industrial sector.

    PubMed

    Wang, Hui; Liu, Huifang; Cao, Zhiyong; Wang, Bowen

    2016-01-01

    This paper presents a new perspective that there is a double-threshold effect in terms of the technology gap existing in the foreign direct investment (FDI) technology spillover process in different regional Chinese industrial sectors. In this paper, a double-threshold regression model was established to examine the relation between the threshold effect of the technology gap and technology spillover. Based on the provincial panel data of Chinese industrial sectors from 2000 to 2011, the empirical results reveal that there are two threshold values, which are 1.254 and 2.163, in terms of the technology gap in the industrial sector in eastern China. There are also two threshold values in both the central and western industrial sector, which are 1.516, 2.694 and 1.635, 2.714, respectively. The technology spillover is a decreasing function of the technology gap in both the eastern and western industrial sectors, but a concave curve function of the technology gap is in the central industrial sectors. Furthermore, the FDI technology spillover has increased gradually in recent years. Based on the empirical results, suggestions were proposed to elucidate the introduction of the FDI and the improvement in the industrial added value in different regions of China.

  7. Bias stress instability of double-gate a-IGZO TFTs on polyimide substrate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cho, Won-Ju; Ahn, Min-Ju

    2017-09-01

    In this study, flexible double-gate thin-film transistor (TFT)-based amorphous indium-galliumzinc- oxide (a-IGZO) was fabricated on a polyimide substrate. Double-gate operation with connected front and back gates was compared with a single-gate operation. As a result, the double-gate a- IGZO TFT exhibited enhanced electrical characteristics as well as improved long-term reliability. Under positive- and negative-bias temperature stress, the threshold voltage shift of the double-gate operation was much smaller than that of the single-gate operation.

  8. A threshold method for immunological correlates of protection

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Immunological correlates of protection are biological markers such as disease-specific antibodies which correlate with protection against disease and which are measurable with immunological assays. It is common in vaccine research and in setting immunization policy to rely on threshold values for the correlate where the accepted threshold differentiates between individuals who are considered to be protected against disease and those who are susceptible. Examples where thresholds are used include development of a new generation 13-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine which was required in clinical trials to meet accepted thresholds for the older 7-valent vaccine, and public health decision making on vaccination policy based on long-term maintenance of protective thresholds for Hepatitis A, rubella, measles, Japanese encephalitis and others. Despite widespread use of such thresholds in vaccine policy and research, few statistical approaches have been formally developed which specifically incorporate a threshold parameter in order to estimate the value of the protective threshold from data. Methods We propose a 3-parameter statistical model called the a:b model which incorporates parameters for a threshold and constant but different infection probabilities below and above the threshold estimated using profile likelihood or least squares methods. Evaluation of the estimated threshold can be performed by a significance test for the existence of a threshold using a modified likelihood ratio test which follows a chi-squared distribution with 3 degrees of freedom, and confidence intervals for the threshold can be obtained by bootstrapping. The model also permits assessment of relative risk of infection in patients achieving the threshold or not. Goodness-of-fit of the a:b model may be assessed using the Hosmer-Lemeshow approach. The model is applied to 15 datasets from published clinical trials on pertussis, respiratory syncytial virus and varicella. Results

  9. Higgs-stoponium mixing near the stop-antistop threshold

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bodwin, Geoffrey T.; Chung, Hee Sok; Wagner, Carlos E. M.

    Supersymmetric extensions of the standard model contain additional heavy neutral Higgs bosons that are coupled to heavy scalar top quarks (stops). This system exhibits interesting field theoretic phenomena when the Higgs mass is close to the stop-antistop production threshold. Existing work in the literature has examined the digluon-to-diphoton cross section near threshold and has focused on enhancements in the cross section that might arise either from the perturbative contributions to the Higgs-to-digluon and Higgs-to-diphoton form factors or from mixing of the Higgs boson with stoponium states. Near threshold, enhancements in the relevant amplitudes that go as inverse powers of themore » stop-antistop relative velocity require resummations of perturbation theory and/or nonperturbative treatments. We present a complete formulation of threshold effects at leading order in the stop-antistop relative velocity in terms of nonrelativistic effective field theory. We give detailed numerical calculations for the case in which the stop-antistop Green’s function is modeled with a Coulomb-Schr¨odinger Green’s function. We find several general effects that do not appear in a purely perturbative treatment. Higgs-stop-antistop mixing effects displace physical masses from the threshold region, thereby rendering the perturbative threshold enhancements inoperative. In the case of large Higgs-stop-antistop couplings, the displacement of a physical state above threshold substantially increases its width, owing to its decay width to a stop-antistop pair, and greatly reduces its contribution to the cross section.« less

  10. Gradient-driven flux-tube simulations of ion temperature gradient turbulence close to the non-linear threshold

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Peeters, A. G.; Rath, F.; Buchholz, R.

    2016-08-15

    It is shown that Ion Temperature Gradient turbulence close to the threshold exhibits a long time behaviour, with smaller heat fluxes at later times. This reduction is connected with the slow growth of long wave length zonal flows, and consequently, the numerical dissipation on these flows must be sufficiently small. Close to the nonlinear threshold for turbulence generation, a relatively small dissipation can maintain a turbulent state with a sizeable heat flux, through the damping of the zonal flow. Lowering the dissipation causes the turbulence, for temperature gradients close to the threshold, to be subdued. The heat flux then doesmore » not go smoothly to zero when the threshold is approached from above. Rather, a finite minimum heat flux is obtained below which no fully developed turbulent state exists. The threshold value of the temperature gradient length at which this finite heat flux is obtained is up to 30% larger compared with the threshold value obtained by extrapolating the heat flux to zero, and the cyclone base case is found to be nonlinearly stable. Transport is subdued when a fully developed staircase structure in the E × B shearing rate forms. Just above the threshold, an incomplete staircase develops, and transport is mediated by avalanche structures which propagate through the marginally stable regions.« less

  11. Double Resummation for Higgs Production

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bonvini, Marco; Marzani, Simone

    2018-05-01

    We present the first double-resummed prediction of the inclusive cross section for the main Higgs production channel in proton-proton collisions, namely, gluon fusion. Our calculation incorporates to all orders in perturbation theory two distinct towers of logarithmic corrections which are enhanced, respectively, at threshold, i.e., large x , and in the high-energy limit, i.e., small x . Large-x logarithms are resummed to next-to-next-to-next-to-leading logarithmic accuracy, while small-x ones to leading logarithmic accuracy. The double-resummed cross section is furthermore matched to the state-of-the-art fixed-order prediction at next-to-next-to-next-to-leading accuracy. We find that double resummation corrects the Higgs production rate by 2% at the currently explored center-of-mass energy of 13 TeV and its impact reaches 10% at future circular colliders at 100 TeV.

  12. SU-C-BRE-07: Sensitivity Analysis of the Threshold Energy for the Creation of Strand Breaks and of Single and Double Strand Break Clustering Conditions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pater, P

    Purpose: To analyse the sensitivity of the creation of strand breaks (SB) to the threshold energy (Eth) and thresholding method and to quantify the impact of clustering conditions on single strand break (SSB) and double strand break (DSB) yields. Methods: Monte Carlo simulations using Geant4-DNA were conducted for electron tracks of 280 eV to 220 keV in a geometrical DNA model composed of nucleosomes of 396 phospho-diester groups (PDGs) each. A strand break was created inside a PDG when the sum of all energy deposits (method 1) or energy transfers (method 2) was higher than Eth or when at leastmore » one interaction deposited (method 3) or transferred (method 4) an energy higher than Eth. SBs were then clustered into SSBs and DSBs using clustering scoring criteria from the literature and compared to our own. Results: The total number of SBs decreases as Eth is increased. In addition, thresholding on the energy transfers (methods 2 and 4) produces a higher SB count than when thresholding on energy deposits (methods 1 and 3). Method 2 produces a step-like function and should be avoided when attempting to optimize Eth. When SBs are grouped into damage patterns, clustering conditions can underestimated SSBs by up to 18 % and DSBs can be overestimated by up to 12 % compared to our own implementation. Conclusion: We show that two often underreported simulation parameters have a non-negligible effect on overall DNA damage yields. First more SBs are counted when using energy transfers to the PDG rather than energy deposits. Also, SBs grouped according to different clustering conditions can influence reported SSB and DSB by as much as 20%. Careful handling of these parameters is required when trying to compare DNA damage yields from different authors. Research funding from the governments of Canada and Quebec. PP acknowledges partial support by the CREATE Medical Physics Research Training Network grant of the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council (Grant number

  13. Relationship of extinction to perceptual thresholds for single stimuli.

    PubMed

    Meador, K J; Ray, P G; Day, L J; Loring, D W

    2001-04-24

    To demonstrate the effects of target stimulus intensity on extinction to double simultaneous stimuli. Attentional deficits contribute to extinction in patients with brain lesions, but extinction (i.e., masking) can also be produced in healthy subjects. The relationship of extinction to perceptual thresholds for single stimuli remains uncertain. Brief electrical pulses were applied simultaneously to the left and right index fingers of 16 healthy volunteers (8 young and 8 elderly adults) and 4 patients with right brain stroke (RBS). The stimulus to be perceived (i.e., target stimulus) was given at the lowest perceptual threshold to perceive any single stimulus (i.e., Minimal) and at the threshold to perceive 100% of single stimuli. The mask stimulus (i.e., stimulus given to block the target) was applied to the contralateral hand at intensities just below discomfort. Extinction was less for target stimuli at 100% than Minimal threshold for healthy subjects. Extinction of left targets was greater in patients with RBS than elderly control subjects. Left targets were extinguished less than right in healthy subjects. In contrast, the majority of left targets were extinguished in patients with RBS even when right mask intensity was reduced below right 100% threshold for single stimuli. RBS patients had less extinction for right targets despite having greater left mask - threshold difference than control subjects. In patients with RBS, right "targets" at 100% threshold extinguished left "masks" (20%) almost as frequently as left masks extinguished right targets (32%). Subtle changes in target intensity affect extinction in healthy adults. Asymmetries in mask and target intensities (relative to single-stimulus perceptual thresholds) affect extinction in RBS patients less for left targets but more for right targets as compared with control subjects.

  14. Picosecond electric-field-induced threshold switching in phase-change materials [THz-induced threshold switching and crystallization of phase-change materials

    DOE PAGES

    Zalden, Peter; Shu, Michael J.; Chen, Frank; ...

    2016-08-05

    Many chalcogenide glasses undergo a breakdown in electronic resistance above a critical field strength. Known as threshold switching, this mechanism enables field-induced crystallization in emerging phase-change memory. Purely electronic as well as crystal nucleation assisted models have been employed to explain the electronic breakdown. Here, picosecond electric pulses are used to excite amorphous Ag 4In 3Sb 67Te 26. Field-dependent reversible changes in conductivity and pulse-driven crystallization are observed. The present results show that threshold switching can take place within the electric pulse on subpicosecond time scales—faster than crystals can nucleate. As a result, this supports purely electronic models of thresholdmore » switching and reveals potential applications as an ultrafast electronic switch.« less

  15. Mortality Rates above Emergency Threshold in Population Affected by Conflict in North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo, July 2012–April 2013

    PubMed Central

    Carrión Martín, Antonio Isidro; Bil, Karla; Salumu, Papy; Baabo, Dominique; Singh, Jatinder; Kik, Corry; Lenglet, Annick

    2014-01-01

    The area of Walikale in North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo, is intensely affected by conflict and population displacement. Médecins-Sans-Frontières (MSF) returned to provide primary healthcare in July 2012. To better understand the impact of the ongoing conflict and displacement on the population, a retrospective mortality survey was conducted in April 2013. A two-stage randomized cluster survey using 31 clusters of 21 households was conducted. Heads of households provided information on their household make-up, ownership of non-food items (NFIs), access to healthcare and information on deaths and occurrence of self-reported disease in the household during the recall period. The recall period was of 325 days (July 2012–April 2013). In total, 173 deaths were reported during the recall period. The crude mortality rate (CMR) was of 1.4/10,000 persons/day (CI95%: 1.2–1.7) and the under-five- mortality rate (U5MR) of 1.9/10,000 persons per day (CI95%: 1.3–2.5). The most frequently reported cause of death was fever/malaria 34.1% (CI95%: 25.4–42.9). Thirteen deaths were due to intentional violence. Over 70% of all households had been displaced at some time during the recall period. Out of households with someone sick in the last two weeks, 63.8% sought health care; the main reason not to seek health care was the lack of money (n = 134, 63.8%, CI95%: 52.2–75.4). Non Food Items (NFI) ownership was low: 69.0% (CI95%: 53.1–79.7) at least one 10 liter jerry can, 30.1% (CI95%: 24.3–36.5) of households with visible soap available and 1.6 bednets per household. The results from this survey in Walikale clearly illustrate the impact that ongoing conflict and displacement are having on the population in this part of DRC. The gravity of their health status was highlighted by a CMR that was well above the emergency threshold of 1 person/10,000/day and an U5MR that approaches the 2 children/10,000/day threshold for the recall period. PMID:25233090

  16. Anaerobic Threshold: Its Concept and Role in Endurance Sport

    PubMed Central

    Ghosh, Asok Kumar

    2004-01-01

    aerobic to anaerobic transition intensity is one of the most significant physiological variable in endurance sports. Scientists have explained the term in various ways, like, Lactate Threshold, Ventilatory Anaerobic Threshold, Onset of Blood Lactate Accumulation, Onset of Plasma Lactate Accumulation, Heart Rate Deflection Point and Maximum Lactate Steady State. But all of these have great role both in monitoring training schedule and in determining sports performance. Individuals endowed with the possibility to obtain a high oxygen uptake need to complement with rigorous training program in order to achieve maximal performance. If they engage in endurance events, they must also develop the ability to sustain a high fractional utilization of their maximal oxygen uptake (%VO2 max) and become physiologically efficient in performing their activity. Anaerobic threshold is highly correlated to the distance running performance as compared to maximum aerobic capacity or VO2 max, because sustaining a high fractional utilization of the VO2 max for a long time delays the metabolic acidosis. Training at or little above the anaerobic threshold intensity improves both the aerobic capacity and anaerobic threshold level. Anaerobic Threshold can also be determined from the speed-heart rate relationship in the field situation, without undergoing sophisticated laboratory techniques. However, controversies also exist among scientists regarding its role in high performance sports. PMID:22977357

  17. Induction of instability in water-in-oil-in-water double emulsions by freeze-thaw cycling.

    PubMed

    Rojas, Edith C; Papadopoulos, Kyriakos D

    2007-06-19

    Individual water-in-oil-in-water (W1/O/W2) double-emulsion globules loaded with fluorescently labeled bovine serum albumin (FITC-BSA) were optically monitored within cylindrical capillaries during freeze-thaw cycling. Coalescence of internal aqueous droplets (W1) and external aqueous phase (W2), termed external coalescence, was not observed before or during freezing of the oil phase (O). On the other hand, this instability mechanism was readily promoted during thawing. This realization confirms the previously suggested potential of W1/O/W2 double emulsions to trigger release upon oil thawing and demonstrates that it is a direct result of globule breakage through external coalescence. The presented results also identified a threshold in the relative W1 droplet size above which instability occurred, while smaller droplets remained unperturbed and therefore indicate that optimization of the delivery can be achieved by tuning the size of W1 droplets. In addition, we propose a possible explanation for the occurrence of instability during oil thawing and its dependence on the size of W1 droplets. Because this alternative globule-breakage mechanism simply uses temperature increase (solid-to-liquid-phase transition) as external stimulus, W1/O/W2 double-emulsion delivery systems can be easily tailored by choosing an oil phase with the appropriate phase-transition temperature.

  18. Double bevel construction of a diamond anvil

    DOEpatents

    Moss, William C.

    1988-01-01

    A double or multiple bevel culet geometry is used on a diamond anvil in a high pressure cell apparatus to provide increased sample pressure and stability for a given force applied to the diamond tables. Double or multiple bevel culet geometries can also be used for sapphire or other hard crystal anvils. Pressures up to and above 5 Megabars can be reached.

  19. The fragmentation threshold and implications for explosive eruptions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kennedy, B.; Spieler, O.; Kueppers, U.; Scheu, B.; Mueller, S.; Taddeucci, J.; Dingwell, D.

    2003-04-01

    fragmentation threshold may be exceeded in two ways: (1) by building an overpressure within the vesicles above the fragmentation threshold or (2) by unloading and exposing lithostatically pressurised magma to lower pressures. Using this data, we can in principle estimate the height of dome collapse or amount of overpressure necessary to produce an explosive eruption.

  20. Effect of threshold disorder on the quorum percolation model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Monceau, Pascal; Renault, Renaud; Métens, Stéphane; Bottani, Samuel

    2016-07-01

    We study the modifications induced in the behavior of the quorum percolation model on neural networks with Gaussian in-degree by taking into account an uncorrelated Gaussian thresholds variability. We derive a mean-field approach and show its relevance by carrying out explicit Monte Carlo simulations. It turns out that such a disorder shifts the position of the percolation transition, impacts the size of the giant cluster, and can even destroy the transition. Moreover, we highlight the occurrence of disorder independent fixed points above the quorum critical value. The mean-field approach enables us to interpret these effects in terms of activation probability. A finite-size analysis enables us to show that the order parameter is weakly self-averaging with an exponent independent on the thresholds disorder. Last, we show that the effects of the thresholds and connectivity disorders cannot be easily discriminated from the measured averaged physical quantities.

  1. Generalised form of a power law threshold function for rainfall-induced landslides

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cepeda, Jose; Díaz, Manuel Roberto; Nadim, Farrokh; Høeg, Kaare; Elverhøi, Anders

    2010-05-01

    The following new function is proposed for estimating thresholds for rainfall-triggered landslides: I = α1Anα2Dβ, where I is rainfall intensity in mm/h, D is rainfall duration in h, An is the n-hours or n-days antecedent precipitation, and α1, α2, β and n are threshold parameters. A threshold model that combines two functions with different durations of antecedent precipitation is also introduced. A storm observation exceeds the threshold when the storm parameters are located at or above the two functions simultaneously. A novel optimisation procedure for estimating the threshold parameters is proposed using Receiver Operating Characteristics (ROC) analysis. The new threshold function and optimisation procedure are applied for estimating thresholds for triggering of debris flows in the Western Metropolitan Area of San Salvador (AMSS), El Salvador, where up to 500 casualties were produced by a single event. The resulting thresholds are I = 2322 A7d-1D-0.43 and I = 28534 A150d-1D-0.43 for debris flows having volumes greater than 3000 m3. Thresholds are also derived for debris flows greater than 200 000 m3 and for hyperconcentrated flows initiating in burned areas caused by forest fires. The new thresholds show an improved performance compared to the traditional formulations, indicated by a reduction in false alarms from 51 to 5 for the 3000 m3 thresholds and from 6 to 0 false alarms for the 200 000 m3 thresholds.

  2. Hemoglobin levels above anemia thresholds are maximally predictive for long-term survival in COPD with chronic respiratory failure.

    PubMed

    Kollert, Florian; Tippelt, Andrea; Müller, Carolin; Jörres, Rudolf A; Porzelius, Christine; Pfeifer, Michael; Budweiser, Stephan

    2013-07-01

    In patients with COPD, chronic anemia is known as an unfavorable prognostic factor. Whether the association between hemoglobin (Hb) levels and long-term survival is restricted to anemia or extends to higher Hb levels has not yet been systematically assessed. We determined Hb levels in 309 subjects with COPD and chronic respiratory failure prior to initiation of noninvasive ventilation, accounting for confounders that might affect Hb. Subjects were categorized as anemic (Hb < 12 g/dL in females, Hb < 13 g/dL in males), polycythemic (Hb ≥ 15 g/dL in females, Hb ≥ 17 g/dL in males), or normocythemic. In addition, percentiles of Hb values were analyzed with regard to mortality from any cause. Two-hundred seven subjects (67.0%) showed normal Hb levels, 46 (14.9%) had anemia, and 56 (18.1%) had polycythemia. Polycythemic subjects showed a higher survival rate than anemic (P = .01) and normocythemic subjects (P = .043). In a univariate Cox hazards model, Hb was associated with long-term survival (hazard ratio 0.855; 95% CI 0.783-0.934, P < .001). The 58th percentiles of Hb (14.3 g/dL in females, 15.1 g/dL in males) yielded the highest discriminative value for predicting survival (hazard ratio 0.463, 95% CI 0.324-0.660, P < .001). In the multivariate analysis this cutoff was an independent predictor for survival (hazard ratio 0.627, 95% CI 0.414-0.949, P = .03), in addition to age and body mass index. In subjects with COPD and chronic respiratory failure undergoing treatment with noninvasive ventilation and LTOT, high Hb levels are associated with better long-term survival. The optimal cutoff level for prediction was above the established threshold defining anemia. Thus, predicting survival only on the basis of anemia does not fully utilize the prognostic potential of Hb values in COPD.

  3. A study of life prediction differences for a nickel-base Alloy 690 using a threshold and a non-threshold model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Young, B. A.; Gao, Xiaosheng; Srivatsan, T. S.

    2009-10-01

    In this paper we compare and contrast the crack growth rate of a nickel-base superalloy (Alloy 690) in the Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR) environment. Over the last few years, a preponderance of test data has been gathered on both Alloy 690 thick plate and Alloy 690 tubing. The original model, essentially based on a small data set for thick plate, compensated for temperature, load ratio and stress-intensity range but did not compensate for the fatigue threshold of the material. As additional test data on both plate and tube product became available the model was gradually revised to account for threshold properties. Both the original and revised models generated acceptable results for data that were above 1 × 10 -11 m/s. However, the test data at the lower growth rates were over-predicted by the non-threshold model. Since the original model did not take the fatigue threshold into account, this model predicted no operating stress below which the material would effectively undergo fatigue crack growth. Because of an over-prediction of the growth rate below 1 × 10 -11 m/s, due to a combination of low stress, small crack size and long rise-time, the model in general leads to an under-prediction of the total available life of the components.

  4. Neurometric amplitude-modulation detection threshold in the guinea-pig ventral cochlear nucleus

    PubMed Central

    Sayles, Mark; Füllgrabe, Christian; Winter, Ian M

    2013-01-01

    Amplitude modulation (AM) is a pervasive feature of natural sounds. Neural detection and processing of modulation cues is behaviourally important across species. Although most ecologically relevant sounds are not fully modulated, physiological studies have usually concentrated on fully modulated (100% modulation depth) signals. Psychoacoustic experiments mainly operate at low modulation depths, around detection threshold (∼5% AM). We presented sinusoidal amplitude-modulated tones, systematically varying modulation depth between zero and 100%, at a range of modulation frequencies, to anaesthetised guinea-pigs while recording spikes from neurons in the ventral cochlear nucleus (VCN). The cochlear nucleus is the site of the first synapse in the central auditory system. At this locus significant signal processing occurs with respect to representation of AM signals. Spike trains were analysed in terms of the vector strength of spike synchrony to the amplitude envelope. Neurons showed either low-pass or band-pass temporal modulation transfer functions, with the proportion of band-pass responses increasing with increasing sound level. The proportion of units showing a band-pass response varies with unit type: sustained chopper (CS) > transient chopper (CT) > primary-like (PL). Spike synchrony increased with increasing modulation depth. At the lowest modulation depth (6%), significant spike synchrony was only observed near to the unit's best modulation frequency for all unit types tested. Modulation tuning therefore became sharper with decreasing modulation depth. AM detection threshold was calculated for each individual unit as a function of modulation frequency. Chopper units have significantly better AM detection thresholds than do primary-like units. AM detection threshold is significantly worse at 40 dB vs. 10 dB above pure-tone spike rate threshold. Mean modulation detection thresholds for sounds 10 dB above pure-tone spike rate threshold at best modulation

  5. Effects of exercise continued until anaerobic threshold on balance performance in male basketball players.

    PubMed

    Erkmen, Nurtekin; Suveren, Sibel; Göktepe, Ahmet Salim

    2012-06-01

    The objective of the present study was to determine the effects of exercise continued until the anaerobic threshold on balance performance in basketball players. Twelve male basketball players (age = 20.92 ± 2.81 years, body height = 192.72 ± 7.61 cm, body mass = 88.09 ± 8.41 kg, training experience = 7.17 ± 3.10 years) volunteered to participate in this study. A Kinesthetic Ability Trainer (KAT 2000 stabilometer) was used to measure the balance performance. Balance tests consisted of static tests on dominant, nondominant and double leg stance. The Bruce Protocol was performed by means of a treadmill. The exercise protocol was terminated when the subject passed the anaerobic threshold. After the exercise protocol, balance measurements were immediately repeated. Statistical differences between pre and post-exercise for dominant, nondominant and double leg stance were determined by the paired samples t-test according to the results of the test of normality. The post-exercise balance score on the dominant leg was significantly higher than pre-exercise (t = -2.758, p < 0.05). No differences existed between pre- and post-exercise in the balance scores of the nondominant leg after the exercise protocol (t = 0.428, p > 0.05). A significant difference was found between pre and post-exercise balance scores in the double leg stance (t = -2.354, p < 0.05). The main finding of this study was that an incremental exercise continued until the anaerobic threshold decreased balance performance on the dominant leg in basketball players, but did not alter it in the nondominant leg.

  6. Spectroscopy of 13C above the α threshold with α +9Be reactions at low energies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lombardo, I.; Dell'Aquila, D.; Spadaccini, G.; Verde, G.; Vigilante, M.

    2018-03-01

    In this work we reinvestigate the spectroscopy of 13C at excitation energies larger than the α emission threshold (Ex>10.648 MeV ) by means of a comprehensive R -matrix fit of experimental data concerning α +9Be collisions at low energies. Owing to the analysis of many reaction channels in a broad energy range, we improved the current knowledge on the level scheme of 13C, by contributing to remove uncertain Jπ assignments for several states. Some tentative speculations on the existence of molecular bands associated to cluster structures in this nucleus are also discussed.

  7. Extreme sub-threshold swing in tunnelling relays

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    AbdelGhany, M.; Szkopek, T.

    2014-01-01

    We propose and analyze the theory of the tunnelling relay, a nanoscale active device in which tunnelling current is modulated by electromechanical actuation of a suspended membrane above a fixed electrode. The tunnelling current is modulated exponentially with vacuum gap length, permitting an extreme sub-threshold swing of ˜10 mV/decade breaking the thermionic limit. The predicted performance suggests that a significant reduction in dynamic energy consumption over conventional field effect transistors is physically achievable.

  8. Double bevel construction of a diamond anvil

    DOEpatents

    Moss, W.C.

    1988-10-11

    A double or multiple bevel culet geometry is used on a diamond anvil in a high pressure cell apparatus to provide increased sample pressure and stability for a given force applied to the diamond tables. Double or multiple bevel culet geometries can also be used for sapphire or other hard crystal anvils. Pressures up to and above 5 Megabars can be reached. 8 figs.

  9. Transition of recollision trajectories from linear to elliptical polarization

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Yingbin; Yu, Benhai; Tang, Qingbin; ...

    2016-03-15

    Using a classical ensemble method, we revisit the topic of recollision and nonsequential double ionization with elliptically polarized laser fields. We focus on how the recollision mechanism transitions from short trajectories with linear polarization to long trajectories with elliptical polarization. Furthermore, we propose how this transition can be observed by measuring the carrier-envelop-phase dependence of the correlated electron momentum spectra using currently available few-cycle laser pulses.

  10. Aerosol-induced laser breakdown thresholds - Effect of resonant particles

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pinnick, R. G.; Biswas, A.; Pendleton, J. D.; Armstrong, R. L.

    1992-01-01

    Laser intensity thresholds for the onset of stimulated Raman scattering and the breakdown in resonant micron-sized droplets are reduced to below those for nonresonant droplets by a factor of about 3. This reduction is most likely caused by the enhancement of electromagnetic energy (photon) densities within the droplets over and above that in nonresonant droplets. The magnitude of the threshold reduction for breakdown is consistent with the assertion that: (1) input (pump) wavelength resonances that initiate plasma have cavity Qs of about 10 exp 4; and (2) finite regions of high-electromagnetic-energy density within the droplet, with dimensions of the order of the Debye length, are required to initiate plasma.

  11. A threshold theory of the humor response.

    PubMed

    Epstein, Robert; Joker, Veronica R

    2007-01-01

    The humor response has long been considered mysterious, and it is given relatively little attention in modern experimental psychology, in spite of the fact that numerous studies suggest that it has substantial benefits for mood and health. Existing theories of humor fail to account for some of the most basic humor phenomena. On most occasions when a humor response occurs, certain verbal or visual stimuli (the "setup" stimuli, which function as an establishing operation) must precede a critical stimulus (such as a "punch line" or the final panel or critical feature of a cartoon), which then occasions a sudden "revelation" or "understanding"; this revelation is often accompanied by the humor response. We suggest that the setup stimuli increase the strength of the revelatory response to a point just below the threshold of awareness and that the critical stimulus, properly designed and timed, edges the revelatory response to a point just above threshold. We also suggest that it is this threshold phenomenon that produces most instances of the humor response. We discuss these issues in the context of some notable humor of Carl Rogers and B. F. Skinner.

  12. [The discomfort threshold studied in operators at the control consoles in automated production with a view to its use in job selection].

    PubMed

    Tsaneva, L

    1993-01-01

    The results from the investigation of the threshold of discomfort in 385 operators from firm "Kremikovtsi" are discussed. The most expressed changes are found in operators with increased tonal auditory threshold up to 45 and above 50 dB, in high confidential probability. The observed changes in the threshold of discomfort are classified into 3 groups: 1). Raised tonal auditory threshold (up to 30 dB) without decrease in the threshold of discomfort; 2). Decreased threshold of discomfort (with about 15-20 dB) in raised tonal auditory threshold (up to 45 dB); 3). Decreased threshold of discomfort on the background of raised (above 50 dB) tonal auditory threshold. On 4 figures are represented audiograms, illustrating the state of tonal auditory threshold, the field of hearing and the threshold of discomfort. The field of hearing of the operators from the III and IV groups is narrowed, and in the latter also deformed. The explanation of this pathophysiological phenomenon is related to the increased effect of the sound irritation and the presence of recruitment phenomenon with possible engagement of the central end of the auditory analyser. It is underlined, that the threshold of discomfort is sensitive index for the state of the individual norms of each operator for the speech-sound-noise discomfort.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)

  13. Antipyretic effect of ibuprofen in Gabonese children with uncomplicated falciparum malaria: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial

    PubMed Central

    Matsiégui, Pierre-Blaise; Missinou, Michel A; Necek, Magdalena; Mavoungou, Elie; Issifou, Saadou; Lell, Bertrand; Kremsner, Peter G

    2008-01-01

    Background Antipyretic drugs are widely used in children with fever, though there is a controversy about the benefit of reducing fever in children with malaria. In order to assess the effect of ibuprofen on fever compared to placebo in children with uncomplicated Plasmodium falciparum malaria in Gabon, a randomized double blind placebo controlled trial, was designed. Methods Fifty children between two and seven years of age with uncomplicated malaria were included in the study. For the treatment of fever, all patients "received" mechanical treatment when the temperature rose above 37.5°C. In addition to the mechanical treatment, continuous fanning and cooling blanket, patients were assigned randomly to receive ibuprofen (7 mg/kg body weight, every eight hours) or placebo. Results The fever clearance time using a fever threshold of 37.5°C was similar in children receiving ibuprofen compared to those receiving placebo. The difference was also not statistically significant using a fever threshold of 37.8°C or 38.0°C. However, the fever time and the area under the fever curve were significantly smaller in the ibuprofen group compared to the placebo group. Conclusion Ibuprofen is effective in reducing the time with fever. The effect on fever clearance is less obvious and depends on definition of the fever threshold. Trial registration The trial registration number is: NCT00167713 PMID:18503714

  14. Electron-helium S-wave model benchmark calculations. II. Double ionization, single ionization with excitation, and double excitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bartlett, Philip L.; Stelbovics, Andris T.

    2010-02-01

    The propagating exterior complex scaling (PECS) method is extended to all four-body processes in electron impact on helium in an S-wave model. Total and energy-differential cross sections are presented with benchmark accuracy for double ionization, single ionization with excitation, and double excitation (to autoionizing states) for incident-electron energies from threshold to 500 eV. While the PECS three-body cross sections for this model given in the preceding article [Phys. Rev. A 81, 022715 (2010)] are in good agreement with other methods, there are considerable discrepancies for these four-body processes. With this model we demonstrate the suitability of the PECS method for the complete solution of the electron-helium system.

  15. A geographic analysis of population density thresholds in the influenza pandemic of 1918-19.

    PubMed

    Chandra, Siddharth; Kassens-Noor, Eva; Kuljanin, Goran; Vertalka, Joshua

    2013-02-20

    Geographic variables play an important role in the study of epidemics. The role of one such variable, population density, in the spread of influenza is controversial. Prior studies have tested for such a role using arbitrary thresholds for population density above or below which places are hypothesized to have higher or lower mortality. The results of such studies are mixed. The objective of this study is to estimate, rather than assume, a threshold level of population density that separates low-density regions from high-density regions on the basis of population loss during an influenza pandemic. We study the case of the influenza pandemic of 1918-19 in India, where over 15 million people died in the short span of less than one year. Using data from six censuses for 199 districts of India (n=1194), the country with the largest number of deaths from the influenza of 1918-19, we use a sample-splitting method embedded within a population growth model that explicitly quantifies population loss from the pandemic to estimate a threshold level of population density that separates low-density districts from high-density districts. The results demonstrate a threshold level of population density of 175 people per square mile. A concurrent finding is that districts on the low side of the threshold experienced rates of population loss (3.72%) that were lower than districts on the high side of the threshold (4.69%). This paper introduces a useful analytic tool to the health geographic literature. It illustrates an application of the tool to demonstrate that it can be useful for pandemic awareness and preparedness efforts. Specifically, it estimates a level of population density above which policies to socially distance, redistribute or quarantine populations are likely to be more effective than they are for areas with population densities that lie below the threshold.

  16. β-Adrenergic stimulation increases the intra-sarcoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ threshold for Ca2+ wave generation

    PubMed Central

    Domeier, Timothy L; Maxwell, Joshua T; Blatter, Lothar A

    2012-01-01

    β-Adrenergic signalling induces positive inotropic effects on the heart that associate with pro-arrhythmic spontaneous Ca2+ waves. A threshold level of sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR) Ca2+ ([Ca2+]SR) is necessary to trigger Ca2+ waves, and whether the increased incidence of Ca2+ waves during β-adrenergic stimulation is due to an alteration in this threshold remains controversial. Using the low-affinity Ca2+ indicator fluo-5N entrapped within the SR of rabbit ventricular myocytes, we addressed this controversy by directly monitoring [Ca2+]SR and Ca2+ waves during β-adrenergic stimulation. Electrical pacing in elevated extracellular Ca2+ ([Ca2+]o= 7 mm) was used to increase [Ca2+]SR to the threshold where Ca2+ waves were consistently observed. The β-adrenergic agonist isoproterenol (ISO; 1 μm) increased [Ca2+]SR well above the control threshold and consistently triggered Ca2+ waves. However, when [Ca2+]SR was subsequently lowered in the presence of ISO (by lowering [Ca2+]o to 1 mm and partially inhibiting sarcoplasmic/endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPase with cyclopiazonic acid or thapsigargin), Ca2+ waves ceased to occur at a [Ca2+]SR that was higher than the control threshold. Furthermore, for a set [Ca2+]SR level the refractoriness of wave occurrence (Ca2+ wave latency) was prolonged during β-adrenergic stimulation, and was highly dependent on the extent that [Ca]SR exceeded the wave threshold. These data show that acute β-adrenergic stimulation increases the [Ca2+]SR threshold for Ca2+ waves, and therefore the primary cause of Ca2+ waves is the robust increase in [Ca2+]SR above this higher threshold level. Elevation of the [Ca2+]SR wave threshold and prolongation of wave latency represent potentially protective mechanisms against pro-arrhythmogenic Ca2+ release during β-adrenergic stimulation. PMID:22988136

  17. [Reflex epilepsy evoked by decision making: report of a case (author's transl)].

    PubMed

    Mutani, R; Ganga, A; Agnetti, V

    1980-01-01

    A 17-year-old girl with a story of Gran Mal attacks occurring during lessons of mathematics or solving mathematical problems, was investigated with prolonged EEG recordings. During the sessions, relax periods were alternated with arithmetical or mathematical testing, with card or checkers games and solution of puzzles and crossword problems, and with different neuropsychological tests. EGG recordings were characterized by the appearance, on a normal background, of bilaterally synchronous and symmetrical spike-and-wave and polispike-and-wave discharges, associated with loss of consciousness. During relax their mean frequency was one/54 min., it doubled during execution of tests involved with nonsequential decision making, and was eight times as high (one/7 min.) during tests involving sequential decision making. Some tension, challenge and complexity of the performance were also important as precipitating factors. Their lack deprived sequential tests of their efficacy, while on the contrary their presence sometimes gave nonsequential tests full efficacy.

  18. Low-threshold, CW, all-solid-state Ti:Al2O3 laser

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harrison, James; Finch, Andrew; Rines, David M.; Rines, Glen A.; Moulton, Peter F.

    1991-01-01

    A CW Ti:Al2O3 ring laser with a threshold power of 119 mW is demonstrated. It provides a tunable source of single-frequency, diffraction-limited radiation that is suitable for injection seeding. The Ti:Al2O3 laser is operated with a diode-laser-pumped, frequency-doubled, Nd:YAG laser as the sole pump source.

  19. Specific features of a single-pulse sliding discharge in neon near the threshold for spark breakdown

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Trusov, K. K.

    2017-08-01

    Experimental data on the spatial structure of a single-pulse sliding discharge in neon at voltages below, equal to, and above the threshold for spark breakdown are discussed. The experiments were carried at gas pressures of 30 and 100 kPa and different polarities of the discharge voltage. Photographs of the plasma structure in two discharge chambers with different dimensions of the discharge zone and different thicknesses of an alumina dielectric plate on the surface of which the discharge develops are inspected. Common features of the prebreakdown discharge and its specific features depending on the voltage polarity and gas pressure are analyzed. It is shown that, at voltages below the threshold for spark breakdown, a low-current glow discharge with cathode and anode spots develops in the electrode gap. Above the breakdown threshold, regardless of the voltage polarity, spark channels directed from the cathode to the anode develop against the background of a low-current discharge.

  20. Ultrahigh Error Threshold for Surface Codes with Biased Noise

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tuckett, David K.; Bartlett, Stephen D.; Flammia, Steven T.

    2018-02-01

    We show that a simple modification of the surface code can exhibit an enormous gain in the error correction threshold for a noise model in which Pauli Z errors occur more frequently than X or Y errors. Such biased noise, where dephasing dominates, is ubiquitous in many quantum architectures. In the limit of pure dephasing noise we find a threshold of 43.7(1)% using a tensor network decoder proposed by Bravyi, Suchara, and Vargo. The threshold remains surprisingly large in the regime of realistic noise bias ratios, for example 28.2(2)% at a bias of 10. The performance is, in fact, at or near the hashing bound for all values of the bias. The modified surface code still uses only weight-4 stabilizers on a square lattice, but merely requires measuring products of Y instead of Z around the faces, as this doubles the number of useful syndrome bits associated with the dominant Z errors. Our results demonstrate that large efficiency gains can be found by appropriately tailoring codes and decoders to realistic noise models, even under the locality constraints of topological codes.

  1. A comparison of the performance of threshold criteria for binary classification in terms of predicted prevalence and Kappa

    Treesearch

    Elizabeth A. Freeman; Gretchen G. Moisen

    2008-01-01

    Modelling techniques used in binary classification problems often result in a predicted probability surface, which is then translated into a presence - absence classification map. However, this translation requires a (possibly subjective) choice of threshold above which the variable of interest is predicted to be present. The selection of this threshold value can have...

  2. Effects of programming threshold and maplaw settings on acoustic thresholds and speech discrimination with the MED-EL COMBI 40+ cochlear implant.

    PubMed

    Boyd, Paul J

    2006-12-01

    explanation as to why PT has little effect when using the default maplaw of c = 500. Subjective reports of background threshold stimulation showed that most users could perceive a relatively loud auditory percept, in the absence of microphone input, when PT was set to double the behaviorally measured electrical thresholds ([theta]e), but that this produced little intrusion when microphone input was present. The results of these investigations have direct clinical relevance, showing that setting of PT is indeed relatively unimportant in terms of speech discrimination, but that it is worth ensuring that PT is not set excessively high, as this can produce distracting background stimulation. Indeed, it may even be set to minimum values without deleterious effect.

  3. A Search for Pulsations From Geminga Above 100 GeV With Veritas

    DOE PAGES

    Aliu, E.; Archambault, S.; Archer, A.; ...

    2015-02-09

    Here, we present the results of 71.6 hr of observations of the Geminga pulsar (PSR J0633+1746) with the VERITAS very-high-energy gamma-ray telescope array. Data taken with VERITAS between 2007 November and 2013 February were phase-folded using a Geminga pulsar timing solution derived from data recorded by the XMM- Newton and Fermi-LAT space telescopes. No significant pulsed emission above 100 GeV is observed, and we report upper limits at the 95% confidence level on the integral flux above 135 GeV (spectral analysis threshold) of 4.0 × 10 -13 s -1 cm -2 and 1.7 × 10 -13 s -1 cm -2more » for the two principal peaks in the emission profile. These upper limits, placed in context with phase-resolved spectral energy distributions determined from 5 yr of data from the Fermi-Large Area Telescope (LAT), constrain possible hardening of the Geminga pulsar emission spectra above ~50 GeV.« less

  4. Thresholds for Coral Bleaching: Are Synergistic Factors and Shifting Thresholds Changing the Landscape for Management? (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eakin, C.; Donner, S. D.; Logan, C. A.; Gledhill, D. K.; Liu, G.; Heron, S. F.; Christensen, T.; Rauenzahn, J.; Morgan, J.; Parker, B. A.; Hoegh-Guldberg, O.; Skirving, W. J.; Strong, A. E.

    2010-12-01

    As carbon dioxide rises in the atmosphere, climate change and ocean acidification are modifying important physical and chemical parameters in the oceans with resulting impacts on coral reef ecosystems. Rising CO2 is warming the world’s oceans and causing corals to bleach, with both alarming frequency and severity. The frequent return of stressful temperatures has already resulted in major damage to many of the world’s coral reefs and is expected to continue in the foreseeable future. Warmer oceans also have contributed to a rise in coral infectious diseases. Both bleaching and infectious disease can result in coral mortality and threaten one of the most diverse ecosystems on Earth and the important ecosystem services they provide. Additionally, ocean acidification from rising CO2 is reducing the availability of carbonate ions needed by corals to build their skeletons and perhaps depressing the threshold for bleaching. While thresholds vary among species and locations, it is clear that corals around the world are already experiencing anomalous temperatures that are too high, too often, and that warming is exceeding the rate at which corals can adapt. This is despite a complex adaptive capacity that involves both the coral host and the zooxanthellae, including changes in the relative abundance of the latter in their coral hosts. The safe upper limit for atmospheric CO2 is probably somewhere below 350ppm, a level we passed decades ago, and for temperature is a sustained global temperature increase of less than 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. How much can corals acclimate and/or adapt to the unprecedented fast changing environmental conditions? Any change in the threshold for coral bleaching as the result of acclimation and/or adaption may help corals to survive in the future but adaptation to one stress may be maladaptive to another. There also is evidence that ocean acidification and nutrient enrichment modify this threshold. What do shifting thresholds mean

  5. The double-edged effects of annealing MgO underlayers on the efficient synthesis of single-wall carbon nanotube forests.

    PubMed

    Tsuji, Takashi; Hata, Kenji; Futaba, Don N; Sakurai, Shunsuke

    2017-11-16

    Recently, the millimetre-scale, highly efficient synthesis of single-wall carbon nanotube (SWCNT) forests from Fe catalysts has been reported through the annealing of the magnesia (MgO) underlayer. Here, we report the double-edged effects of underlayer annealing on the efficiency and structure of the SWCNT forest synthesis through a temperature-dependent examination. Our results showed that the efficiency of the SWCNT forests sharply increased with increased underlayer annealing temperatures from 600 °C up to 900 °C due to a temperature-dependent structural modification, characterized by increased grain size and reduced defects, of the MgO underlayer. Beyond this temperature, the SWCNT fraction also decreased as a result of further structural modification of the MgO underlayer. This exemplifies the double-edged effects of annealing. Specifically, for underlayer annealing below 600 °C, the catalyst subsurface diffusion was found to limit the growth efficiency, and for excessively high underlayer annealing temperatures (>900 °C), catalyst coalescence/ripening led to the formation of double-wall carbon nanotubes. As a result, three distinct regions of synthesis were observed: (i) a "low yield" region below a threshold temperature (∼600 °C); (ii) an "increased yield" region from 600 to 900 °C, and (iii) a "saturation" region above 900 °C. The efficient SWCNT forest synthesis could only occur within a specific annealing temperature window as a result of this double-edged effects of underlayer annealing.

  6. Rational use of Xpert testing in patients with presumptive TB: clinicians should be encouraged to use the test-treat threshold.

    PubMed

    Decroo, Tom; Henríquez-Trujillo, Aquiles R; De Weggheleire, Anja; Lynen, Lutgarde

    2017-10-11

    A recently published Ugandan study on tuberculosis (TB) diagnosis in HIV-positive patients with presumptive smear-negative TB, which showed that out of 90 patients who started TB treatment, 20% (18/90) had a positive Xpert MTB/RIF (Xpert) test, 24% (22/90) had a negative Xpert test, and 56% (50/90) were started without Xpert testing. Although Xpert testing was available, clinicians did not use it systematically. Here we aim to show more objectively the process of clinical decision-making. First, we estimated that pre-test probability of TB, or the prevalence of TB in smear-negative HIV infected patients with signs of presumptive TB in Uganda, was 17%. Second, we argue that the treatment threshold, the probability of disease at which the utility of treating and not treating is the same, and above which treatment should be started, should be determined. In Uganda, the treatment threshold was not yet formally established. In Rwanda, the calculated treatment threshold was 12%. Hence, one could argue that the threshold was reached without even considering additional tests. Still, Xpert testing can be useful when the probability of disease is above the treatment threshold, but only when a negative Xpert result can lower the probability of disease enough to cross the treatment threshold. This occurs when the pre-test probability is lower than the test-treat threshold, the probability of disease at which the utility of testing and the utility of treating without testing is the same. We estimated that the test-treatment threshold was 28%. Finally, to show the effect of the presence or absence of arguments on the probability of TB, we use confirming and excluding power, and a log10 odds scale to combine arguments. If the pre-test probability is above the test-treat threshold, empirical treatment is justified, because even a negative Xpert will not lower the post-test probability below the treatment threshold. However, Xpert testing for the diagnosis of TB should be performed

  7. The Physics of Protoplanetesimal Dust Agglomerates. V. Multiple Impacts of Dusty Agglomerates at Velocities Above the Fragmentation Threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kothe, Stefan; Güttler, Carsten; Blum, Jürgen

    2010-12-01

    In recent years, a number of new experiments have advanced our knowledge on the early growth phases of protoplanetary dust aggregates. Some of these experiments have shown that collisions between porous and compacted agglomerates at velocities above the fragmentation threshold velocity can lead to growth of the compact body, when the porous collision partner fragments upon impact and transfers mass to the compact agglomerate. To obtain a deeper understanding of this potentially important growth process, we performed laboratory and drop tower experiments to study multiple impacts of small, highly porous dust-aggregate projectiles onto sintered dust targets. The projectile and target consisted of 1.5 μm monodisperse, spherical SiO2 monomers with volume filling factors of 0.15 ± 0.01 and 0.45 ± 0.05, respectively. The fragile projectiles were accelerated by a solenoid magnet and combined with a projectile magazine with which 25 impacts onto the same spot on the target could be performed in vacuum. We measured the mass-accretion efficiency and the volume filling factor for different impact velocities between 1.5 and 6.0 m s^{-1}. The experiments at the lowest impact speeds were performed in the Bremen drop tower under microgravity conditions to allow partial mass transfer also for the lowest adhesion case. Within this velocity range, we found a linear increase of the accretion efficiency with increasing velocity. In the laboratory experiments, the accretion efficiency increases from 0.12 to 0.21 in units of the projectile mass. The recorded images of the impacts showed that the mass transfer from the projectile to the target leads to the growth of a conical structure on the target after less than 100 impacts. From the images, we also measured the volume filling factors of the grown structures, which ranged from 0.15 (uncompacted) to 0.40 (significantly compacted) with increasing impact speed. The velocity dependency of the mass-transfer efficiency and the packing

  8. A Dynamical Threshold for Cardiac Delayed Afterdepolarization-Mediated Triggered Activity.

    PubMed

    Liu, Michael B; Ko, Christopher Y; Song, Zhen; Garfinkel, Alan; Weiss, James N; Qu, Zhilin

    2016-12-06

    Ventricular myocytes are excitable cells whose voltage threshold for action potential (AP) excitation is ∼-60 mV at which I Na is activated to give rise to a fast upstroke. Therefore, for a short stimulus pulse to elicit an AP, a stronger stimulus is needed if the resting potential lies further away from the I Na threshold, such as in hypokalemia. However, for an AP elicited by a long duration stimulus or a diastolic spontaneous calcium release, we observed that the stimulus needed was lower in hypokalemia than in normokalemia in both computer simulations and experiments of rabbit ventricular myocytes. This observation provides insight into why hypokalemia promotes calcium-mediated triggered activity, despite the resting potential lying further away from the I Na threshold. To understand the underlying mechanisms, we performed bifurcation analyses and demonstrated that there is a dynamical threshold, resulting from a saddle-node bifurcation mainly determined by I K1 and I NCX . This threshold is close to the voltage at which I K1 is maximum, and lower than the I Na threshold. After exceeding this dynamical threshold, the membrane voltage will automatically depolarize above the I Na threshold due to the large negative slope of the I K1 -V curve. This dynamical threshold becomes much lower in hypokalemia, especially with respect to calcium, as predicted by our theory. Because of the saddle-node bifurcation, the system can automatically depolarize even in the absence of I Na to voltages higher than the I Ca,L threshold, allowing for triggered APs in single myocytes with complete I Na block. However, because I Na is important for AP propagation in tissue, blocking I Na can still suppress premature ventricular excitations in cardiac tissue caused by calcium-mediated triggered activity. This suppression is more effective in normokalemia than in hypokalemia due to the difference in dynamical thresholds. Copyright © 2016 Biophysical Society. Published by Elsevier Inc

  9. Light Diffraction by Large Amplitude Ultrasonic Waves in Liquids

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Adler, Laszlo; Cantrell, John H.; Yost, William T.

    2016-01-01

    Light diffraction from ultrasound, which can be used to investigate nonlinear acoustic phenomena in liquids, is reported for wave amplitudes larger than that typically reported in the literature. Large amplitude waves result in waveform distortion due to the nonlinearity of the medium that generates harmonics and produces asymmetries in the light diffraction pattern. For standing waves with amplitudes above a threshold value, subharmonics are generated in addition to the harmonics and produce additional diffraction orders of the incident light. With increasing drive amplitude above the threshold a cascade of period-doubling subharmonics are generated, terminating in a region characterized by a random, incoherent (chaotic) diffraction pattern. To explain the experimental results a toy model is introduced, which is derived from traveling wave solutions of the nonlinear wave equation corresponding to the fundamental and second harmonic standing waves. The toy model reduces the nonlinear partial differential equation to a mathematically more tractable nonlinear ordinary differential equation. The model predicts the experimentally observed cascade of period-doubling subharmonics terminating in chaos that occurs with increasing drive amplitudes above the threshold value. The calculated threshold amplitude is consistent with the value estimated from the experimental data.

  10. Effects of moisture content on wind erosion thresholds of biochar

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Silva, F. C.; Borrego, C.; Keizer, J. J.; Amorim, J. H.; Verheijen, F. G. A.

    2015-12-01

    Biochar, i.e. pyrolysed biomass, as a soil conditioner is gaining increasing attention in research and industry, with guidelines and certifications being developed for biochar production, storage and handling, as well as for application to soils. Adding water to biochar aims to reduce its susceptibility to become air-borne during and after the application to soils, thereby preventing, amongst others, human health issues from inhalation. The Bagnold model has previously been modified to explain the threshold friction velocity of coal particles at different moisture contents, by adding an adhesive effect. However, it is unknown if this model also works for biochar particles. We measured the threshold friction velocities of a range of biochar particles (woody feedstock) under a range of moisture contents by using a wind tunnel, and tested the performance of the modified Bagnold model. Results showed that the threshold friction velocity can be significantly increased by keeping the gravimetric moisture content at or above 15% to promote adhesive effects between the small particles. For the specific biochar of this study, the modified Bagnold model accurately estimated threshold friction velocities of biochar particles up to moisture contents of 10%.

  11. Regional rainfall thresholds for landslide occurrence using a centenary database

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaz, Teresa; Luís Zêzere, José; Pereira, Susana; Cruz Oliveira, Sérgio; Quaresma, Ivânia

    2017-04-01

    considered as the critical rainfall combination responsible for triggering the landslide event. Only events whose critical rainfall combinations have a return period above 3 years were included. This criterion reduces the likelihood of been included events whose triggering factor was other than rainfall. The rainfall quantity-duration threshold for the Lisbon region was firstly defined using the linear and potential regression. Considering that this threshold allow the existence of false negatives (i.e. events below the threshold) it was also identified the lower limit and upper limit rainfall thresholds. These limits were defined empirically by establishing the quantity-durations combinations bellow which no landslides were recorded (lower limit) and the quantity-durations combinations above which only landslides were recorded without any false positive occurrence (upper limit). The zone between the lower limit and upper limit rainfall thresholds was analysed using a probabilistic approach, defining the uncertainties of each rainfall critical conditions in the triggering of landslides. Finally, the performances of the thresholds obtained in this study were assessed using ROC metrics. This work was supported by the project FORLAND - Hydrogeomorphologic risk in Portugal: driving forces and application for land use planning [grant number PTDC/ATPGEO/1660/2014] funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (FCT), Portugal. Sérgio Cruz Oliveira is a post-doc fellow of the FCT [grant number SFRH/BPD/85827/2012].

  12. THRESHOLD LOGIC.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    synthesis procedures; a ’best’ method is definitely established. (2) ’Symmetry Types for Threshold Logic’ is a tutorial expositon including a careful...development of the Goto-Takahasi self-dual type ideas. (3) ’Best Threshold Gate Decisions’ reports a comparison, on the 2470 7-argument threshold ...interpretation is shown best. (4) ’ Threshold Gate Networks’ reviews the previously discussed 2-algorithm in geometric terms, describes our FORTRAN

  13. Study on the threshold of a stochastic SIR epidemic model and its extensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Dianli

    2016-09-01

    This paper provides a simple but effective method for estimating the threshold of a class of the stochastic epidemic models by use of the nonnegative semimartingale convergence theorem. Firstly, the threshold R0SIR is obtained for the stochastic SIR model with a saturated incidence rate, whose value is below 1 or above 1 will completely determine the disease to go extinct or prevail for any size of the white noise. Besides, when R0SIR > 1 , the system is proved to be convergent in time mean. Then, the threshold of the stochastic SIVS models with or without saturated incidence rate are also established by the same method. Comparing with the previously-known literatures, the related results are improved, and the method is simpler than before.

  14. Catch bonds govern adhesion through L-selectin at threshold shear.

    PubMed

    Yago, Tadayuki; Wu, Jianhua; Wey, C Diana; Klopocki, Arkadiusz G; Zhu, Cheng; McEver, Rodger P

    2004-09-13

    Flow-enhanced cell adhesion is an unexplained phenomenon that might result from a transport-dependent increase in on-rates or a force-dependent decrease in off-rates of adhesive bonds. L-selectin requires a threshold shear to support leukocyte rolling on P-selectin glycoprotein ligand-1 (PSGL-1) and other vascular ligands. Low forces decrease L-selectin-PSGL-1 off-rates (catch bonds), whereas higher forces increase off-rates (slip bonds). We determined that a force-dependent decrease in off-rates dictated flow-enhanced rolling of L-selectin-bearing microspheres or neutrophils on PSGL-1. Catch bonds enabled increasing force to convert short-lived tethers into longer-lived tethers, which decreased rolling velocities and increased the regularity of rolling steps as shear rose from the threshold to an optimal value. As shear increased above the optimum, transitions to slip bonds shortened tether lifetimes, which increased rolling velocities and decreased rolling regularity. Thus, force-dependent alterations of bond lifetimes govern L-selectin-dependent cell adhesion below and above the shear optimum. These findings establish the first biological function for catch bonds as a mechanism for flow-enhanced cell adhesion.

  15. Proposing an Empirically Justified Reference Threshold for Blood Culture Sampling Rates in Intensive Care Units

    PubMed Central

    Castell, Stefanie; Schwab, Frank; Geffers, Christine; Bongartz, Hannah; Brunkhorst, Frank M.; Gastmeier, Petra; Mikolajczyk, Rafael T.

    2014-01-01

    Early and appropriate blood culture sampling is recommended as a standard of care for patients with suspected bloodstream infections (BSI) but is rarely taken into account when quality indicators for BSI are evaluated. To date, sampling of about 100 to 200 blood culture sets per 1,000 patient-days is recommended as the target range for blood culture rates. However, the empirical basis of this recommendation is not clear. The aim of the current study was to analyze the association between blood culture rates and observed BSI rates and to derive a reference threshold for blood culture rates in intensive care units (ICUs). This study is based on data from 223 ICUs taking part in the German hospital infection surveillance system. We applied locally weighted regression and segmented Poisson regression to assess the association between blood culture rates and BSI rates. Below 80 to 90 blood culture sets per 1,000 patient-days, observed BSI rates increased with increasing blood culture rates, while there was no further increase above this threshold. Segmented Poisson regression located the threshold at 87 (95% confidence interval, 54 to 120) blood culture sets per 1,000 patient-days. Only one-third of the investigated ICUs displayed blood culture rates above this threshold. We provided empirical justification for a blood culture target threshold in ICUs. In the majority of the studied ICUs, blood culture sampling rates were below this threshold. This suggests that a substantial fraction of BSI cases might remain undetected; reporting observed BSI rates as a quality indicator without sufficiently high blood culture rates might be misleading. PMID:25520442

  16. A low-threshold, high-efficiency microfluidic waveguide laser.

    PubMed

    Vezenov, Dmitri V; Mayers, Brian T; Conroy, Richard S; Whitesides, George M; Snee, Preston T; Chan, Yinthai; Nocera, Daniel G; Bawendi, Moungi G

    2005-06-29

    This communication describes a long (1 cm), laser-pumped, liquid core-liquid cladding (L2) waveguide laser. This device provides a simple, high intensity, tunable light source for microfludic applications. Using a core solution of 2 mM rhodamine 640 perchlorate, optically pumped by a frequency-doubled Nd:YAG laser, we found that the threshold for lasing was as low as 22 muJ (16-ns pulse length) and had a slope efficiency up to 20%. The output wavelength was tunable over a 20-nm range by changing the ratio of solvent components (dimethyl sulfoxide and methanol) in the liquid core.

  17. Defect Detection of Steel Surfaces with Global Adaptive Percentile Thresholding of Gradient Image

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Neogi, Nirbhar; Mohanta, Dusmanta K.; Dutta, Pranab K.

    2017-12-01

    Steel strips are used extensively for white goods, auto bodies and other purposes where surface defects are not acceptable. On-line surface inspection systems can effectively detect and classify defects and help in taking corrective actions. For detection of defects use of gradients is very popular in highlighting and subsequently segmenting areas of interest in a surface inspection system. Most of the time, segmentation by a fixed value threshold leads to unsatisfactory results. As defects can be both very small and large in size, segmentation of a gradient image based on percentile thresholding can lead to inadequate or excessive segmentation of defective regions. A global adaptive percentile thresholding of gradient image has been formulated for blister defect and water-deposit (a pseudo defect) in steel strips. The developed method adaptively changes the percentile value used for thresholding depending on the number of pixels above some specific values of gray level of the gradient image. The method is able to segment defective regions selectively preserving the characteristics of defects irrespective of the size of the defects. The developed method performs better than Otsu method of thresholding and an adaptive thresholding method based on local properties.

  18. Synoptic Formation of Double Tropopauses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Chengji; Barnes, Elizabeth

    2018-01-01

    Double tropopauses are ubiquitous in the midlatitude winter hemisphere and represent the vertical stacking of two stable tropopause layers separated by a less stable layer. By analyzing COSMIC GPS data, reanalysis, and eddy life cycle simulations, we demonstrate that they often occur during Rossby wave breaking and act to increase the stratosphere-to-troposphere exchange of mass. We further investigate the adiabatic formation of double tropopauses and propose two mechanisms by which they can occur. The first mechanism operates at the tropopause break in the subtropics where the higher tropical tropopause sits on one side of the break and the lower extratropical tropopause sits on the other. The double tropopauses are then formed by differential meridional advection of the higher and lower tropopauses on the two sides of the tropopause break. We show that anticyclonic wave breaking can form double tropopauses mainly by providing stronger poleward advection of the higher tropopause in its poleward lobe. Cyclonic wave breaking mainly forms double tropopauses by providing stronger equatorward advection of the lower tropopause in its equatorward lobe. We demonstrate in the COSMIC GPS data and reanalysis that about half of the double tropopauses in the Northern Hemisphere winter can be directly attributed to such differential advection. For the second mechanism, adiabatic destabilization of the air above the tropopause contributes to the formation of a double tropopause. In this case, a tropopause inversion layer is necessary for this destabilization to result in a double tropopause.

  19. Damage threshold from large retinal spot size repetitive-pulse laser exposures.

    PubMed

    Lund, Brian J; Lund, David J; Edsall, Peter R

    2014-10-01

    The retinal damage thresholds for large spot size, multiple-pulse exposures to a Q-switched, frequency doubled Nd:YAG laser (532 nm wavelength, 7 ns pulses) have been measured for 100 μm and 500 μm retinal irradiance diameters. The ED50, expressed as energy per pulse, varies only weakly with the number of pulses, n, for these extended spot sizes. The previously reported threshold for a multiple-pulse exposure for a 900 μm retinal spot size also shows the same weak dependence on the number of pulses. The multiple-pulse ED50 for an extended spot-size exposure does not follow the n dependence exhibited by small spot size exposures produced by a collimated beam. Curves derived by using probability-summation models provide a better fit to the data.

  20. Shifting Thresholds: Rapid Evolution of Migratory Life Histories in Steelhead/Rainbow Trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss.

    PubMed

    Phillis, Corey C; Moore, Jonathan W; Buoro, Mathieu; Hayes, Sean A; Garza, John Carlos; Pearse, Devon E

    2016-01-01

    Expression of phenotypic plasticity depends on reaction norms adapted to historic selective regimes; anthropogenic changes in these selection regimes necessitate contemporary evolution or declines in productivity and possibly extinction. Adaptation of conditional strategies following a change in the selection regime requires evolution of either the environmentally influenced cue (e.g., size-at-age) or the state (e.g., size threshold) at which an individual switches between alternative tactics. Using a population of steelhead (Oncorhynchus mykiss) introduced above a barrier waterfall in 1910, we evaluate how the conditional strategy to migrate evolves in response to selection against migration. We created 9 families and 917 offspring from 14 parents collected from the above- and below-barrier populations. After 1 year of common garden-rearing above-barrier offspring were 11% smaller and 32% lighter than below-barrier offspring. Using a novel analytical approach, we estimate that the mean size at which above-barrier fish switch between the resident and migrant tactic is 43% larger than below-barrier fish. As a result, above-barrier fish were 26% less likely to express the migratory tactic. Our results demonstrate how rapid and opposing changes in size-at-age and threshold size contribute to the contemporary evolution of a conditional strategy and indicate that migratory barriers may elicit rapid evolution toward the resident life history on timescales relevant for conservation and management of conditionally migratory species. © The American Genetic Association. 2015. All rights reserved. For permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  1. Threshold quantum cryptography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tokunaga, Yuuki; Okamoto, Tatsuaki; Imoto, Nobuyuki

    2005-01-01

    We present the concept of threshold collaborative unitary transformation or threshold quantum cryptography, which is a kind of quantum version of threshold cryptography. Threshold quantum cryptography states that classical shared secrets are distributed to several parties and a subset of them, whose number is greater than a threshold, collaborates to compute a quantum cryptographic function, while keeping each share secretly inside each party. The shared secrets are reusable if no cheating is detected. As a concrete example of this concept, we show a distributed protocol (with threshold) of conjugate coding.

  2. Double Mine Building (N) wall showing clerestory slot windows opening ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Double Mine Building (N) wall showing clerestory slot windows opening above level of main roof. Note structure is built on poured concrete foundation partly buried in hillside; view in southeast - Fort McKinley, Double Mine Building, East side of East Side Drive, approximately 125 feet south of Weymouth Way, Great Diamond Island, Portland, Cumberland County, ME

  3. Isolating the effect of pore size distribution on electrochemical double-layer capacitance using activated fluid coke

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zuliani, Jocelyn E.; Tong, Shitang; Kirk, Donald W.; Jia, Charles Q.

    2015-12-01

    Electrochemical double-layer capacitors (EDLCs) use physical ion adsorption in the capacitive electrical double layer of high specific surface area (SSA) materials to store electrical energy. Previous work shows that the SSA-normalized capacitance increases when pore diameters are less than 1 nm. However, there still remains uncertainty about the charge storage mechanism since the enhanced SSA-normalized capacitance is not observed in all microporous materials. In previous studies, the total specific surface area and the chemical composition of the electrode materials were not controlled. The current work is the first reported study that systematically compares the performance of activated carbon prepared from the same raw material, with similar chemical composition and specific surface area, but different pore size distributions. Preparing samples with similar SSAs, but different pores sizes is not straightforward since increasing pore diameters results in decreasing the SSA. This study observes that the microporous activated carbon has a higher SSA-normalized capacitance, 14.1 μF cm-2, compared to the mesoporous material, 12.4 μF cm-2. However, this enhanced SSA-normalized capacitance is only observed above a threshold operating voltage. Therefore, it can be concluded that a minimum applied voltage is required to induce ion adsorption in these sub-nanometer micropores, which increases the capacitance.

  4. A Three-Threshold Learning Rule Approaches the Maximal Capacity of Recurrent Neural Networks

    PubMed Central

    Alemi, Alireza; Baldassi, Carlo; Brunel, Nicolas; Zecchina, Riccardo

    2015-01-01

    Understanding the theoretical foundations of how memories are encoded and retrieved in neural populations is a central challenge in neuroscience. A popular theoretical scenario for modeling memory function is the attractor neural network scenario, whose prototype is the Hopfield model. The model simplicity and the locality of the synaptic update rules come at the cost of a poor storage capacity, compared with the capacity achieved with perceptron learning algorithms. Here, by transforming the perceptron learning rule, we present an online learning rule for a recurrent neural network that achieves near-maximal storage capacity without an explicit supervisory error signal, relying only upon locally accessible information. The fully-connected network consists of excitatory binary neurons with plastic recurrent connections and non-plastic inhibitory feedback stabilizing the network dynamics; the memory patterns to be memorized are presented online as strong afferent currents, producing a bimodal distribution for the neuron synaptic inputs. Synapses corresponding to active inputs are modified as a function of the value of the local fields with respect to three thresholds. Above the highest threshold, and below the lowest threshold, no plasticity occurs. In between these two thresholds, potentiation/depression occurs when the local field is above/below an intermediate threshold. We simulated and analyzed a network of binary neurons implementing this rule and measured its storage capacity for different sizes of the basins of attraction. The storage capacity obtained through numerical simulations is shown to be close to the value predicted by analytical calculations. We also measured the dependence of capacity on the strength of external inputs. Finally, we quantified the statistics of the resulting synaptic connectivity matrix, and found that both the fraction of zero weight synapses and the degree of symmetry of the weight matrix increase with the number of stored

  5. A Three-Threshold Learning Rule Approaches the Maximal Capacity of Recurrent Neural Networks.

    PubMed

    Alemi, Alireza; Baldassi, Carlo; Brunel, Nicolas; Zecchina, Riccardo

    2015-08-01

    Understanding the theoretical foundations of how memories are encoded and retrieved in neural populations is a central challenge in neuroscience. A popular theoretical scenario for modeling memory function is the attractor neural network scenario, whose prototype is the Hopfield model. The model simplicity and the locality of the synaptic update rules come at the cost of a poor storage capacity, compared with the capacity achieved with perceptron learning algorithms. Here, by transforming the perceptron learning rule, we present an online learning rule for a recurrent neural network that achieves near-maximal storage capacity without an explicit supervisory error signal, relying only upon locally accessible information. The fully-connected network consists of excitatory binary neurons with plastic recurrent connections and non-plastic inhibitory feedback stabilizing the network dynamics; the memory patterns to be memorized are presented online as strong afferent currents, producing a bimodal distribution for the neuron synaptic inputs. Synapses corresponding to active inputs are modified as a function of the value of the local fields with respect to three thresholds. Above the highest threshold, and below the lowest threshold, no plasticity occurs. In between these two thresholds, potentiation/depression occurs when the local field is above/below an intermediate threshold. We simulated and analyzed a network of binary neurons implementing this rule and measured its storage capacity for different sizes of the basins of attraction. The storage capacity obtained through numerical simulations is shown to be close to the value predicted by analytical calculations. We also measured the dependence of capacity on the strength of external inputs. Finally, we quantified the statistics of the resulting synaptic connectivity matrix, and found that both the fraction of zero weight synapses and the degree of symmetry of the weight matrix increase with the number of stored

  6. A SEARCH FOR PULSATIONS FROM GEMINGA ABOVE 100 GeV WITH VERITAS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Aliu, E.; Archambault, S.; Archer, A.

    2015-02-10

    We present the results of 71.6 hr of observations of the Geminga pulsar (PSR J0633+1746) with the VERITAS very-high-energy gamma-ray telescope array. Data taken with VERITAS between 2007 November and 2013 February were phase-folded using a Geminga pulsar timing solution derived from data recorded by the XMM- Newton and Fermi-LAT space telescopes. No significant pulsed emission above 100 GeV is observed, and we report upper limits at the 95% confidence level on the integral flux above 135 GeV (spectral analysis threshold) of 4.0 × 10{sup –13} s{sup –1} cm{sup –2} and 1.7 × 10{sup –13} s{sup –1} cm{sup –2} for the two principal peaksmore » in the emission profile. These upper limits, placed in context with phase-resolved spectral energy distributions determined from 5 yr of data from the Fermi-Large Area Telescope (LAT), constrain possible hardening of the Geminga pulsar emission spectra above ∼50 GeV.« less

  7. Infiltration Processes and Flow Velocities Across the Landscape: When and Where is Macropore Flow Relevant?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Demand, D.; Blume, T.; Weiler, M.

    2017-12-01

    Preferential flow in macropores significantly affects the distributions of water and solutes in soil and many studies showed its relevance worldwide. Although some models include this process as a second pore domain, little is known about the spatial patterns and temporal dynamics. For example, while flow in the matrix is usually modeled and parameterized based on soil texture, an influence of texture on non-capillary flow for a given land-use class is poorly understood. To investigate the temporal and spatial dynamics on preferential flow we used a four-year soil moisture dataset from the mesoscale Attert catchment (288 km²) in Luxembourg. This dataset contains time series from 126 soil profiles in different textures and two land-use classes (forest, grassland). The soil moisture probes were installed in 10, 30 and 50 cm depth and measured in a 5-minute temporal resolution. Events were defined by a soil moisture increase higher than the instrument noise after a precipitation sum of more than 1 mm. Precipitation was measured next to the profiles so that each location could be associated to its unique precipitation characteristics. For every event and profile the soil moisture reaction was classified in sequential (ordered by depth) and non-sequential response. A non-sequential soil moisture reaction was used as an indicator of preferential flow. For sequential flow, the velocity was determined by the first reaction between two vertically adjacent sensors. The sensor reaction and wetting front velocity was analyzed in the context of precipitation characteristics and initial soil water content. Grassland sites showed a lower proportion of non-sequential flow than forest sites. For forest, non-sequential response is dependent on texture, rainfall intensity and initial water content. This is less distinct for the grassland sites. Furthermore, sequential reactions show higher flow velocities at sites, which also have high percentage of non-sequential response. In

  8. Optimal control of population recovery--the role of economic restoration threshold.

    PubMed

    Lampert, Adam; Hastings, Alan

    2014-01-01

    A variety of ecological systems around the world have been damaged in recent years, either by natural factors such as invasive species, storms and global change or by direct human activities such as overfishing and water pollution. Restoration of these systems to provide ecosystem services entails significant economic benefits. Thus, choosing how and when to restore in an optimal fashion is important, but has not been well studied. Here we examine a general model where population growth can be induced or accelerated by investing in active restoration. We show that the most cost-effective method to restore an ecosystem dictates investment until the population approaches an 'economic restoration threshold', a density above which the ecosystem should be left to recover naturally. Therefore, determining this threshold is a key general approach for guiding efficient restoration management, and we demonstrate how to calculate this threshold for both deterministic and stochastic ecosystems. © 2013 John Wiley & Sons Ltd/CNRS.

  9. A Survey of Architectural Techniques for Near-Threshold Computing

    DOE PAGES

    Mittal, Sparsh

    2015-12-28

    Energy efficiency has now become the primary obstacle in scaling the performance of all classes of computing systems. In low-voltage computing and specifically, near-threshold voltage computing (NTC), which involves operating the transistor very close to and yet above its threshold voltage, holds the promise of providing many-fold improvement in energy efficiency. However, use of NTC also presents several challenges such as increased parametric variation, failure rate and performance loss etc. Our paper surveys several re- cent techniques which aim to offset these challenges for fully leveraging the potential of NTC. By classifying these techniques along several dimensions, we also highlightmore » their similarities and differences. Ultimately, we hope that this paper will provide insights into state-of-art NTC techniques to researchers and system-designers and inspire further research in this field.« less

  10. A Survey of Architectural Techniques for Near-Threshold Computing

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mittal, Sparsh

    Energy efficiency has now become the primary obstacle in scaling the performance of all classes of computing systems. In low-voltage computing and specifically, near-threshold voltage computing (NTC), which involves operating the transistor very close to and yet above its threshold voltage, holds the promise of providing many-fold improvement in energy efficiency. However, use of NTC also presents several challenges such as increased parametric variation, failure rate and performance loss etc. Our paper surveys several re- cent techniques which aim to offset these challenges for fully leveraging the potential of NTC. By classifying these techniques along several dimensions, we also highlightmore » their similarities and differences. Ultimately, we hope that this paper will provide insights into state-of-art NTC techniques to researchers and system-designers and inspire further research in this field.« less

  11. Validation and evaluation of epistemic uncertainty in rainfall thresholds for regional scale landslide forecasting

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gariano, Stefano Luigi; Brunetti, Maria Teresa; Iovine, Giulio; Melillo, Massimo; Peruccacci, Silvia; Terranova, Oreste Giuseppe; Vennari, Carmela; Guzzetti, Fausto

    2015-04-01

    Prediction of rainfall-induced landslides can rely on empirical rainfall thresholds. These are obtained from the analysis of past rainfall events that have (or have not) resulted in slope failures. Accurate prediction requires reliable thresholds, which need to be validated before their use in operational landslide warning systems. Despite the clear relevance of validation, only a few studies have addressed the problem, and have proposed and tested robust validation procedures. We propose a validation procedure that allows for the definition of optimal thresholds for early warning purposes. The validation is based on contingency table, skill scores, and receiver operating characteristic (ROC) analysis. To establish the optimal threshold, which maximizes the correct landslide predictions and minimizes the incorrect predictions, we propose an index that results from the linear combination of three weighted skill scores. Selection of the optimal threshold depends on the scope and the operational characteristics of the early warning system. The choice is made by selecting appropriately the weights, and by searching for the optimal (maximum) value of the index. We discuss weakness in the validation procedure caused by the inherent lack of information (epistemic uncertainty) on landslide occurrence typical of large study areas. When working at the regional scale, landslides may have occurred and may have not been reported. This results in biases and variations in the contingencies and the skill scores. We introduce two parameters to represent the unknown proportion of rainfall events (above and below the threshold) for which landslides occurred and went unreported. We show that even a very small underestimation in the number of landslides can result in a significant decrease in the performance of a threshold measured by the skill scores. We show that the variations in the skill scores are different for different uncertainty of events above or below the threshold. This

  12. Coastal sea level rise with warming above 2 °C

    PubMed Central

    Jevrejeva, Svetlana; Jackson, Luke P.; Riva, Riccardo E. M.; Grinsted, Aslak; Moore, John C.

    2016-01-01

    Two degrees of global warming above the preindustrial level is widely suggested as an appropriate threshold beyond which climate change risks become unacceptably high. This “2 °C” threshold is likely to be reached between 2040 and 2050 for both Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) 8.5 and 4.5. Resulting sea level rises will not be globally uniform, due to ocean dynamical processes and changes in gravity associated with water mass redistribution. Here we provide probabilistic sea level rise projections for the global coastline with warming above the 2 °C goal. By 2040, with a 2 °C warming under the RCP8.5 scenario, more than 90% of coastal areas will experience sea level rise exceeding the global estimate of 0.2 m, with up to 0.4 m expected along the Atlantic coast of North America and Norway. With a 5 °C rise by 2100, sea level will rise rapidly, reaching 0.9 m (median), and 80% of the coastline will exceed the global sea level rise at the 95th percentile upper limit of 1.8 m. Under RCP8.5, by 2100, New York may expect rises of 1.09 m, Guangzhou may expect rises of 0.91 m, and Lagos may expect rises of 0.90 m, with the 95th percentile upper limit of 2.24 m, 1.93 m, and 1.92 m, respectively. The coastal communities of rapidly expanding cities in the developing world, and vulnerable tropical coastal ecosystems, will have a very limited time after midcentury to adapt to sea level rises unprecedented since the dawn of the Bronze Age. PMID:27821743

  13. Coastal sea level rise with warming above 2 °C.

    PubMed

    Jevrejeva, Svetlana; Jackson, Luke P; Riva, Riccardo E M; Grinsted, Aslak; Moore, John C

    2016-11-22

    Two degrees of global warming above the preindustrial level is widely suggested as an appropriate threshold beyond which climate change risks become unacceptably high. This "2 °C" threshold is likely to be reached between 2040 and 2050 for both Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) 8.5 and 4.5. Resulting sea level rises will not be globally uniform, due to ocean dynamical processes and changes in gravity associated with water mass redistribution. Here we provide probabilistic sea level rise projections for the global coastline with warming above the 2 °C goal. By 2040, with a 2 °C warming under the RCP8.5 scenario, more than 90% of coastal areas will experience sea level rise exceeding the global estimate of 0.2 m, with up to 0.4 m expected along the Atlantic coast of North America and Norway. With a 5 °C rise by 2100, sea level will rise rapidly, reaching 0.9 m (median), and 80% of the coastline will exceed the global sea level rise at the 95th percentile upper limit of 1.8 m. Under RCP8.5, by 2100, New York may expect rises of 1.09 m, Guangzhou may expect rises of 0.91 m, and Lagos may expect rises of 0.90 m, with the 95th percentile upper limit of 2.24 m, 1.93 m, and 1.92 m, respectively. The coastal communities of rapidly expanding cities in the developing world, and vulnerable tropical coastal ecosystems, will have a very limited time after midcentury to adapt to sea level rises unprecedented since the dawn of the Bronze Age.

  14. Conditional punishment is a double-edged sword in promoting cooperation.

    PubMed

    Huang, Feng; Chen, Xiaojie; Wang, Long

    2018-01-11

    Punishment is widely recognized as an effective approach for averting from exploitation by free-riders in human society. However, punishment is costly, and thus rational individuals are unwilling to take the punishing action, resulting in the second-order free-rider problem. Recent experimental study evidences that individuals prefer conditional punishment, and their punishing decision depends on other members' punishing decisions. In this work, we thus propose a theoretical model for conditional punishment and investigate how such conditional punishment influences cooperation in the public goods game. Considering conditional punishers only take the punishing action when the number of unconditional punishers exceeds a threshold number, we demonstrate that such conditional punishment induces the effect of a double-edged sword on the evolution of cooperation both in well-mixed and structured populations. Specifically, when it is relatively easy for conditional punishers to engage in the punishment activity corresponding to a low threshold value, cooperation can be promoted in comparison with the case without conditional punishment. Whereas when it is relatively difficult for conditional punishers to engage in the punishment activity corresponding to a high threshold value, cooperation is inhibited in comparison with the case without conditional punishment. Moreover, we verify that such double-edged sword effect exists in a wide range of model parameters and can be still observed in other different punishment regimes.

  15. Refinement of a thermal threshold probe to prevent burns.

    PubMed

    Dixon, M J; Taylor, P M; Slingsby, L C; Murrell, J C

    2016-02-01

    Thermal threshold testing is commonly used for pain research. The stimulus may cause burning and merits prevention. Thermal probe modifications hypothesized to reduce burning were evaluated for practicality and effect. Studies were conducted on two humans and eight cats. Unmodified probe 0 was tested on two humans and promising modifications were also evaluated on cats. Probe 1 incorporated rapid cooling after threshold was reached: probe 1a used a Peltier system and probe 1b used water cooling. Probe 2 released skin contact immediately after threshold. Probe 3 (developed in the light of evidence of 'hot spots' in probe 0) incorporated reduced thermal mass and even heating across the skin contact area. Human skin was heated to 48℃ (6℃ above threshold) and the resulting burn was evaluated using area of injury and a simple descriptive scale (SDS). Probe 1a cooled the skin but required further heat dissipation, excessive power, was not 'fail-safe' and was inappropriate for animal mounting. Probe 1b caused less damage than no cooling (27 ± 13 and 38 ± 11 mm(2) respectively, P = 0.0266; median SDS 1.5 and 4 respectively, P = 0.0317) but was cumbersome. Probe 2 was unwieldy and was not evaluated further. Probe 3 produced even heating without blistering in humans. With probe 3 in cats, after opioid treatment, thermal threshold reached cut-out (55℃) on 24 occasions, exceeded 50℃ in a further 32 tests and exceeded 48℃ in the remainder. No skin damage was evident immediately after testing and mild hyperaemia in three cats at 2-3 days resolved rapidly. Probe 3 appeared to be suitable for thermal threshold testing. © The Author(s) 2015.

  16. Frequency modulation television analysis: Threshold impulse analysis. [with computer program

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hodge, W. H.

    1973-01-01

    A computer program is developed to calculate the FM threshold impulse rates as a function of the carrier-to-noise ratio for a specified FM system. The system parameters and a vector of 1024 integers, representing the probability density of the modulating voltage, are required as input parameters. The computer program is utilized to calculate threshold impulse rates for twenty-four sets of measured probability data supplied by NASA and for sinusoidal and Gaussian modulating waveforms. As a result of the analysis several conclusions are drawn: (1) The use of preemphasis in an FM television system improves the threshold by reducing the impulse rate. (2) Sinusoidal modulation produces a total impulse rate which is a practical upper bound for the impulse rates of TV signals providing the same peak deviations. (3) As the moment of the FM spectrum about the center frequency of the predetection filter increases, the impulse rate tends to increase. (4) A spectrum having an expected frequency above (below) the center frequency of the predetection filter produces a higher negative (positive) than positive (negative) impulse rate.

  17. Determination of prospective displacement-based gate threshold for respiratory-gated radiation delivery from retrospective phase-based gate threshold selected at 4D CT simulation.

    PubMed

    Vedam, S; Archambault, L; Starkschall, G; Mohan, R; Beddar, S

    2007-11-01

    Four-dimensional (4D) computed tomography (CT) imaging has found increasing importance in the localization of tumor and surrounding normal structures throughout the respiratory cycle. Based on such tumor motion information, it is possible to identify the appropriate phase interval for respiratory gated treatment planning and delivery. Such a gating phase interval is determined retrospectively based on tumor motion from internal tumor displacement. However, respiratory-gated treatment is delivered prospectively based on motion determined predominantly from an external monitor. Therefore, the simulation gate threshold determined from the retrospective phase interval selected for gating at 4D CT simulation may not correspond to the delivery gate threshold that is determined from the prospective external monitor displacement at treatment delivery. The purpose of the present work is to establish a relationship between the thresholds for respiratory gating determined at CT simulation and treatment delivery, respectively. One hundred fifty external respiratory motion traces, from 90 patients, with and without audio-visual biofeedback, are analyzed. Two respiratory phase intervals, 40%-60% and 30%-70%, are chosen for respiratory gating from the 4D CT-derived tumor motion trajectory. From residual tumor displacements within each such gating phase interval, a simulation gate threshold is defined based on (a) the average and (b) the maximum respiratory displacement within the phase interval. The duty cycle for prospective gated delivery is estimated from the proportion of external monitor displacement data points within both the selected phase interval and the simulation gate threshold. The delivery gate threshold is then determined iteratively to match the above determined duty cycle. The magnitude of the difference between such gate thresholds determined at simulation and treatment delivery is quantified in each case. Phantom motion tests yielded coincidence of simulation

  18. Quantitative Assessment of the Safety Benefits Associated with Increasing Clinical Peanut Thresholds Through Immunotherapy.

    PubMed

    Baumert, Joseph L; Taylor, Steve L; Koppelman, Stef J

    Peanut immunotherapy studies are conducted with the aim to decrease the sensitivity of patients to peanut exposure with the outcome evaluated by testing the threshold for allergic response in a double-blind placebo-controlled food challenge. The clinical relevance of increasing this threshold is not well characterized. We aimed to quantify the clinical benefit of an increased threshold for peanut-allergic patients. Quantitative risk assessment was performed by matching modeled exposure to peanut protein with individual threshold levels. Exposure was modeled by pairing US consumption data for various food product categories with potential contamination levels of peanut that have been demonstrated to be present on occasion in such food products. Cookies, ice cream, doughnuts/snack cakes, and snack chip mixes were considered in the risk assessment. Increasing the baseline threshold before immunotherapy from 100 mg or less peanut protein to 300 mg peanut protein postimmunotherapy reduces the risk of experiencing an allergic reaction by more than 95% for all 4 food product categories that may contain trace levels of peanut residue. Further increase in the threshold to 1000 mg of peanut protein had an additional quantitative benefit in risk reduction for all patients reacting to 300 mg or less at baseline. We conclude that achieving thresholds of 300 mg and 1000 mg of peanut protein by peanut immunotherapy is clinically relevant, and that the risk for peanut-allergic patients who have achieved this increased threshold to experience an allergic reaction is reduced in a clinically meaningful way. Copyright © 2017 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  19. Recollision induced excitation-ionization with counter-rotating two-color circularly polarized laser field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben, Shuai; Guo, Pei-Ying; Pan, Xue-Fei; Xu, Tong-Tong; Song, Kai-Li; Liu, Xue-Shen

    2017-07-01

    Nonsequential double ionization of Ar by a counter-rotating two-color circularly polarized laser field is theoretically investigated. At the combined intensity in the "knee" structure range, the double ionization occurs mainly through recollision induced excitation followed by subsequent ionization of Ar+∗ . By tracing the history of the recollision trajectories, we explain how the relative intensity ratio of the two colors controls the correlated electron dynamics and optimizes the ionization yields. The major channels contributing to enhancing the double ionization are through the elliptical trajectories with smaller travel time but not through the triangle shape or the other long cycle trajectories. Furthermore, the correlated electron dynamics could be limited to the attosecond time scale by adjusting the relative intensity ratio. Finally, the double ionization from doubly excited complex at low laser intensity is qualitatively discussed.

  20. A geographic analysis of population density thresholds in the influenza pandemic of 1918–19

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Background Geographic variables play an important role in the study of epidemics. The role of one such variable, population density, in the spread of influenza is controversial. Prior studies have tested for such a role using arbitrary thresholds for population density above or below which places are hypothesized to have higher or lower mortality. The results of such studies are mixed. The objective of this study is to estimate, rather than assume, a threshold level of population density that separates low-density regions from high-density regions on the basis of population loss during an influenza pandemic. We study the case of the influenza pandemic of 1918–19 in India, where over 15 million people died in the short span of less than one year. Methods Using data from six censuses for 199 districts of India (n=1194), the country with the largest number of deaths from the influenza of 1918–19, we use a sample-splitting method embedded within a population growth model that explicitly quantifies population loss from the pandemic to estimate a threshold level of population density that separates low-density districts from high-density districts. Results The results demonstrate a threshold level of population density of 175 people per square mile. A concurrent finding is that districts on the low side of the threshold experienced rates of population loss (3.72%) that were lower than districts on the high side of the threshold (4.69%). Conclusions This paper introduces a useful analytic tool to the health geographic literature. It illustrates an application of the tool to demonstrate that it can be useful for pandemic awareness and preparedness efforts. Specifically, it estimates a level of population density above which policies to socially distance, redistribute or quarantine populations are likely to be more effective than they are for areas with population densities that lie below the threshold. PMID:23425498

  1. Evolution of TUNEL-labeling in the rat lens after in vivo exposure to just above threshold dose UVB.

    PubMed

    Kronschläger, Martin; Yu, Zhaohua; Talebizadeh, Nooshin; Meyer, Linda M; Hallböök, Finn; Söderberg, Per G

    2013-08-01

    To quantitatively analyse the evolution of TUNEL-labeling, after in vivo exposure to UVB. Altogether, 16 Sprague Dawley rats were unilaterally exposed in vivo for 15 min to close to threshold dose, 5 kJ/m(2), of ultraviolet radiation in the 300 nm wavelength region. Animals were sacrificed in groups of 4 at 1, 5, 24 and 120 h after exposure. For each animal, both eye globes were removed and frozen. The frozen eye was cryo-sectioned in 10 µm thick midsagittal sections. From each globe, three midsagittal sections with at least five sections interval in between were mounted on a microscope slide. Sections were TUNEL-labeled and counter stained with DAPI. For quantification of apoptosis, a fluorescence microscope was used. In sections with a continuous epithelial cell surface, the number of lens epithelial cell nuclei and the number of TUNEL-positive epithelial cell nuclei was counted. The total number of TUNEL-positive epithelial cell nuclei for all three sections of one lens in relation to the total number of epithelial cell nuclei for all three sections of the same lens was compared between exposed and contralateral not exposed lens for each animal. The relative difference of the fraction of TUNEL-positive nuclei between exposed and contralateral not exposed lens increased gradually, peaked in the time interval 5-120 h after exposure, and then declined. Close to threshold dose of UVB induces TUNEL-labeling that peaks in the time window 5-120 h after exposure to UVB.

  2. Auditory enhancement of visual perception at threshold depends on visual abilities.

    PubMed

    Caclin, Anne; Bouchet, Patrick; Djoulah, Farida; Pirat, Elodie; Pernier, Jacques; Giard, Marie-Hélène

    2011-06-17

    Whether or not multisensory interactions can improve detection thresholds, and thus widen the range of perceptible events is a long-standing debate. Here we revisit this question, by testing the influence of auditory stimuli on visual detection threshold, in subjects exhibiting a wide range of visual-only performance. Above the perceptual threshold, crossmodal interactions have indeed been reported to depend on the subject's performance when the modalities are presented in isolation. We thus tested normal-seeing subjects and short-sighted subjects wearing their usual glasses. We used a paradigm limiting potential shortcomings of previous studies: we chose a criterion-free threshold measurement procedure and precluded exogenous cueing effects by systematically presenting a visual cue whenever a visual target (a faint Gabor patch) might occur. Using this carefully controlled procedure, we found that concurrent sounds only improved visual detection thresholds in the sub-group of subjects exhibiting the poorest performance in the visual-only conditions. In these subjects, for oblique orientations of the visual stimuli (but not for vertical or horizontal targets), the auditory improvement was still present when visual detection was already helped with flanking visual stimuli generating a collinear facilitation effect. These findings highlight that crossmodal interactions are most efficient to improve perceptual performance when an isolated modality is deficient. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Exposure of trees to drought-induced die-off is defined by a common climatic threshold across different vegetation types

    PubMed Central

    Mitchell, Patrick J; O'Grady, Anthony P; Hayes, Keith R; Pinkard, Elizabeth A

    2014-01-01

    Increases in drought and temperature stress in forest and woodland ecosystems are thought to be responsible for the rise in episodic mortality events observed globally. However, key climatic drivers common to mortality events and the impacts of future extreme droughts on tree survival have not been evaluated. Here, we characterize climatic drivers associated with documented tree die-off events across Australia using standardized climatic indices to represent the key dimensions of drought stress for a range of vegetation types. We identify a common probabilistic threshold associated with an increased risk of die-off across all the sites that we examined. We show that observed die-off events occur when water deficits and maximum temperatures are high and exist outside 98% of the observed range in drought intensity; this threshold was evident at all sites regardless of vegetation type and climate. The observed die-off events also coincided with at least one heat wave (three consecutive days above the 90th percentile for maximum temperature), emphasizing a pivotal role of heat stress in amplifying tree die-off and mortality processes. The joint drought intensity and maximum temperature distributions were modeled for each site to describe the co-occurrence of both hot and dry conditions and evaluate future shifts in climatic thresholds associated with the die-off events. Under a relatively dry and moderate warming scenario, the frequency of droughts capable of inducing significant tree die-off across Australia could increase from 1 in 24 years to 1 in 15 years by 2050, accompanied by a doubling in the occurrence of associated heat waves. By defining commonalities in drought conditions capable of inducing tree die-off, we show a strong interactive effect of water and high temperature stress and provide a consistent approach for assessing changes in the exposure of ecosystems to extreme drought events. PMID:24772285

  4. Multipactor threshold calculation of coaxial transmission lines in microwave applications with nonstationary statistical theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lin, S.; Li, Y.; Liu, C.

    2015-08-15

    This paper presents a statistical theory for the initial onset of multipactor breakdown in coaxial transmission lines, taking both the nonuniform electric field and random electron emission velocity into account. A general numerical method is first developed to construct the joint probability density function based on the approximate equation of the electron trajectory. The nonstationary dynamics of the multipactor process on both surfaces of coaxial lines are modelled based on the probability of various impacts and their corresponding secondary emission. The resonant assumption of the classical theory on the independent double-sided and single-sided impacts is replaced by the consideration ofmore » their interaction. As a result, the time evolutions of the electron population for exponential growth and absorption on both inner and outer conductor, in response to the applied voltage above and below the multipactor breakdown level, are obtained to investigate the exact mechanism of multipactor discharge in coaxial lines. Furthermore, the multipactor threshold predictions of the presented model are compared with experimental results using measured secondary emission yield of the tested samples which shows reasonable agreement. Finally, the detailed impact scenario reveals that single-surface multipactor is more likely to occur with a higher outer to inner conductor radius ratio.« less

  5. Common Gamma-ray Glows above Thunderclouds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kelley, Nicole; Smith, David; Dwyer, Joseph; Hazelton, Bryna; Grefenstette, Brian; Lowell, Alex; Splitt, Michael; Lazarus, Steven; Rassoul, Hamid

    2013-04-01

    Gamma-ray glows are continuous, long duration gamma- and x-ray emission seen coming from thunderclouds. The Airborne for Energetic Lightning Emissions (ADELE) observed 12 gamma-ray glows during its summer 2009 flight campaign over the areas of Colorado and Florida in the United States. For these glows we shall present their spectra, relationship to lightning activity and how their duration and size changes as a function of distance. Gamma-ray glows follow the relativistic runaway electron avalanche (RREA) spectrum and have been previously measured from the ground and inside the cloud. ADELE measured most glows as it flew above the screening layer of the cloud. During the brightest glow on August 21, 2009, we can show that we are flying directly into a downward facing relativistic runaway avalanche, indicative of flying between the upper positive and negative screening layer of the cloud. In order to explain the brightness of this glow, RREA with an electric field approaching the limit for relativistic feedback must be occurring. Using all 12 glows, we show that lightning activity diminishes during the onset of the glow. Using this along with the fact that glows occur as the field approaches the level necessary for feedback, we attempt to distinguish between two possibilities: that glows are evidence that RREA with feedback, rather than lightning, is sometimes the primary channel for discharging the cloud, or else that the overall discharging is still controlled by lightning, with glows simply appearing during times when a subsidence of lightning allows the field to rise above the threshold for RREA.

  6. CARA Risk Assessment Thresholds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hejduk, M. D.

    2016-01-01

    Warning remediation threshold (Red threshold): Pc level at which warnings are issued, and active remediation considered and usually executed. Analysis threshold (Green to Yellow threshold): Pc level at which analysis of event is indicated, including seeking additional information if warranted. Post-remediation threshold: Pc level to which remediation maneuvers are sized in order to achieve event remediation and obviate any need for immediate follow-up maneuvers. Maneuver screening threshold: Pc compliance level for routine maneuver screenings (more demanding than regular Red threshold due to additional maneuver uncertainty).

  7. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy in double gallbladder with dual pathology.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Sumanta Kumar

    2014-04-01

    Double gallbladder is a rare embryological anomaly of clinical significance. Despite availability of modern imaging, only 50% of recently reported cases had preoperative diagnosis, which is desirable in every case to avoid serious operative complications. Double pathology in double gallbladder is extremely rare with only 3 reporting's available till date to the best of author's knowledge. With a preoperative diagnosis of double gallbladder, laparoscopic cholecystectomy can be safely and successfully performed with meticulous dissection, aided by operative cholangiogram. However in all such attempts a lower threshold should be kept for conversion to open surgery. Awareness about this anomaly amongst radiologists and surgeons is of crucial importance. Double gallbladder does not present with any specific symptom, neither it increases disease possibility in either lobe. Prophylactic cholecystectomy has no role in asymptomatic cases diagnosed accidentally. Author reports a case of a symptomatic young male with double gallbladder who presented with short history of dyspepsia, abdominal pain and fever. Definite preoperative diagnosis was reached with ultrasound scan and magnetic resonance cholangio pancreatography and subsequently dealt with laparoscopically. Calculous cholecystitis affected one lobe and acalculous empyema the other. While the 1st lobe drained though a cystic duct into common bile duct (CBD), the 2nd was without any communication with either CBD or its counterpart, thus remained as a blind vesicle.

  8. Application of Terrestrial Geomorphic Threshold Theory to the Analysis of Small Channels on Mars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rosenshein, E. B.; Greeley, R.; Arrowsmith, J. R.

    2001-01-01

    New terrestrial work on the geomorphic thresholds for channel initiation use the drainage area above a channel head vs. the slope at the channel head to delineate surface process types. This method has been used to characterize martian landscapes. Additional information is contained in the original extended abstract.

  9. Red laser based on intra-cavity Nd:YAG/CH4 frequency doubled Raman lasers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Yanchao; Wang, Pengyuan; Liu, Jinbo; Liu, Wanfa; Guo, Jingwei

    2017-01-01

    Stimulated Raman scattering (SRS) is a powerful tool for the extension of the spectral range of lasers. To obtain efficient Raman conversion in SRS, many researchers have studied different types of Raman laser configurations. Among these configurations, the intra-cavity type is particularly attractive. Intra-cavity SRS has the advantages of high intra-cavity laser intensity, low-SRS threshold, and high Raman conversion efficiency. In this paper, An Q-switched intra-cavity Nd: YAG/CH4 frequency-doubled Raman lasers is reported. A negative branch confocal resonator with M= 1.25 is used for the frequency-doubling of Nd: YAG laser. The consequent 532nm light is confined in intra- cavity SRS with travelling wave resonator, and the focal of one mirror of cavity is overlap with the center of the other mirror of the cavity. We found this design is especially efficient to reduce the threshold of SRS, and increase conversion efficiency. The threshold is measured to be 0.62 MW, and at the pump energy of 16.1 mJ, the conversion efficiency is 34%. With the smaller magnification M, the threshold could further decrease, and the conversion efficiency could be improved further. This is a successful try to extend the spectral range of a laser to the shorter wavelength by SRS, and this design may play an important role in the fulfillment of high power red lasers.

  10. Determination of prospective displacement-based gate threshold for respiratory-gated radiation delivery from retrospective phase-based gate threshold selected at 4D CT simulation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vedam, S.; Archambault, L.; Starkschall, G.

    2007-11-15

    Four-dimensional (4D) computed tomography (CT) imaging has found increasing importance in the localization of tumor and surrounding normal structures throughout the respiratory cycle. Based on such tumor motion information, it is possible to identify the appropriate phase interval for respiratory gated treatment planning and delivery. Such a gating phase interval is determined retrospectively based on tumor motion from internal tumor displacement. However, respiratory-gated treatment is delivered prospectively based on motion determined predominantly from an external monitor. Therefore, the simulation gate threshold determined from the retrospective phase interval selected for gating at 4D CT simulation may not correspond to the deliverymore » gate threshold that is determined from the prospective external monitor displacement at treatment delivery. The purpose of the present work is to establish a relationship between the thresholds for respiratory gating determined at CT simulation and treatment delivery, respectively. One hundred fifty external respiratory motion traces, from 90 patients, with and without audio-visual biofeedback, are analyzed. Two respiratory phase intervals, 40%-60% and 30%-70%, are chosen for respiratory gating from the 4D CT-derived tumor motion trajectory. From residual tumor displacements within each such gating phase interval, a simulation gate threshold is defined based on (a) the average and (b) the maximum respiratory displacement within the phase interval. The duty cycle for prospective gated delivery is estimated from the proportion of external monitor displacement data points within both the selected phase interval and the simulation gate threshold. The delivery gate threshold is then determined iteratively to match the above determined duty cycle. The magnitude of the difference between such gate thresholds determined at simulation and treatment delivery is quantified in each case. Phantom motion tests yielded coincidence of

  11. Threshold-based system for noise detection in multilead ECG recordings.

    PubMed

    Jekova, Irena; Krasteva, Vessela; Christov, Ivaylo; Abächerli, Roger

    2012-09-01

    This paper presents a system for detection of the most common noise types seen on the electrocardiogram (ECG) in order to evaluate whether an episode from 12-lead ECG is reliable for diagnosis. It implements criteria for estimation of the noise corruption level in specific frequency bands, aiming to identify the main sources of ECG quality disruption, such as missing signal or limited dynamics of the QRS components above 4 Hz; presence of high amplitude and steep artifacts seen above 1 Hz; baseline drift estimated at frequencies below 1 Hz; power-line interference in a band ±2 Hz around its central frequency; high-frequency and electromyographic noises above 20 Hz. All noise tests are designed to process the ECG series in the time domain, including 13 adjustable thresholds for amplitude and slope criteria which are evaluated in adjustable time intervals, as well as number of leads. The system allows flexible extension toward application-specific requirements for the noise levels in acceptable quality ECGs. Training of different thresholds' settings to determine different positive noise detection rates is performed with the annotated set of 1000 ECGs from the PhysioNet database created for the Computing in Cardiology Challenge 2011. Two implementations are highlighted on the receiver operating characteristic (area 0.968) to fit to different applications. The implementation with high sensitivity (Se = 98.7%, Sp = 80.9%) appears as a reliable alarm when there are any incidental problems with the ECG acquisition, while the implementation with high specificity (Sp = 97.8%, Se = 81.8%) is less susceptible to transient problems but rather validates noisy ECGs with acceptable quality during a small portion of the recording.

  12. Crossing the threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bush, John; Tambasco, Lucas

    2017-11-01

    First, we summarize the circumstances in which chaotic pilot-wave dynamics gives rise to quantum-like statistical behavior. For ``closed'' systems, in which the droplet is confined to a finite domain either by boundaries or applied forces, quantum-like features arise when the persistence time of the waves exceeds the time required for the droplet to cross its domain. Second, motivated by the similarities between this hydrodynamic system and stochastic electrodynamics, we examine the behavior of a bouncing droplet above the Faraday threshold, where a stochastic element is introduced into the drop dynamics by virtue of its interaction with a background Faraday wave field. With a view to extending the dynamical range of pilot-wave systems to capture more quantum-like features, we consider a generalized theoretical framework for stochastic pilot-wave dynamics in which the relative magnitudes of the drop-generated pilot-wave field and a stochastic background field may be varied continuously. We gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the NSF through their CMMI and DMS divisions.

  13. Efficient method for calculations of ro-vibrational states in triatomic molecules near dissociation threshold: Application to ozone

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Teplukhin, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

    2016-09-01

    A method for calculations of rotational-vibrational states of triatomic molecules up to dissociation threshold (and scattering resonances above it) is devised, that combines hyper-spherical coordinates, sequential diagonalization-truncation procedure, optimized grid DVR, and complex absorbing potential. Efficiency and accuracy of the method and new code are tested by computing the spectrum of ozone up to dissociation threshold, using two different potential energy surfaces. In both cases good agreement with results of previous studies is obtained for the lower energy states localized in the deep (˜10 000 cm-1) covalent well. Upper part of the bound state spectrum, within 600 cm-1 below dissociation threshold, is also computed and is analyzed in detail. It is found that long progressions of symmetric-stretching and bending states (up to 8 and 11 quanta, respectively) survive up to dissociation threshold and even above it, whereas excitations of the asymmetric-stretching overtones couple to the local vibration modes, making assignments difficult. Within 140 cm-1 below dissociation threshold, large-amplitude vibrational states of a floppy complex O⋯O2 are formed over the shallow van der Waals plateau. These are assigned using two local modes: the rocking-motion and the dissociative-motion progressions, up to 6 quanta in each, both with frequency ˜20 cm-1. Many of these plateau states are mixed with states of the covalent well. Interestingly, excitation of the rocking-motion helps keeping these states localized within the plateau region, by raising the effective barrier.

  14. Dissociative and double photoionization of CO2 from threshold to 90 A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Masuoka, T.; Samson, J. A. R.

    1979-01-01

    The molecular photoionization, dissociative photoionization and double photoionization cross sections for CO2 were measured from their onsets down to 90 A by using various combinations of mass spectrometers (a coincidence time-of-flight mass spectrometer and a magnetic mass spectrometer) and light sources (synchrotron radiation, and glow and spark discharge). It is concluded that the one broad peak and the three shoulders in the total adsorption cross section curve between 640 and 90 A are caused completely by dissociative ionization processes. Several peaks observed in the cross section curve for the total fragmentation CO(+)3, O(+) and C(+) are compared with those in the photoelectron spectrum reported for CO2.

  15. Sea level rise with warming above 2 degree

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jevrejeva, Svetlana; Jackson, Luke; Riva, Riccardo; Grinsted, Aslak; Moore, John

    2017-04-01

    Holding the increase in the global average temperature to below 2 °C above pre-industrial levels, and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C, has been agreed by the representatives of the 196 parties of United Nations, as an appropriate threshold beyond which climate change risks become unacceptably high. Sea level rise is one of the most damaging aspects of warming climate for the more than 600 million people living in low-elevation coastal areas less than 10 meters above sea level. Fragile coastal ecosystems and increasing concentrations of population and economic activity in coastal areas, are reasons why future sea level rise is one of the most damaging aspects of the warming climate. Furthermore, sea level is set to continue to rise for centuries after greenhouse gas emissions concentrations are stabilised due to system inertia and feedback time scales. Impact, risk, adaptation policies and long-term decision making in coastal areas depend on regional and local sea level rise projections and local projections can differ substantially from the global one. Here we provide probabilistic sea level rise projections for the global coastline with warming above the 2 degree goal. A warming of 2°C makes global ocean rise on average by 20 cm, but more than 90% of coastal areas will experience greater rises, 40 cm along the Atlantic coast of North America and Norway, due to ocean dynamics. If warming continues above 2°C, then by 2100 sea level will rise with speeds unprecedented throughout human civilization, reaching 0.9 m (median), and 80% of the global coastline will exceed the global ocean sea level rise upper 95% confidence limit of 1.8 m. Coastal communities of rapidly expanding cities in the developing world, small island states, and vulnerable tropical coastal ecosystems will have a very limited time after mid-century to adapt to sea level rises.

  16. Parallel seed-based approach to multiple protein structure similarities detection

    DOE PAGES

    Chapuis, Guillaume; Le Boudic-Jamin, Mathilde; Andonov, Rumen; ...

    2015-01-01

    Finding similarities between protein structures is a crucial task in molecular biology. Most of the existing tools require proteins to be aligned in order-preserving way and only find single alignments even when multiple similar regions exist. We propose a new seed-based approach that discovers multiple pairs of similar regions. Its computational complexity is polynomial and it comes with a quality guarantee—the returned alignments have both root mean squared deviations (coordinate-based as well as internal-distances based) lower than a given threshold, if such exist. We do not require the alignments to be order preserving (i.e., we consider nonsequential alignments), which makesmore » our algorithm suitable for detecting similar domains when comparing multidomain proteins as well as to detect structural repetitions within a single protein. Because the search space for nonsequential alignments is much larger than for sequential ones, the computational burden is addressed by extensive use of parallel computing techniques: a coarse-grain level parallelism making use of available CPU cores for computation and a fine-grain level parallelism exploiting bit-level concurrency as well as vector instructions.« less

  17. Critical Power: An Important Fatigue Threshold in Exercise Physiology.

    PubMed

    Poole, David C; Burnley, Mark; Vanhatalo, Anni; Rossiter, Harry B; Jones, Andrew M

    2016-11-01

    : The hyperbolic form of the power-duration relationship is rigorous and highly conserved across species, forms of exercise, and individual muscles/muscle groups. For modalities such as cycling, the relationship resolves to two parameters, the asymptote for power (critical power [CP]) and the so-called W' (work doable above CP), which together predict the tolerable duration of exercise above CP. Crucially, the CP concept integrates sentinel physiological profiles-respiratory, metabolic, and contractile-within a coherent framework that has great scientific and practical utility. Rather than calibrating equivalent exercise intensities relative to metabolically distant parameters such as the lactate threshold or V˙O2max, setting the exercise intensity relative to CP unifies the profile of systemic and intramuscular responses and, if greater than CP, predicts the tolerable duration of exercise until W' is expended, V˙O2max is attained, and intolerance is manifested. CP may be regarded as a "fatigue threshold" in the sense that it separates exercise intensity domains within which the physiological responses to exercise can (CP) be stabilized. The CP concept therefore enables important insights into 1) the principal loci of fatigue development (central vs. peripheral) at different intensities of exercise and 2) mechanisms of cardiovascular and metabolic control and their modulation by factors such as O2 delivery. Practically, the CP concept has great potential application in optimizing athletic training programs and performance as well as improving the life quality for individuals enduring chronic disease.

  18. D-dimer threshold increase with pretest probability unlikely for pulmonary embolism to decrease unnecessary computerized tomographic pulmonary angiography

    PubMed Central

    Hogg, Melanie M.; Courtney, D. Mark; Miller, Chadwick D.; Jones, Alan E.; Smithline, Howard A

    2012-01-01

    Background Increasing the threshold to define a positive D-dimer could reduce unnecessary computed tomographic pulmonary angiography (CTPA) for suspected PE but might increase rates of missed PE and missed pneumonia, the most common nonthromboembolic diagnosis seen on CTPA. Objective Measure the effect of doubling the standard D-dimer threshold for “PE unlikely” Revised Geneva (RGS) or Wells’ scores on the exclusion rate, frequency and size of missed PE and missed pneumonia. Methods Patients evaluated for suspected PE with 64-channel CTPA were prospectively enrolled from EDs and inpatient units of four hospitals. Pretest probability data were collected in real time and the D-dimer was measured in a central laboratory. Criterion standard was CPTA interpretation by two independent radiologists combined with clinical outcome at 30 days. Results Of 678 patients enrolled, 126 (19%) were PE+ and 93 (14%) had pneumonia. Use of either Wells≤4 or RGS≤6 produced similar results. For example, with RGS≤6 and standard threshold (<500 ng/mL), D-dimer was negative in 110/678 (16%), and 4/110 were PE+ (posterior probability 3.8%), and 9/110 (8.2%) had pneumonia. With RGS≤6 and a threshold <1000 ng/mL, D-dimer was negative in 208/678 (31%) and 11/208 (5.3%) were PE+, but 10/11 missed PEs were subsegmental, and none had concomitant DVT. Pneumonia was found in 12/208 (5.4%) with RGS≤6 and D-dimer<1000 ng/mL. Conclusions Doubling the threshold for a positive D-dimer with a PE unlikely pretest probability could reduce CTPA scanning with a slightly increased risk of missed isolated subsegmental PE, and no increase in rate of missed pneumonia. PMID:22284935

  19. Temperature threshold of isoprene emission from tropical trees, Ficus virgata and Ficus septica.

    PubMed

    Oku, Hirosuke; Inafuku, Masashi; Takamine, Tomonori; Nagamine, Maki; Saitoh, Seikoh; Fukuta, Masakazu

    2014-01-01

    This paper describes the existence of temperature threshold in isoprene emission from tropical trees for the first time. Isoprene emission capacity of Ficus virgata leaves kept outdoors were measured over a period of 20 d in the wintertime. When the plants experienced the low temperature below 12 °C in the daytime, isoprene emission was completely suppressed, and re-activated by elevated temperature above the threshold of 12 °C. Photosynthesis is also decreased similarly, but too much smaller extent compared to the reduction observed for isoprene emission. The cut off level of accumulated temperature to shut off the isoprene emission was roughly estimated to be 300 degree/d. The shut off in the isoprene emission by the low temperature was confirmed experimentally by use of phytotron with tropical trees of F. virgata and F. septica. Isoprene emission of both species ceased at 12 °C, and re-activated by raising the temperature above the threshold level. Photosynthesis was lowered slightly as was the case for the field observation, and no close association between photosynthesis and isoprene emission was noted. The expression of isoprene synthase gene showed much greater variation after exposure to the cold temperature compared to those involved in photosynthesis. These observations therefore suggested the existence of putative direct connection between perception of temperature and isoprene emission in tropical trees, which may merit further investigation to estimate the net output of isoprene from subtropical or tropical forest. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Near-threshold equal-loudness contours for harbor seals (Phoca vitulina) derived from reaction times during underwater audiometry: a preliminary study.

    PubMed

    Kastelein, Ronald A; Wensveen, Paul J; Terhune, John M; de Jong, Christ A F

    2011-01-01

    Equal-loudness functions describe relationships between the frequencies of sounds and their perceived loudness. This pilot study investigated the possibility of deriving equal-loudness contours based on the assumption that sounds of equal perceived loudness elicit equal reaction times (RTs). During a psychoacoustic underwater hearing study, the responses of two young female harbor seals to tonal signals between 0.125 and 100 kHz were filmed. Frame-by-frame analysis was used to quantify RT (the time between the onset of the sound stimulus and the onset of movement of the seal away from the listening station). Near-threshold equal-latency contours, as surrogates for equal-loudness contours, were estimated from RT-level functions fitted to mean RT data. The closer the received sound pressure level was to the 50% detection hearing threshold, the more slowly the animals reacted to the signal (RT range: 188-982 ms). Equal-latency contours were calculated relative to the RTs shown by each seal at sound levels of 0, 10, and 20 dB above the detection threshold at 1 kHz. Fifty percent detection thresholds are obtained with well-trained subjects actively listening for faint familiar sounds. When calculating audibility ranges of sounds for harbor seals in nature, it may be appropriate to consider levels 20 dB above this threshold.

  1. Effect of Unmodulated 5-kHz Alternating Currents Versus Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation on Mechanical and Thermal Pain, Tactile Threshold, and Peripheral Nerve Conduction: A Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Crossover Trial.

    PubMed

    Avendaño-Coy, Juan; Gómez-Soriano, Julio; Goicoechea-García, Carlos; Basco-López, Julian Angel; Taylor, Julian

    2017-05-01

    To investigate the effect of unmodulated 5-kHz alternating current on mechanical pain threshold (MPT), heat pain threshold (HPT), tactile threshold (TT), and peripheral nerve conduction (PNC) compared with transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS) and sham stimulation. National referral center. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial. Healthy volunteers (N=38). No dropouts or adverse events were reported. TENS, unmodulated 5-kHz currents, and sham stimulation were applied on the radial nerve for 20 minutes with a 24-hour washout period between them and concealed intervention allocation. Four measures were taken: before, during, and 2 after the interventions. Algometry was used to assess MPT, a Peltier thermode for HPT using the method of limits, Von Frey filaments for TT, and radial nerve compound action potential. No differences were observed on MPT, HPT, and PNC when 5-kHz current and TENS were compared. However, TT increased 56.2mN (95% confidence interval [CI], 28.8-83.6) in the TENS group compared with the 5-kHz current group during intervention. Compared with sham stimulation during intervention, MPT increased 4.7N (95% CI, 0.3-9.2) using 5-kHz current and 10.4N (95% CI, 3.5-17.3) with TENS. TT increased 17.2mN (95% CI, 4.7-29.7) with 5-kHz current and 73.4mN (95% CI, 47.5-99.2) with TENS. However, HPT increased 1.0°C (95% CI, 0.2-2.0) only with TENS. For the PNC, no differences were found among the 3 groups. Unmodulated 5-kHz current produced an increase in somatosensory thresholds that was greater than placebo but not when compared with TENS; however, participants perceived 5-kHz currents to be more comfortable and showed more habituation to them. Copyright © 2016 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  2. Estimating background and threshold nitrate concentrations using probability graphs

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Panno, S.V.; Kelly, W.R.; Martinsek, A.T.; Hackley, Keith C.

    2006-01-01

    Because of the ubiquitous nature of anthropogenic nitrate (NO 3-) in many parts of the world, determining background concentrations of NO3- in shallow ground water from natural sources is probably impossible in most environments. Present-day background must now include diffuse sources of NO3- such as disruption of soils and oxidation of organic matter, and atmospheric inputs from products of combustion and evaporation of ammonia from fertilizer and livestock waste. Anomalies can be defined as NO3- derived from nitrogen (N) inputs to the environment from anthropogenic activities, including synthetic fertilizers, livestock waste, and septic effluent. Cumulative probability graphs were used to identify threshold concentrations separating background and anomalous NO3-N concentrations and to assist in the determination of sources of N contamination for 232 spring water samples and 200 well water samples from karst aquifers. Thresholds were 0.4, 2.5, and 6.7 mg/L for spring water samples, and 0.1, 2.1, and 17 mg/L for well water samples. The 0.4 and 0.1 mg/L values are assumed to represent thresholds for present-day precipitation. Thresholds at 2.5 and 2.1 mg/L are interpreted to represent present-day background concentrations of NO3-N. The population of spring water samples with concentrations between 2.5 and 6.7 mg/L represents an amalgam of all sources of NO3- in the ground water basins that feed each spring; concentrations >6.7 mg/L were typically samples collected soon after springtime application of synthetic fertilizer. The 17 mg/L threshold (adjusted to 15 mg/L) for well water samples is interpreted as the level above which livestock wastes dominate the N sources. Copyright ?? 2006 The Author(s).

  3. Turbulence and sheared flow structures behind the isotopic dependence of the L-H power threshold on DIII-D

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Z.; Gohil, P.; McKee, G. R.; Eldon, D.; Grierson, B.; Rhodes, T.; Petty, C. C.

    2017-12-01

    Measurements of long wavelength ({{k}\\bot }{{ρ }i}   <  1) density fluctuation characteristics in the edge of both Deuterium (D) and Hydrogen (H) plasmas across the L-H transition on DIII-D demonstrate the existence of single or double bands of low-wavenumber turbulence observed near the edge of H and D plasmas. These are strongly correlated with the L to H-mode transition power threshold (P LH) and can help explain the isotopic and density dependence of P LH, and how the P LH difference is reduced at higher density. Understanding and accurately predicting the L-H power threshold is critical to accessing to H-mode, and operating and achieving high confinement in burning plasmas such as ITER. Above about n e ~ 4  ×  1019 m-3, P LH is seen to converge for H and D, and increases for both with higher density. Surprisingly, the P LH increases significantly at low density in H but not in D plasmas. Two distinct frequency bands of density fluctuations are observed in the D plasmas at low density, n e ~ 1.2-1.5  ×  1019 m-3, but not in H plasmas with similar density, which appears to be correlated to the much lower power threshold in D at low density. Consistently, E  ×  B shear in the region of r/a ~ 0.95-1.0 is larger in D plasmas than in H plasmas at low density; as the P LH increases with increasing density, the dual mode structure disappears while E  ×  B shear becomes similar and small for both D and H plasmas at higher density, n e ~ 5  ×  1019 m-3, where P LH is similar for both D and H plasmas. The increased edge fluctuations, increased flow shear, and the dual-band nature of edge turbulence correlating with lower P LH may account for the strong isotope and density dependencies of P LH and support current L-H transition theories but suggest a complex behavior that can inform a more complete model of the L-H transition threshold.

  4. Turbulence and sheared flow structures behind the isotopic dependence of the L-H power threshold on DIII-D

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yan, Zheng; Gohil, Punit; McKee, George R.

    Measurements of long wavelength (kmore » $$\\perp$$p i < 1) density fluctuation characteristics in the edge of both Deuterium (D) and Hydrogen (H) plasmas across the L-H transition on DIII-D demonstrate the existence of single or double bands of low-wavenumber turbulence observed near the edge of H and D plasmas. These are strongly correlated with the L to H-mode transition power threshold (P LH) and can help explain the isotopic and density dependence of P LH, and how the P LH difference is reduced at higher density. Understanding and accurately predicting the L-H power threshold is critical to accessing to H-mode, and operating and achieving high confinement in burning plasmas such as ITER. Above about n e ~ 4 × 10 19 m -3, P LH is seen to converge for H and D, and increases for both with higher density. Surprisingly, the P LH increases significantly at low density in H but not in D plasmas. Two distinct frequency bands of density fluctuations are observed in the D plasmas at low density, n e ~ 1.2-1.5 × 10 19 m -3, but not in H plasmas with similar density, which appears to be correlated to the much lower power threshold in D at low density. Consistently, E × B shear in the region of r/a ~ 0.95-1.0 is larger in D plasmas than in H plasmas at low density; as the P LH increases with increasing density, the dual mode structure disappears while E × B shear becomes similar and small for both D and H plasmas at higher density, n e ~ 5 × 10 19 m -3, where P LH is similar for both D and H plasmas. Lastly, the increased edge fluctuations, increased flow shear, and the dualband nature of edge turbulence correlating with lower P LH may account for the strong isotope and density dependencies of PLH and support current L-H transition theories but suggest a complex behavior that can inform a more complete model of the L-H transition threshold.« less

  5. Turbulence and sheared flow structures behind the isotopic dependence of the L-H power threshold on DIII-D

    DOE PAGES

    Yan, Zheng; Gohil, Punit; McKee, George R.; ...

    2017-09-18

    Measurements of long wavelength (kmore » $$\\perp$$p i < 1) density fluctuation characteristics in the edge of both Deuterium (D) and Hydrogen (H) plasmas across the L-H transition on DIII-D demonstrate the existence of single or double bands of low-wavenumber turbulence observed near the edge of H and D plasmas. These are strongly correlated with the L to H-mode transition power threshold (P LH) and can help explain the isotopic and density dependence of P LH, and how the P LH difference is reduced at higher density. Understanding and accurately predicting the L-H power threshold is critical to accessing to H-mode, and operating and achieving high confinement in burning plasmas such as ITER. Above about n e ~ 4 × 10 19 m -3, P LH is seen to converge for H and D, and increases for both with higher density. Surprisingly, the P LH increases significantly at low density in H but not in D plasmas. Two distinct frequency bands of density fluctuations are observed in the D plasmas at low density, n e ~ 1.2-1.5 × 10 19 m -3, but not in H plasmas with similar density, which appears to be correlated to the much lower power threshold in D at low density. Consistently, E × B shear in the region of r/a ~ 0.95-1.0 is larger in D plasmas than in H plasmas at low density; as the P LH increases with increasing density, the dual mode structure disappears while E × B shear becomes similar and small for both D and H plasmas at higher density, n e ~ 5 × 10 19 m -3, where P LH is similar for both D and H plasmas. Lastly, the increased edge fluctuations, increased flow shear, and the dualband nature of edge turbulence correlating with lower P LH may account for the strong isotope and density dependencies of PLH and support current L-H transition theories but suggest a complex behavior that can inform a more complete model of the L-H transition threshold.« less

  6. Threshold Switching Characteristics of Nb/NbO 2 /TiN Vertical Devices

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Yuhan; Comes, Ryan B.; Wolf, Stuart A.

    2016-01-01

    Nb/NbO2/TiN vertical structures were synthesized in-situ and patterned to devices with different contact areas. The devices exhibited threshold resistive switching with minimal hysteresis and a small EThreshold (60~90 kV/cm). The switching behavior was unipolar, and demonstrated good repeatability. A less sharp but still sizable change in the device resistance was observed up to 150 °C. It was found that the resistive switching without Nb capping layer exhibited the hysteretic behavior and much larger EThreshold (~250 kV/cm) likely due to a 2-3 nm surface Nb2O5 layer. The stable threshold switching behavior well above room temperature shows the potential applications of thismore » device as an electronic switch.« less

  7. Predicting reactivity threshold in children with anaphylaxis to peanut.

    PubMed

    Reier-Nilsen, T; Michelsen, M M; Lødrup Carlsen, K C; Carlsen, K-H; Mowinckel, P; Nygaard, U C; Namork, E; Borres, M P; Håland, G

    2018-04-01

    Peanut allergy necessitates dietary restrictions, preferably individualized by determining reactivity threshold through an oral food challenge (OFC). However, risk of systemic reactions often precludes OFC in children with severe peanut allergy. We aimed to determine whether clinical and/or immunological characteristics were associated with reactivity threshold in children with anaphylaxis to peanut and secondarily, to investigate whether these characteristics were associated with severity of the allergic reaction during OFC. A double-blinded placebo-controlled food challenge (DBPCFC) with peanut was performed in 96 5- to 15-year-old children with a history of severe allergic reactions to peanut and/or sensitization to peanut (skin prick test [SPT] ≥3 mm or specific immunoglobulin E [s-IgE] ≥0.35 kUA/L). Investigations preceding the DBPCFC included a structured interview, SPT, lung function measurements, serological immunology assessment (IgE, IgG and IgG 4 ), basophil activation test (BAT) and conjunctival allergen provocation test (CAPT). International standards were used to define anaphylaxis and grade the allergic reaction during OFC. During DBPCFC, all 96 children (median age 9.3, range 5.1-15.2) reacted with anaphylaxis (moderate objective symptoms from at least two organ systems). Basophil activation (CD63 + basophils ≥15%), peanut SPT and the ratio of peanut s-IgE/total IgE were significantly associated with reactivity threshold and lowest observed adverse events level (LOAEL) (all P < .04). Basophil activation best predicted very low threshold level (<3 mg of peanut protein), with an optimal cut-off of 75.8% giving a 93.5% negative predictive value. None of the characteristics were significantly associated with the severity of allergic reaction. In children with anaphylaxis to peanut, basophil activation, peanut SPT and the ratio of peanut s-IgE/total IgE were associated with reactivity threshold and LOAEL, but not with allergy reaction severity.

  8. Structured decision making as a conceptual framework to identify thresholds for conservation and management

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Martin, J.; Runge, M.C.; Nichols, J.D.; Lubow, B.C.; Kendall, W.L.

    2009-01-01

    component, and ecological thresholds may be embedded in models projecting consequences of management actions. Decision thresholds are determined by the above-listed components of a structured decision process. These components may themselves vary over time, inducing variation in the decision thresholds inherited from them. These dynamic decision thresholds can then be determined using adaptive management. We provide numerical examples (that are based on patch occupancy models) of structured decision processes that include all three kinds of thresholds. ?? 2009 by the Ecological Society of America.

  9. Influence of drug load on dissolution behavior of tablets containing a poorly water-soluble drug: estimation of the percolation threshold.

    PubMed

    Wenzel, Tim; Stillhart, Cordula; Kleinebudde, Peter; Szepes, Anikó

    2017-08-01

    Drug load plays an important role in the development of solid dosage forms, since it can significantly influence both processability and final product properties. The percolation threshold of the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) corresponds to a critical concentration, above which an abrupt change in drug product characteristics can occur. The objective of this study was to identify the percolation threshold of a poorly water-soluble drug with regard to the dissolution behavior from immediate release tablets. The influence of the API particle size on the percolation threshold was also studied. Formulations with increasing drug loads were manufactured via roll compaction using constant process parameters and subsequent tableting. Drug dissolution was investigated in biorelevant medium. The percolation threshold was estimated via a model dependent and a model independent method based on the dissolution data. The intragranular concentration of mefenamic acid had a significant effect on granules and tablet characteristics, such as particle size distribution, compactibility and tablet disintegration. Increasing the intragranular drug concentration of the tablets resulted in lower dissolution rates. A percolation threshold of approximately 20% v/v could be determined for both particle sizes of the API above which an abrupt decrease of the dissolution rate occurred. However, the increasing drug load had a more pronounced effect on dissolution rate of tablets containing the micronized API, which can be attributed to the high agglomeration tendency of micronized substances during manufacturing steps, such as roll compaction and tableting. Both methods that were applied for the estimation of percolation threshold provided comparable values.

  10. Search for neutrinoless double-electron capture of 156Dy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Finch, S. W.; Tornow, W.

    2015-12-01

    Background: Multiple large collaborations are currently searching for neutrinoless double-β decay, with the ultimate goal of differentiating the Majorana-Dirac nature of the neutrino. Purpose: Investigate the feasibility of resonant neutrinoless double-electron capture, an experimental alternative to neutrinoless double-β decay. Method: Two clover germanium detectors were operated underground in coincidence to search for the de-excitation γ rays of 156Gd following the neutrinoless double-electron capture of 156Dy. 231.95 d of data were collected at the Kimballton underground research facility with a 231.57 mg enriched 156Dy sample. Results: No counts were seen above background and half-life limits are set at O (1016-1018) yr for the various decay modes of 156Dy. Conclusion: Low background spectra were efficiently collected in the search for neutrinoless double-electron capture of 156Dy, although the low natural abundance and associated lack of large quantities of enriched samples hinders the experimental reach.

  11. Clinical evaluation of an inspiratory impedance threshold device during standard cardiopulmonary resuscitation in patients with out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.

    PubMed

    Aufderheide, Tom P; Pirrallo, Ronald G; Provo, Terry A; Lurie, Keith G

    2005-04-01

    To determine whether an impedance threshold device, designed to enhance circulation, would increase acute resuscitation rates for patients in cardiac arrest receiving conventional manual cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Prospective, randomized, double-blind, intention-to-treat. Out-of-hospital trial conducted in the Milwaukee, WI, emergency medical services system. Adults in cardiac arrest of presumed cardiac etiology. On arrival of advanced life support, patients were treated with standard cardiopulmonary resuscitation combined with either an active or a sham impedance threshold device. We measured safety and efficacy of the impedance threshold device; the primary end point was intensive care unit admission. Statistical analyses performed included the chi-square test and multivariate regression analysis. One hundred sixteen patients were treated with a sham impedance threshold device, and 114 patients were treated with an active impedance threshold device. Overall intensive care unit admission rates were 17% with the sham device vs. 25% in the active impedance threshold device (p = .13; odds ratio, 1.64; 95% confidence interval, 0.87, 3.10). Patients in the subgroup presenting with pulseless electrical activity had intensive care unit admission and 24-hr survival rates of 20% and 12% in sham (n = 25) vs. 52% and 30% in active impedance threshold device groups (n = 27) (p = .018, odds ratio, 4.31; 95% confidence interval, 1.28, 14.5, and p = .12, odds ratio, 3.09; 95% confidence interval, 0.74, 13.0, respectively). A post hoc analysis of patients with pulseless electrical activity at any time during the cardiac arrest revealed that intensive care unit and 24-hr survival rates were 20% and 11% in the sham (n = 56) vs. 41% and 27% in the active impedance threshold device groups (n = 49) (p = .018, odds ratio, 2.82; 95% confidence interval, 1.19, 6.67, and p = .037, odds ratio, 3.01; 95% confidence interval, 1.07, 8.96, respectively). There were no statistically

  12. A Threshold Model for Opposing Actions of Acetylcholine on Reward Behavior: Molecular Mechanisms and Implications for Treatment of Substance Abuse Disorders

    PubMed Central

    Grasing, Kenneth

    2016-01-01

    The cholinergic system plays important roles in both learning and addiction. Medications that modify cholinergic tone can have pronounced effects on behaviors reinforced by natural and drug reinforcers. Importantly, enhancing the action of acetylcholine (ACh) in the nucleus accumbens and ventral tegmental area (VTA) dopamine system can either augment or diminish these behaviors. A threshold model is presented that can explain these seemingly contradictory results. Relatively low levels of ACh rise above a lower threshold, facilitating behaviors supported by drugs or natural reinforcers. Further increases in cholinergic tone that rise above a second upper threshold oppose the same behaviors. Accordingly, cholinesterase inhibitors, or agonists for nicotinic or muscarinic receptors, each have the potential to produce biphasic effects on reward behaviors. Pretreatment with either nicotinic or muscarinic antagonists can block drug- or food- reinforced behavior by maintaining cholinergic tone below its lower threshold. Potential threshold mediators include desensitization of nicotinic receptors and biphasic effects of ACh on the firing of medium spiny neurons. Nicotinic receptors with high- and low-affinity appear to play greater roles in reward enhancement and inhibition, respectively. Cholinergic inhibition of natural and drug rewards may serve as mediators of previously described opponent processes. Future studies should evaluate cholinergic agents across a broader range of doses, and include a variety of reinforced behaviors. PMID:27316344

  13. Enhanced one-photon double ionization of atoms and molecules in an environment of different species.

    PubMed

    Stumpf, V; Kryzhevoi, N V; Gokhberg, K; Cederbaum, L S

    2014-05-16

    The correlated nature of electronic states in atoms and molecules is manifested in the simultaneous emission of two electrons after absorption of a single photon close to the respective threshold. Numerous observations in atoms and small molecules demonstrate that the double ionization efficiency close to threshold is rather small. In this Letter we show that this efficiency can be dramatically enhanced in the environment. To be specific, we concentrate on the case where the species in question has one or several He atoms as neighbors. The enhancement is achieved by an indirect process, where a He atom of the environment absorbs a photon and the resulting He(+) cation is neutralized fast by a process known as electron transfer mediated decay, producing thereby doubly ionized species. The enhancement of the double ionization is demonstrated in detail for the example of the Mg · He cluster. We show that the double ionization cross section of Mg becomes 3 orders of magnitude larger than the respective cross section of the isolated Mg atom. The impact of more neighbors is discussed and the extension to other species and environments is addressed.

  14. A Life Worth Giving? The Threshold for Permissible Withdrawal of Life Support From Disabled Newborn Infants

    PubMed Central

    Wilkinson, Dominic James

    2011-01-01

    When is it permissible to allow a newborn infant to die on the basis of their future quality of life? The prevailing official view is that treatment may be withdrawn only if the burdens in an infant's future life outweigh the benefits. In this paper I outline and defend an alternative view. On the Threshold View, treatment may be withdrawn from infants if their future well-being is below a threshold that is close to, but above the zero-point of well-being. I present four arguments in favor of the Threshold View, and identify and respond to several counterarguments. I conclude that it is justifiable in some circumstances for parents and doctors to decide to allow an infant to die even though the infant's life would be worth living. The Threshold View provides a justification for treatment decisions that is more consistent, more robust, and potentially more practical than the standard view. PMID:21337273

  15. 5. Roof Truss Above Service Area, Roof Truss Above Ward, ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    5. Roof Truss Above Service Area, Roof Truss Above Ward, Roof Framing Axonometric - National Home for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers - Battle Mountain Sanitarium, Ward 4, 500 North Fifth Street, Hot Springs, Fall River County, SD

  16. Threshold and non-threshold chemical carcinogens: A survey of the present regulatory landscape.

    PubMed

    Bevan, Ruth J; Harrison, Paul T C

    2017-08-01

    For the proper regulation of a carcinogenic material it is necessary to fully understand its mode of action, and in particular whether it demonstrates a threshold of effect. This paper explores our present understanding of carcinogenicity and the mechanisms underlying the carcinogenic response. The concepts of genotoxic and non-genotoxic and threshold and non-threshold carcinogens are fully described. We provide summary tables of the types of cancer considered to be associated with exposure to a number of carcinogens and the available evidence relating to whether carcinogenicity occurs through a threshold or non-threshold mechanism. In light of these observations we consider how different regulatory bodies approach the question of chemical carcinogenesis, looking in particular at the definitions and methodologies used to derive Occupational Exposure Levels (OELs) for carcinogens. We conclude that unless proper differentiation is made between threshold and non-threshold carcinogens, inappropriate risk management measures may be put in place - and lead also to difficulties in translating carcinogenicity research findings into appropriate health policies. We recommend that clear differentiation between threshold and non-threshold carcinogens should be made by all expert groups and regulatory bodies dealing with carcinogen classification and risk assessment. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Investigation of the novel attributes in double recessed gate SiC MESFETs at drain side

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orouji, Ali A.; Razavi, S. M.; Ebrahim Hosseini, Seyed; Amini Moghadam, Hamid

    2011-11-01

    In this paper, the potential impact of drain side-double recessed gate (DS-DRG) on silicon carbide (SiC)-based metal semiconductor field effect transistors (MESFETs) is studied. We investigate the device performance focusing on breakdown voltage, threshold voltage, drain current and dc output conductance with two-dimensional and two-carrier device simulation. Our simulation results demonstrate that the channel thickness under the gate in the drain side is an important factor in the breakdown voltage. Also, the positive shift in the threshold voltage for the DS-DRG structure is larger in comparison with that for the source side-double recessed gate (SS-DRG) SiC MESFET. The saturated drain current for the DS-DRG structure is larger compared to that for the SS-DRG structure. The maximum dc output conductance in the DS-DRG structure is smaller than that in the SS-DRG structure.

  18. Establishing nonlinearity thresholds with ultraintense X-ray pulses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Szlachetko, Jakub; Hoszowska, Joanna; Dousse, Jean-Claude; Nachtegaal, Maarten; Błachucki, Wojciech; Kayser, Yves; Sà, Jacinto; Messerschmidt, Marc; Boutet, Sebastien; Williams, Garth J.; David, Christian; Smolentsev, Grigory; van Bokhoven, Jeroen A.; Patterson, Bruce D.; Penfold, Thomas J.; Knopp, Gregor; Pajek, Marek; Abela, Rafael; Milne, Christopher J.

    2016-09-01

    X-ray techniques have evolved over decades to become highly refined tools for a broad range of investigations. Importantly, these approaches rely on X-ray measurements that depend linearly on the number of incident X-ray photons. The advent of X-ray free electron lasers (XFELs) is opening the ability to reach extremely high photon numbers within ultrashort X-ray pulse durations and is leading to a paradigm shift in our ability to explore nonlinear X-ray signals. However, the enormous increase in X-ray peak power is a double-edged sword with new and exciting methods being developed but at the same time well-established techniques proving unreliable. Consequently, accurate knowledge about the threshold for nonlinear X-ray signals is essential. Herein we report an X-ray spectroscopic study that reveals important details on the thresholds for nonlinear X-ray interactions. By varying both the incident X-ray intensity and photon energy, we establish the regimes at which the simplest nonlinear process, two-photon X-ray absorption (TPA), can be observed. From these measurements we can extract the probability of this process as a function of photon energy and confirm both the nature and sub-femtosecond lifetime of the virtual intermediate electronic state.

  19. Establishing nonlinearity thresholds with ultraintense X-ray pulses

    DOE PAGES

    Szlachetko, Jakub; Hoszowska, Joanna; Dousse, Jean-Claude; ...

    2016-09-13

    X-ray techniques have evolved over decades to become highly refined tools for a broad range of investigations. Importantly, these approaches rely on X-ray measurements that depend linearly on the number of incident X-ray photons. The advent of X-ray free electron lasers (XFELs) is opening the ability to reach extremely high photon numbers within ultrashort X-ray pulse durations and is leading to a paradigm shift in our ability to explore nonlinear X-ray signals. However, the enormous increase in X-ray peak power is a double-edged sword with new and exciting methods being developed but at the same time well-established techniques proving unreliable.more » Consequently, accurate knowledge about the threshold for nonlinear X-ray signals is essential. Here in this paper we report an X-ray spectroscopic study that reveals important details on the thresholds for nonlinear X-ray interactions. By varying both the incident X-ray intensity and photon energy, we establish the regimes at which the simplest nonlinear process, two-photon X-ray absorption (TPA), can be observed. From these measurements we can extract the probability of this process as a function of photon energy and confirm both the nature and sub-femtosecond lifetime of the virtual intermediate electronic state.« less

  20. Rainfall intensity-duration thresholds for postfire debris-flow emergency-response planning

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Cannon, S.H.; Boldt, E.M.; Laber, J.L.; Kean, J.W.; Staley, D.M.

    2011-01-01

    Following wildfires, emergency-response and public-safety agencies can be faced with evacuation and resource-deployment decisions well in advance of coming winter storms and during storms themselves. Information critical to these decisions is provided for recently burned areas in the San Gabriel Mountains of southern California. A compilation of information on the hydrologic response to winter storms from recently burned areas in southern California steeplands is used to develop a system for classifying magnitudes of hydrologic response. The four-class system describes combinations of reported volumes of individual debris flows, consequences of debris flows and floods in an urban setting, and spatial extents of the hydrologic response. The range of rainfall conditions associated with different magnitude classes is defined by integrating local rainfall data with the response magnitude information. Magnitude I events can be expected when within-storm rainfall accumulations (A) of given durations (D) fall above the threshold A = 0.4D0.5 and below A = 0.5D0.6 for durations greater than 1 h. Magnitude II events will be generated in response to rainfall accumulations and durations between A = 0.4D0.5 and A = 0.9D0.5 for durations less than 1 h, and between A = 0.5D0.6 and A = 0.9D0.5 or durations greater than 1 h. Magnitude III events can be expected in response to rainfall conditions above the threshold A = 0.9D0.5. Rainfall threshold-magnitude relations are linked with potential emergency-response actions as an emergency-response decision chart, which leads a user through steps to determine potential event magnitudes and identify possible evacuation and resource-deployment levels. Use of this information in planning and response decision-making process could result in increased safety for both the public and emergency responders. ?? 2011 US Government.

  1. Optimal thresholds for the estimation of area rain-rate moments by the threshold method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Short, David A.; Shimizu, Kunio; Kedem, Benjamin

    1993-01-01

    Optimization of the threshold method, achieved by determination of the threshold that maximizes the correlation between an area-average rain-rate moment and the area coverage of rain rates exceeding the threshold, is demonstrated empirically and theoretically. Empirical results for a sequence of GATE radar snapshots show optimal thresholds of 5 and 27 mm/h for the first and second moments, respectively. Theoretical optimization of the threshold method by the maximum-likelihood approach of Kedem and Pavlopoulos (1991) predicts optimal thresholds near 5 and 26 mm/h for lognormally distributed rain rates with GATE-like parameters. The agreement between theory and observations suggests that the optimal threshold can be understood as arising due to sampling variations, from snapshot to snapshot, of a parent rain-rate distribution. Optimal thresholds for gamma and inverse Gaussian distributions are also derived and compared.

  2. Influence of Injury Risk Thresholds on the Performance of an Algorithm to Predict Crashes with Serious Injuries

    PubMed Central

    Bahouth, George; Digges, Kennerly; Schulman, Carl

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents methods to estimate crash injury risk based on crash characteristics captured by some passenger vehicles equipped with Advanced Automatic Crash Notification technology. The resulting injury risk estimates could be used within an algorithm to optimize rescue care. Regression analysis was applied to the National Automotive Sampling System / Crashworthiness Data System (NASS/CDS) to determine how variations in a specific injury risk threshold would influence the accuracy of predicting crashes with serious injuries. The recommended thresholds for classifying crashes with severe injuries are 0.10 for frontal crashes and 0.05 for side crashes. The regression analysis of NASS/CDS indicates that these thresholds will provide sensitivity above 0.67 while maintaining a positive predictive value in the range of 0.20. PMID:23169132

  3. Noise in Neural Networks: Thresholds, Hysteresis, and Neuromodulation of Signal-To-Noise

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Keeler, James D.; Pichler, Elgar E.; Ross, John

    1989-03-01

    We study a neural-network model including Gaussian noise, higher-order neuronal interactions, and neuromodulation. For a first-order network, there is a threshold in the noise level (phase transition) above which the network displays only disorganized behavior and critical slowing down near the noise threshold. The network can tolerate more noise if it has higher-order feedback interactions, which also lead to hysteresis and multistability in the network dynamics. The signal-to-noise ratio can be adjusted in a biological neural network by neuromodulators such as norepinephrine. Comparisons are made to experimental results and further investigations are suggested to test the effects of hysteresis and neuromodulation in pattern recognition and learning. We propose that norepinephrine may ``quench'' the neural patterns of activity to enhance the ability to learn details.

  4. Diagrammatic approach to meson production in proton-proton collisions near threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaiser, Norbert

    2000-06-01

    We evaluate the threshold T-matrices for the reactions pp→ppπ0, pnπ+, ppη, ppω, pΛK+ and pn→pnη in a relativistic Feynman diagram approach. We employ an effective range approximation to take care of the strong S-wave pN and pΛ final state interaction. We stress that the heavy baryon formalism is not applicable in the NN-system above π-production threshold due to the large external momentum, |p⃗|≃√Mmπ . The magnitudes of the experimental threshold amplitudes extracted from total cross section data, A=(2.7-0.3i) fm4, B=(2.8-1.5i) fm4, |C|=1.32 fm4, |Ω|=0.53 fm4, K=√2|Ks|2+|Kt|2 =0.38 fm4 and |D|=2.3 fm4 can be reproduced by (long-range) one-pion exchange and short-range vector meson exchanges, with the latter giving the largest contributions. Pion loop effects in pp→ppπ0 appear to be small. The presented diagrammatic approach requires further tests via studies of angular distributions and polarization observables.

  5. A Near-Threshold Shape Resonance in the Valence-Shell Photoabsorption of Linear Alkynes

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jacovella, U.; Holland, D. M. P.; Boyé-Péronne, S.

    2015-12-17

    The room-temperature photoabsorption spectra of a number of linear alkynes with internal triple bonds (e.g., 2-butyne, 2-pentyne, and 2- and 3-hexyne) show similar resonances just above the lowest ionization threshold of the neutral molecules. These features result in a substantial enhancement of the photoabsorption cross sections relative to the cross sections of alkynes with terminal triple bonds (e.g., propyne, 1-butyne, 1-pentyne,...). Based on earlier work on 2-butyne [Xu et al., J. Chem. Phys. 2012, 136, 154303], these features are assigned to excitation from the neutral highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) to a shape resonance with g (l = 4) charactermore » and approximate pi symmetry. This generic behavior results from the similarity of the HOMOs in all internal alkynes, as well as the similarity of the corresponding g pi virtual orbital in the continuum. Theoretical calculations of the absorption spectrum above the ionization threshold for the 2- and 3-alkynes show the presence of a shape resonance when the coupling between the two degenerate or nearly degenerate pi channels is included, with a dominant contribution from l = 4. These calculations thus confirm the qualitative arguments for the importance of the l = 4 continuum near threshold for internal alkynes, which should also apply to other linear internal alkynes and alkynyl radicals. The 1-alkynes do not have such high partial waves present in the shape resonance. The lower l partial waves in these systems are consistent with the broader features observed in the corresponding spectra.« less

  6. Long wavelength PbSnTe lasers with CW operation above 77 K

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shinohara, K.; Yoshikawa, M.; Ito, M.; Ueda, R.

    1980-01-01

    Lead tin telluride diode lasers with emission wavelengths of 6 to 9 micrometers easily operate continuously at temperatures above 77K. These lasers have the Pb(1-y) Sn(y) TE/Pb(1-y) Te/Pb(1-y) Sn(y) Te/PbTe (substrate), (x y) double heterostructure. To prepare this structure by LPE, the growth temperature must be below 600 C to suppress diffusion of the tin during the epitaxial growth. When the heterojunctions are formed by the usual LPE method, the junction boundaries become irregular in the case for the lasers with wavelengths of over 10 micrometers at 77K. The mechanism by which the heterojunction boundaries become irregular is cleared and a new LPE method which prevents the irregularity is explained. The lasers prepared from the wafers grown by the new method have demonstrated CW operation at wavelengths longer than 10 micrometers above liquid nitrogen temperature.

  7. Facilitation and inhibition: changes in plant nitrogen and secondary metabolites mediate interactions between above-ground and below-ground herbivores.

    PubMed

    Huang, Wei; Siemann, Evan; Yang, Xuefang; Wheeler, Gregory S; Ding, Jianqing

    2013-09-22

    To date, it remains unclear how herbivore-induced changes in plant primary and secondary metabolites impact above-ground and below-ground herbivore interactions. Here, we report effects of above-ground (adult) and below-ground (larval) feeding by Bikasha collaris on nitrogen and secondary chemicals in shoots and roots of Triadica sebifera to explain reciprocal above-ground and below-ground insect interactions. Plants increased root tannins with below-ground herbivory, but above-ground herbivory prevented this increase and larval survival doubled. Above-ground herbivory elevated root nitrogen, probably contributing to increased larval survival. However, plants increased foliar tannins with above-ground herbivory and below-ground herbivory amplified this increase, and adult survival decreased. As either foliar or root tannins increased, foliar flavonoids decreased, suggesting a trade-off between these chemicals. Together, these results show that plant chemicals mediate contrasting effects of conspecific larval and adult insects, whereas insects may take advantage of plant responses to facilitate their offspring performance, which may influence population dynamics.

  8. Facilitation and inhibition: changes in plant nitrogen and secondary metabolites mediate interactions between above-ground and below-ground herbivores

    PubMed Central

    Huang, Wei; Siemann, Evan; Yang, Xuefang; Wheeler, Gregory S.; Ding, Jianqing

    2013-01-01

    To date, it remains unclear how herbivore-induced changes in plant primary and secondary metabolites impact above-ground and below-ground herbivore interactions. Here, we report effects of above-ground (adult) and below-ground (larval) feeding by Bikasha collaris on nitrogen and secondary chemicals in shoots and roots of Triadica sebifera to explain reciprocal above-ground and below-ground insect interactions. Plants increased root tannins with below-ground herbivory, but above-ground herbivory prevented this increase and larval survival doubled. Above-ground herbivory elevated root nitrogen, probably contributing to increased larval survival. However, plants increased foliar tannins with above-ground herbivory and below-ground herbivory amplified this increase, and adult survival decreased. As either foliar or root tannins increased, foliar flavonoids decreased, suggesting a trade-off between these chemicals. Together, these results show that plant chemicals mediate contrasting effects of conspecific larval and adult insects, whereas insects may take advantage of plant responses to facilitate their offspring performance, which may influence population dynamics. PMID:23902902

  9. Tunable femtosecond lasers with low pump thresholds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oppo, Karen

    The work in this thesis is concerned with the development of tunable, femtosecond laser systems, exhibiting low pump threshold powers. The main motive for this work was the development of a low threshold, self-modelocked Ti:Al2O3 laser in order to replace the conventional large-frame argon-ion pump laser with a more compact and efficient all-solid-state alternative. Results are also presented for an all-solid-state, self-modelocked Cr:LiSAF laser, however most of this work is concerned with self-modelocked Ti:Al2O3 laser systems. In chapter 2, the operation of a regeneratively-initiated, and a hard-aperture self- modelocked Ti:Al2O3 laser, pumped by an argon-ion laser, is discussed. Continuous- wave oscillation thresholds as low as 160mW have been demonstrated, along with self-modelocked threshold powers as low as 500mW. The measurement and suppression of phase noise on modelocked lasers is discussed in chapter 3. This is followed by a comparison of the phase noise characteristics of the regeneratively-initiated, and hard-aperture self-modelocked Ti:Al2O3 lasers. The use of a synchronously-operating, high resolution electron-optical streak camera in the evaluation of timing jitter is also presented. In chapter 4, the construction and self-modelocked operation of an all-solid-state Ti:Al2O3 laser is described. The all-solid-state alternative to the conventional argon-ion pump laser was a continuous-wave, intracavity-frequency doubled, diode-laser pumped Nd:YLF ring laser. At a total diode-laser pump power of 10W, this minilaser was capable of producing a single frequency output of 1W, at 523.5nm in a TEM00 beam. The remainder of this thesis looks at the operation of a self-modelocked Ti:Al2O3 laser generating ultrashort pulses at wavelengths as long as 1053nm. The motive for this work was the development of an all-solid-state, self- modelocked Ti:Al2O3 laser operating at 1053nm, for use as a master oscillator in a Nd:glass power chain.

  10. Should Malaria Treatment Be Guided by a Point of Care Rapid Test? A Threshold Approach to Malaria Management in Rural Burkina Faso

    PubMed Central

    Bisoffi, Zeno; Tinto, Halidou; Sirima, Bienvenu Sodiomon; Gobbi, Federico; Angheben, Andrea; Buonfrate, Dora; Van den Ende, Jef

    2013-01-01

    Background In Burkina Faso, rapid diagnostic tests for malaria have been made recently available. Previously, malaria was managed clinically. This study aims at assessing which is the best management option of a febrile patient in a hyperendemic setting. Three alternatives are: treating presumptively, testing, or refraining from both test and treatment. The test threshold is the tradeoff between refraining and testing, the test-treatment threshold is the tradeoff between testing and treating. Only if the disease probability lies between the two should the test be used. Methods and Findings Data for this analysis was obtained from previous studies on malaria rapid tests, involving 5220 patients. The thresholds were calculated, based on disease risk, treatment risk and cost, test accuracy and cost. The thresholds were then matched against the disease probability. For a febrile child under 5 in the dry season, the pre-test probability of clinical malaria (3.2%), was just above the test/treatment threshold. In the rainy season, that probability was 63%, largely above the test/treatment threshold. For febrile children >5 years and adults in the dry season, the probability was 1.7%, below the test threshold, while in the rainy season it was higher (25.1%), and situated between the two thresholds (3% and 60.9%), only if costs were not considered. If they were, neither testing nor treating with artemisinin combination treatments (ACT) would be recommended. Conclusions A febrile child under 5 should be treated presumptively. In the dry season, the probability of clinical malaria in adults is so low, that neither testing nor treating with any regimen should be recommended. In the rainy season, if costs are considered, a febrile adult should not be tested, nor treated with ACT, but a possible alternative would be a presumptive treatment with amodiaquine plus sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine. If costs were not considered, testing would be recommended. PMID:23472129

  11. Updated LPI Thresholds for the Nike Laser*

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weaver, J. L.; Oh, J.; Afeyan, B.; Phillips, L.; Seely, J.; Kehne, D.; Brown, C.; Obenschain, S. P.; Serlin, V.; Schmitt, A. J.; Feldman, U.; Holland, G.; Manka, C.; Lehmberg, R. H.; McLean, E.

    2009-11-01

    Advanced implosion designs for direct drive inertial confinement fusion use high laser intensities (10^15-10^16 W/cm^2) to achieve gain (g>100) with a reduction in total laser energy (E<1 MJ). Krypton-fluoride lasers such as the Nike laser at NRL are an attractive choice due to their combination of short wavelength (248 nm), large bandwidth (1-2 THz), and beam smoothing by induced spatial incoherence but the potential threat from laser-plasma instabilities (LPI) needs to be assessed. The 2008 LPI campaign at Nike yielded threshold intensities above 10^15 W/cm^2 for the two-plasmon instability, a value higher than reported for 351 nm glass lasers. The experiments used a planar geometry, solid polystyrene targets, and a subset of beams (E<200 J) with a reduced focal spot (d<125 μm). The 2009 campaign extended the shot parameters to higher laser energies (E<1 kJ) and larger spot sizes (d<300 μm). Spectrally-resolved and time-resolved measurements of x-rays and emission near ^1/2φo and ^3/2φo harmonics of the laser wavelength show threshold intensities consistent with the 2008 results. *Work supported by DoE/NNSA

  12. The Electromyographic Threshold in Girls and Women.

    PubMed

    Long, Devon; Dotan, Raffy; Pitt, Brynlynn; McKinlay, Brandon; O'Brien, Thomas D; Tokuno, Craig; Falk, Bareket

    2017-02-01

    The electromyographic threshold (EMG Th ) is thought to reflect increased high-threshold/type-II motor-unit (MU) recruitment and was shown higher in boys than in men. Women differ from men in muscular function. Establish whether females' EMG Th and girls-women differences are different than males'. Nineteen women (22.9 ± 3.3yrs) and 20 girls (10.3 ± 1.1yrs) had surface EMG recorded from the right and left vastus lateralis muscles during ramped cycle-ergometry to exhaustion. EMG root-mean-squares were averaged per pedal revolution. EMG Th was determined as the least residual sum of squares for any two regression-line data divisions, if the trace rose ≥ 3SD above its regression line. EMG Th was expressed as % final power-output (%Pmax) and %VO 2 pk power (%P VO2pk ). EMG Th was detected in 13 (68%) of women, but only 9 (45%) of girls (p < .005) and tended to be higher in the girls (%Pmax= 88.6 ± 7.0 vs. 83.0 ± 6.9%, p = .080; %P VO2pk = (101.6 ± 17.6 vs. 90.6 ± 7.8%, p = .063). When EMG Th was undetected it was assumed to occur at 100%Pmax or beyond. Consequently, EMG Th values turned significantly higher in girls than in women (94.8 ± 7.4 vs. 88.4 ± 9.9%Pmax, p = .026; and 103.2 ± 11.7 vs. 95.2 ± 9.9%P VO2pk , p = .028). During progressive exercise, girls appear to rely less on higher-threshold/type-II MUs than do women, suggesting differential muscle activation strategy.

  13. A threshold-based approach for muscle contraction detection from surface EMG signals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morantes, Gaudi; Fernández, Gerardo; Altuve, Miguel

    2013-11-01

    Surface electromyographic (SEMG) signals are commonly used as control signals in prosthetic and orthotic devices. Super cial electrodes are placed on the skin of the subject to acquire its muscular activity through this signal. The muscle contraction episode is then in charge of activating and deactivating these devices. Nevertheless, there is no gold standard" to detect muscle contraction, leading to delayed responses and false and missed detections. This fact motivated us to propose a new approach that compares a smoothed version of the SEMG signal with a xed threshold, in order to detect muscle contraction episodes. After preprocessing the SEMG signal, the smoothed version is obtained using a moving average lter, where three di erent window lengths has been evaluated. The detector was tuned by maximizing sensitivity and speci city and evaluated using SEMG signals obtained from the anterior tibial and gastrocnemius muscles, taken during the walking of ve subjects. Compared with traditional detection methods, we obtain a reduction of 3 ms in the detection delay, an increase of 8% in sensitivity but a decrease of 15% in speci city. Future work is directed to the inclusion of a temporal threshold (a double-threshold approach) to minimize false detections and reduce detection delays.

  14. Ultrafast breakdown of dielectrics: new insight from double pump-probe experiments (Conference Presentation)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guizard, Stéphane; Mouskeftaras, Alexandros; Bildé, Allan; Klimentov, Sergey M.; Fedorov, Nikita

    2017-05-01

    We investigate the mechanisms involved in the modification of dielectric materials by ultrashort laser pulses. We show that the use of a double pulse (fundamental and second harmonic of a Ti-Sa laser) excitation scheme allows getting new insight in the fundamental processes that occur during the interaction. We first measure the optical breakdown (OB) threshold map (intensity of first pulse versus intensity of second pulse) in various materials (Al2O3, MgO, α-SiO2). Using a simple model that includes multiphoton excitation followed by carrier heating in the conduction band, and assuming that OB occurs when a critical amount of energy is deposited in the material, we can satisfactorily reproduce this evolution of optical breakdown thresholds. The results demonstrate the dominant role of carrier heating in the energy transfer from the laser pulse to the solid. This important phenomenon is also highlighted by the kinetic energy distribution of photoelectrons observed in a photoemission experiment performed under similar conditions of double pulse excitation. Furthermore, we show, in the case of α-SiO2, that the formation of self-trapped exciton is in competition with the heating mechanism and thus play an important role especially when the pulse duration exceeds a few 100 fs. Finally, also in quartz or silica, we observe that the initial electronic excitation plays a key role in the formation of surface ripples and that their characteristics are determined by the first pulse, even at intensities well below OB threshold. The consequence of all these experimental results in the domain of UV or VUV induce damage will be discussed. In particular we demonstrate the possibility to dramatically increase the ablation efficiency by VUV light by using such double pulse scheme.

  15. Quantitative Observation of Threshold Defect Behavior in Memristive Devices with Operando X-ray Microscopy.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, Huajun; Dong, Yongqi; Cherukara, Matthew J.

    Memristive devices are an emerging technology that enables both rich interdisciplinary science and novel device functionalities, such as nonvolatile memories and nanoionics-based synaptic electronics. Recent work has shown that the reproducibility and variability of the devices depend sensitively on the defect structures created during electroforming as well as their continued evolution under dynamic electric fields. However, a fundamental principle guiding the material design of defect structures is still lacking due to the difficulty in understanding dynamic defect behavior under different resistance states. Here, we unravel the existence of threshold behavior by studying model, single-crystal devices: resistive switching requires that themore » pristine oxygen vacancy concentration reside near a critical value. Theoretical calculations show that the threshold oxygen vacancy concentration lies at the boundary for both electronic and atomic phase transitions. Through operando, multimodal X-ray imaging, we show that field tuning of the local oxygen vacancy concentration below or above the threshold value is responsible for switching between different electrical states. These results provide a general strategy for designing functional defect structures around threshold concentrations to create dynamic, field-controlled phases for memristive devices.« less

  16. Double-Group Particle Swarm Optimization and Its Application in Remote Sensing Image Segmentation

    PubMed Central

    Shen, Liang; Huang, Xiaotao; Fan, Chongyi

    2018-01-01

    Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) is a well-known meta-heuristic. It has been widely used in both research and engineering fields. However, the original PSO generally suffers from premature convergence, especially in multimodal problems. In this paper, we propose a double-group PSO (DG-PSO) algorithm to improve the performance. DG-PSO uses a double-group based evolution framework. The individuals are divided into two groups: an advantaged group and a disadvantaged group. The advantaged group works according to the original PSO, while two new strategies are developed for the disadvantaged group. The proposed algorithm is firstly evaluated by comparing it with the other five popular PSO variants and two state-of-the-art meta-heuristics on various benchmark functions. The results demonstrate that DG-PSO shows a remarkable performance in terms of accuracy and stability. Then, we apply DG-PSO to multilevel thresholding for remote sensing image segmentation. The results show that the proposed algorithm outperforms five other popular algorithms in meta-heuristic-based multilevel thresholding, which verifies the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. PMID:29724013

  17. Double-Group Particle Swarm Optimization and Its Application in Remote Sensing Image Segmentation.

    PubMed

    Shen, Liang; Huang, Xiaotao; Fan, Chongyi

    2018-05-01

    Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) is a well-known meta-heuristic. It has been widely used in both research and engineering fields. However, the original PSO generally suffers from premature convergence, especially in multimodal problems. In this paper, we propose a double-group PSO (DG-PSO) algorithm to improve the performance. DG-PSO uses a double-group based evolution framework. The individuals are divided into two groups: an advantaged group and a disadvantaged group. The advantaged group works according to the original PSO, while two new strategies are developed for the disadvantaged group. The proposed algorithm is firstly evaluated by comparing it with the other five popular PSO variants and two state-of-the-art meta-heuristics on various benchmark functions. The results demonstrate that DG-PSO shows a remarkable performance in terms of accuracy and stability. Then, we apply DG-PSO to multilevel thresholding for remote sensing image segmentation. The results show that the proposed algorithm outperforms five other popular algorithms in meta-heuristic-based multilevel thresholding, which verifies the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm.

  18. Strong neutron- γ competition above the neutron threshold in the decay of Co 70

    DOE PAGES

    Spyrou, A.; Liddick, S. N.; Naqvi, F.; ...

    2016-09-29

    The β-decay intensity of 70Co was measured for the first time using the technique of total absorption spectroscopy. The large β-decay Q value [12.3(3) MeV] offers a rare opportunity to study β-decay properties in a broad energy range. Two surprising features were observed in the experimental results, namely, the large fragmentation of the β intensity at high energies, as well as the strong competition between γ rays and neutrons, up to more than 2 MeV above the neutron-separation energy. The data are compared to two theoretical calculations: the shell model and the quasiparticle random phase approximation (QRPA). Both models seemmore » to be missing a significant strength at high excitation energies. Possible interpretations of this discrepancy are discussed. The shell model is used for a detailed nuclear structure interpretation and helps to explain the observed γ-neutron competition. The comparison to the QRPA calculations is done as a means to test a model that provides global β-decay properties for astrophysical calculations. Our work demonstrates the importance of performing detailed comparisons to experimental results, beyond the simple half-life comparisons. Finally, a realistic and robust description of the β-decay intensity is crucial for our understanding of nuclear structure as well as of r-process nucleosynthesis.« less

  19. Modeling jointly low, moderate, and heavy rainfall intensities without a threshold selection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Naveau, Philippe; Huser, Raphael; Ribereau, Pierre; Hannart, Alexis

    2016-04-01

    In statistics, extreme events are often defined as excesses above a given large threshold. This definition allows hydrologists and flood planners to apply Extreme-Value Theory (EVT) to their time series of interest. Even in the stationary univariate context, this approach has at least two main drawbacks. First, working with excesses implies that a lot of observations (those below the chosen threshold) are completely disregarded. The range of precipitation is artificially shopped down into two pieces, namely large intensities and the rest, which necessarily imposes different statistical models for each piece. Second, this strategy raises a nontrivial and very practical difficultly: how to choose the optimal threshold which correctly discriminates between low and heavy rainfall intensities. To address these issues, we propose a statistical model in which EVT results apply not only to heavy, but also to low precipitation amounts (zeros excluded). Our model is in compliance with EVT on both ends of the spectrum and allows a smooth transition between the two tails, while keeping a low number of parameters. In terms of inference, we have implemented and tested two classical methods of estimation: likelihood maximization and probability weighed moments. Last but not least, there is no need to choose a threshold to define low and high excesses. The performance and flexibility of this approach are illustrated on simulated and hourly precipitation recorded in Lyon, France.

  20. ADAPTIVE THRESHOLD LOGIC.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    The design and construction of a 16 variable threshold logic gate with adaptable weights is described. The operating characteristics of tape wound...and sizes as well as for the 16 input adaptive threshold logic gate. (Author)

  1. Threshold Concepts in Biochemistry

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Loertscher, Jennifer

    2011-01-01

    Threshold concepts can be identified for any discipline and provide a framework for linking student learning to curricular design. Threshold concepts represent a transformed understanding of a discipline, without which the learner cannot progress and are therefore pivotal in learning in a discipline. Although threshold concepts have been…

  2. Algorithm theoretical basis for GEDI level-4A footprint above ground biomass density.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kellner, J. R.; Armston, J.; Blair, J. B.; Duncanson, L.; Hancock, S.; Hofton, M. A.; Luthcke, S. B.; Marselis, S.; Tang, H.; Dubayah, R.

    2017-12-01

    The Global Ecosystem Dynamics Investigation is a NASA Earth-Venture-2 mission that will place a multi-beam waveform lidar instrument on the International Space Station. GEDI data will provide globally representative measurements of vertical height profiles (waveforms) and estimates of above ground carbon stocks throughout the planet's temperate and tropical regions. Here we describe the current algorithm theoretical basis for the L4A footprint above ground biomass data product. The L4A data product is above ground biomass density (AGBD, Mg · ha-1) at the scale of individual GEDI footprints (25 m diameter). Footprint AGBD is derived from statistical models that relate waveform height metrics to field-estimated above ground biomass. The field estimates are from long-term permanent plot inventories in which all free-standing woody plants greater than a diameter size threshold have been identified and mapped. We simulated GEDI waveforms from discrete-return airborne lidar data using the GEDI waveform simulator. We associated height metrics from simulated waveforms with field-estimated AGBD at 61 sites in temperate and tropical regions of North and South America, Europe, Africa, Asia and Australia. We evaluated the ability of empirical and physically-based regression and machine learning models to predict AGBD at the footprint level. Our analysis benchmarks the performance of these models in terms of site and region-specific accuracy and transferability using a globally comprehensive calibration and validation dataset.

  3. Stationary statistical theory of two-surface multipactor regarding all impacts for efficient threshold analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Shu; Wang, Rui; Xia, Ning; Li, Yongdong; Liu, Chunliang

    2018-01-01

    Statistical multipactor theories are critical prediction approaches for multipactor breakdown determination. However, these approaches still require a negotiation between the calculation efficiency and accuracy. This paper presents an improved stationary statistical theory for efficient threshold analysis of two-surface multipactor. A general integral equation over the distribution function of the electron emission phase with both the single-sided and double-sided impacts considered is formulated. The modeling results indicate that the improved stationary statistical theory can not only obtain equally good accuracy of multipactor threshold calculation as the nonstationary statistical theory, but also achieve high calculation efficiency concurrently. By using this improved stationary statistical theory, the total time consumption in calculating full multipactor susceptibility zones of parallel plates can be decreased by as much as a factor of four relative to the nonstationary statistical theory. It also shows that the effect of single-sided impacts is indispensable for accurate multipactor prediction of coaxial lines and also more significant for the high order multipactor. Finally, the influence of secondary emission yield (SEY) properties on the multipactor threshold is further investigated. It is observed that the first cross energy and the energy range between the first cross and the SEY maximum both play a significant role in determining the multipactor threshold, which agrees with the numerical simulation results in the literature.

  4. Critical fluctuations and the rates of interstate switching near the excitation threshold of a quantum parametric oscillator.

    PubMed

    Lin, Z R; Nakamura, Y; Dykman, M I

    2015-08-01

    We study the dynamics of a nonlinear oscillator near the critical point where period-two vibrations are first excited with the increasing amplitude of parametric driving. Above the threshold, quantum fluctuations induce transitions between the period-two states over the quasienergy barrier. We find the effective quantum activation energies for such transitions and their scaling with the difference of the driving amplitude from its critical value. We also find the scaling of the fluctuation correlation time with the quantum noise parameters in the critical region near the threshold. The results are extended to oscillators with nonlinear friction.

  5. Mitochondrial threshold effects.

    PubMed Central

    Rossignol, Rodrigue; Faustin, Benjamin; Rocher, Christophe; Malgat, Monique; Mazat, Jean-Pierre; Letellier, Thierry

    2003-01-01

    The study of mitochondrial diseases has revealed dramatic variability in the phenotypic presentation of mitochondrial genetic defects. To attempt to understand this variability, different authors have studied energy metabolism in transmitochondrial cell lines carrying different proportions of various pathogenic mutations in their mitochondrial DNA. The same kinds of experiments have been performed on isolated mitochondria and on tissue biopsies taken from patients with mitochondrial diseases. The results have shown that, in most cases, phenotypic manifestation of the genetic defect occurs only when a threshold level is exceeded, and this phenomenon has been named the 'phenotypic threshold effect'. Subsequently, several authors showed that it was possible to inhibit considerably the activity of a respiratory chain complex, up to a critical value, without affecting the rate of mitochondrial respiration or ATP synthesis. This phenomenon was called the 'biochemical threshold effect'. More recently, quantitative analysis of the effects of various mutations in mitochondrial DNA on the rate of mitochondrial protein synthesis has revealed the existence of a 'translational threshold effect'. In this review these different mitochondrial threshold effects are discussed, along with their molecular bases and the roles that they play in the presentation of mitochondrial diseases. PMID:12467494

  6. On the threshold conditions for electron beam damage of asbestos amosite fibers in the transmission electron microscope (TEM).

    PubMed

    Martin, Joannie; Beauparlant, Martin; Sauvé, Sébastien; L'Espérance, Gilles

    2016-12-01

    Asbestos amosite fibers were investigated to evaluate the damage caused by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) electron beam. Since elemental x-ray intensity ratios obtained by energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (EDS) are commonly used for asbestos identification, the impact of beam damage on these ratios was evaluated. It was determined that the magnesium/silicon ratio best represented the damage caused to the fiber. Various tests showed that most fibers have a current density threshold above which the chemical composition of the fiber is modified. The value of this threshold current density varied depending on the fiber, regardless of fiber diameter, and in some cases could not be determined. The existence of a threshold electron dose was also demonstrated. This value was dependent on the current density used and can be increased by providing a recovery period between exposures to the electron beam. This study also established that the electron beam current is directly related to the damage rate above a current density of 165 A/cm 2 . The large number of different results obtained suggest, that in order to ensure that the amosite fibers are not damaged, analysis should be conducted below a current density of 100 A/cm 2 .

  7. A statistical study of current-sheet formation above solar active regions based on selforganized criticality

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dimitropoulou, M.; Isliker, H.; Vlahos, L.; Georgoulis, M.; Anastasiadis, A.; Toutountzi, A.

    2013-09-01

    We treat flaring solar active regions as physical systems having reached the self-organized critical state. Their evolving magnetic configurations in the low corona may satisfy an instability criterion, related to the excession of a specific threshold in the curl of the magnetic field. This imposed instability criterion implies an almost zero resistivity everywhere in the solar corona, except in regions where magnetic-field discontinuities and. hence, local currents, reach the critical value. In these areas, current-driven instabilities enhance the resistivity by many orders of magnitude forming structures which efficiently accelerate charged particles. Simulating the formation of such structures (thought of as current sheets) via a refined SOC cellular-automaton model provides interesting information regarding their statistical properties. It is shown that the current density in such unstable regions follows power-law scaling. Furthermore, the size distribution of the produced current sheets is best fitted by power laws, whereas their formation probability is investigated against the photospheric magnetic configuration (e.g. Polarity Inversion Lines, Plage). The average fractal dimension of the produced current sheets is deduced depending on the selected critical threshold. The above-mentioned statistical description of intermittent electric field structures can be used by collisional relativistic test particle simulations, aiming to interpret particle acceleration in flaring active regions and in strongly turbulent media in astrophysical plasmas. The above work is supported by the Hellenic National Space Weather Research Network (HNSWRN) via the THALIS Programme.

  8. Threshold concepts in prosthetics.

    PubMed

    Hill, Sophie

    2017-12-01

    Curriculum documents identify key concepts within learning prosthetics. Threshold concepts provide an alternative way of viewing the curriculum, focussing on the ways of thinking and practicing within prosthetics. Threshold concepts can be described as an opening to a different way of viewing a concept. This article forms part of a larger study exploring what students and staff experience as difficult in learning about prosthetics. To explore possible threshold concepts within prosthetics. Qualitative, interpretative phenomenological analysis. Data from 18 students and 8 staff at two universities with undergraduate prosthetics and orthotics programmes were generated through interviews and questionnaires. The data were analysed using an interpretative phenomenological analysis approach. Three possible threshold concepts arose from the data: 'how we walk', 'learning to talk' and 'considering the person'. Three potential threshold concepts in prosthetics are suggested with possible implications for prosthetics education. These possible threshold concepts involve changes in both conceptual and ontological knowledge, integrating into the persona of the individual. This integration occurs through the development of memories associated with procedural concepts that combine with disciplinary concepts. Considering the prosthetics curriculum through the lens of threshold concepts enables a focus on how students learn to become prosthetists. Clinical relevance This study provides new insights into how prosthetists learn. This has implications for curriculum design in prosthetics education.

  9. Climate change: The 2015 Paris Agreement thresholds and Mediterranean basin ecosystems.

    PubMed

    Guiot, Joel; Cramer, Wolfgang

    2016-10-28

    The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Paris Agreement of December 2015 aims to maintain the global average warming well below 2°C above the preindustrial level. In the Mediterranean basin, recent pollen-based reconstructions of climate and ecosystem variability over the past 10,000 years provide insights regarding the implications of warming thresholds for biodiversity and land-use potential. We compare scenarios of climate-driven future change in land ecosystems with reconstructed ecosystem dynamics during the past 10,000 years. Only a 1.5°C warming scenario permits ecosystems to remain within the Holocene variability. At or above 2°C of warming, climatic change will generate Mediterranean land ecosystem changes that are unmatched in the Holocene, a period characterized by recurring precipitation deficits rather than temperature anomalies. Copyright © 2016, American Association for the Advancement of Science.

  10. Determining lower threshold concentrations for synergistic effects.

    PubMed

    Bjergager, Maj-Britt Andersen; Dalhoff, Kristoffer; Kretschmann, Andreas; Nørgaard, Katrine Banke; Mayer, Philipp; Cedergreen, Nina

    2017-01-01

    Though only occurring rarely, synergistic interactions between chemicals in mixtures have long been a point of focus. Most studies analyzing synergistic interactions used unrealistically high chemical concentrations. The aim of the present study is to determine the threshold concentration below which proven synergists cease to act as synergists towards the aquatic crustacean Daphnia magna. To do this, we compared several approaches and test-setups to evaluate which approach gives the most conservative estimate for the lower threshold for synergy for three known azole synergists. We focus on synergistic interactions between the pyrethroid insecticide, alpha-cypermethrin, and one of the three azole fungicides prochloraz, propiconazole or epoxiconazole measured on Daphnia magna immobilization. Three different experimental setups were applied: A standard 48h acute toxicity test, an adapted 48h test using passive dosing for constant chemical exposure concentrations, and a 14-day test. Synergy was defined as occuring in mixtures where either EC 50 values decreased more than two-fold below what was predicted by concentration addition (horizontal assessment) or as mixtures where the fraction of immobile organisms increased more than two-fold above what was predicted by independent action (vertical assessment). All three tests confirmed the hypothesis of the existence of a lower azole threshold concentration below which no synergistic interaction was observed. The lower threshold concentration, however, decreased with increasing test duration from 0.026±0.013μM (9.794±4.897μgL -1 ), 0.425±0.089μM (145.435±30.46μgL -1 ) and 0.757±0.253μM (249.659±83.44μgL -1 ) for prochloraz, propiconazole and epoxiconazole in standard 48h toxicity tests to 0.015±0.004μM (5.651±1.507μgL -1 ), 0.145±0.025μM (49.619±8.555μgL -1 ) and 0.122±0.0417μM (40.236±13.75μgL -1 ), respectively, in the 14-days tests. Testing synergy in relation to concentration addition provided

  11. Three holes bound to a double acceptor - Be(+) in germanium

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Haller, E. E.; Mcmurray, R. E., Jr.; Falicov, L. M.; Haegel, N. M.; Hansen, W. L.

    1983-01-01

    A double acceptor binding three holes has been observed for the first time with photoconductive far-infrared spectroscopy in beryllium-doped germanium single crystals. This new center, Be(+), has a hole binding energy of about 5 meV and is only present when free holes are generated by ionization of either neutral shallow acceptors or neutral Be double acceptors. The Be(+) center thermally ionizes above 4 K. It disappears at a uniaxial stress higher than about a billion dyn/sq cm parallel to (111) as a result of the lifting of the valence-band degeneracy.

  12. Speech-in-Noise Tests and Supra-threshold Auditory Evoked Potentials as Metrics for Noise Damage and Clinical Trial Outcome Measures.

    PubMed

    Le Prell, Colleen G; Brungart, Douglas S

    2016-09-01

    In humans, the accepted clinical standards for detecting hearing loss are the behavioral audiogram, based on the absolute detection threshold of pure-tones, and the threshold auditory brainstem response (ABR). The audiogram and the threshold ABR are reliable and sensitive measures of hearing thresholds in human listeners. However, recent results from noise-exposed animals demonstrate that noise exposure can cause substantial neurodegeneration in the peripheral auditory system without degrading pure-tone audiometric thresholds. It has been suggested that clinical measures of auditory performance conducted with stimuli presented above the detection threshold may be more sensitive than the behavioral audiogram in detecting early-stage noise-induced hearing loss in listeners with audiometric thresholds within normal limits. Supra-threshold speech-in-noise testing and supra-threshold ABR responses are reviewed here, given that they may be useful supplements to the behavioral audiogram for assessment of possible neurodegeneration in noise-exposed listeners. Supra-threshold tests may be useful for assessing the effects of noise on the human inner ear, and the effectiveness of interventions designed to prevent noise trauma. The current state of the science does not necessarily allow us to define a single set of best practice protocols. Nonetheless, we encourage investigators to incorporate these metrics into test batteries when feasible, with an effort to standardize procedures to the greatest extent possible as new reports emerge.

  13. Finite element simulation of cracks formation in parabolic flume above fixed service live

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bandurin, M. A.; Volosukhin, V. A.; Mikheev, A. V.; Volosukhin, Y. V.; Bandurina, I. P.

    2018-03-01

    In the article, digital simulation data on influence of defect different characteristics on cracks formation in a parabolic flume are presented. The finite element method is based on general hypotheses of the theory of elasticity. The studies showed that the values of absolute movements satisfy the standards of design. The results of the digital simulation of stresses and strains for cracks formation in concrete parabolic flumes after long-term service above the fixed service life are described. Stressed and strained state of reinforced concrete bearing elements under different load combinations is considered. Intensive threshold of danger to form longitudinal cracks in reinforced concrete elements is determined.

  14. Shifts in the relationship between motor unit recruitment thresholds versus derecruitment thresholds during fatigue.

    PubMed

    Stock, Matt S; Mota, Jacob A

    2017-12-01

    Muscle fatigue is associated with diminished twitch force amplitude. We examined changes in the motor unit recruitment versus derecruitment threshold relationship during fatigue. Nine men (mean age = 26 years) performed repeated isometric contractions at 50% maximal voluntary contraction (MVC) knee extensor force until exhaustion. Surface electromyographic signals were detected from the vastus lateralis, and were decomposed into their constituent motor unit action potential trains. Motor unit recruitment and derecruitment thresholds and firing rates at recruitment and derecruitment were evaluated at the beginning, middle, and end of the protocol. On average, 15 motor units were studied per contraction. For the initial contraction, three subjects showed greater recruitment thresholds than derecruitment thresholds for all motor units. Five subjects showed greater recruitment thresholds than derecruitment thresholds for only low-threshold motor units at the beginning, with a mean cross-over of 31.6% MVC. As the muscle fatigued, many motor units were derecruited at progressively higher forces. In turn, decreased slopes and increased y-intercepts were observed. These shifts were complemented by increased firing rates at derecruitment relative to recruitment. As the vastus lateralis fatigued, the central nervous system's compensatory adjustments resulted in a shift of the regression line of the recruitment versus derecruitment threshold relationship. Copyright © 2017 IPEM. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Observation of a cross-section enhancement near mass threshold in e+e-→Λ Λ ¯

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ablikim, M.; Achasov, M. N.; Ahmed, S.; Ai, X. C.; Albayrak, O.; Albrecht, M.; Ambrose, D. J.; Amoroso, A.; An, F. F.; An, Q.; Bai, J. Z.; Bakina, O.; Baldini Ferroli, R.; Ban, Y.; Bennett, D. W.; Bennett, J. V.; Berger, N.; Bertani, M.; Bettoni, D.; Bian, J. M.; Bianchi, F.; Boger, E.; Boyko, I.; Briere, R. A.; Cai, H.; Cai, X.; Cakir, O.; Calcaterra, A.; Cao, G. F.; Cetin, S. A.; Chai, J.; Chang, J. F.; Chelkov, G.; Chen, G.; Chen, H. S.; Chen, J. C.; Chen, M. L.; Chen, S.; Chen, S. J.; Chen, X.; Chen, X. R.; Chen, Y. B.; Chu, X. K.; Cibinetto, G.; Dai, H. L.; Dai, J. P.; Dbeyssi, A.; Dedovich, D.; Deng, Z. Y.; Denig, A.; Denysenko, I.; Destefanis, M.; de Mori, F.; Ding, Y.; Dong, C.; Dong, J.; Dong, L. Y.; Dong, M. Y.; Dou, Z. L.; Du, S. X.; Duan, P. F.; Fan, J. Z.; Fang, J.; Fang, S. S.; Fang, X.; Fang, Y.; Farinelli, R.; Fava, L.; Fegan, S.; Feldbauer, F.; Felici, G.; Feng, C. Q.; Fioravanti, E.; Fritsch, M.; Fu, C. D.; Gao, Q.; Gao, X. L.; Gao, Y.; Gao, Z.; Garzia, I.; Goetzen, K.; Gong, L.; Gong, W. X.; Gradl, W.; Greco, M.; Gu, M. H.; Gu, Y. T.; Guan, Y. H.; Guo, A. Q.; Guo, L. B.; Guo, R. P.; Guo, Y.; Guo, Y. P.; Haddadi, Z.; Hafner, A.; Han, S.; Hao, X. Q.; Harris, F. A.; He, K. L.; Heinsius, F. H.; Held, T.; Heng, Y. K.; Holtmann, T.; Hou, Z. L.; Hu, C.; Hu, H. M.; Hu, T.; Hu, Y.; Huang, G. S.; Huang, J. S.; Huang, X. T.; Huang, X. Z.; Huang, Z. L.; Hussain, T.; Ikegami Andersson, W.; Ji, Q.; Ji, Q. P.; Ji, X. B.; Ji, X. L.; Jiang, L. W.; Jiang, X. S.; Jiang, X. Y.; Jiao, J. B.; Jiao, Z.; Jin, D. P.; Jin, S.; Johansson, T.; Julin, A.; Kalantar-Nayestanaki, N.; Kang, X. L.; Kang, X. S.; Kavatsyuk, M.; Ke, B. C.; Kiese, P.; Kliemt, R.; Kloss, B.; Kolcu, O. B.; Kopf, B.; Kornicer, M.; Kupsc, A.; Kühn, W.; Lange, J. S.; Lara, M.; Larin, P.; Leithoff, H.; Leng, C.; Li, C.; Li, Cheng; Li, D. M.; Li, F.; Li, F. Y.; Li, G.; Li, H. B.; Li, H. J.; Li, J. C.; Li, Jin; Li, K.; Li, K.; Li, Lei; Li, P. L.; Li, P. R.; Li, Q. Y.; Li, T.; Li, W. D.; Li, W. G.; Li, X. L.; Li, X. N.; Li, X. Q.; Li, Y. B.; Li, Z. B.; Liang, H.; Liang, Y. F.; Liang, Y. T.; Liao, G. R.; Lin, D. X.; Liu, B.; Liu, B. J.; Liu, C. X.; Liu, D.; Liu, F. H.; Liu, Fang; Liu, Feng; Liu, H. B.; Liu, H. H.; Liu, H. H.; Liu, H. M.; Liu, J.; Liu, J. B.; Liu, J. P.; Liu, J. Y.; Liu, K.; Liu, K. Y.; Liu, L. D.; Liu, P. L.; Liu, Q.; Liu, S. B.; Liu, X.; Liu, Y. B.; Liu, Y. Y.; Liu, Z. A.; Liu, Zhiqing; Loehner, H.; Long, Y. F.; Lou, X. C.; Lu, H. J.; Lu, J. G.; Lu, Y.; Lu, Y. P.; Luo, C. L.; Luo, M. X.; Luo, T.; Luo, X. L.; Lyu, X. R.; Ma, F. C.; Ma, H. L.; Ma, L. L.; Ma, M. M.; Ma, Q. M.; Ma, T.; Ma, X. N.; Ma, X. Y.; Ma, Y. M.; Maas, F. E.; Maggiora, M.; Malik, Q. A.; Mao, Y. J.; Mao, Z. P.; Marcello, S.; Messchendorp, J. G.; Mezzadri, G.; Min, J.; Min, T. J.; Mitchell, R. E.; Mo, X. H.; Mo, Y. J.; Morales Morales, C.; Morello, G.; Muchnoi, N. Yu.; Muramatsu, H.; Musiol, P.; Nefedov, Y.; Nerling, F.; Nikolaev, I. B.; Ning, Z.; Nisar, S.; Niu, S. L.; Niu, X. Y.; Olsen, S. L.; Ouyang, Q.; Pacetti, S.; Pan, Y.; Papenbrock, M.; Patteri, P.; Pelizaeus, M.; Peng, H. P.; Peters, K.; Pettersson, J.; Ping, J. L.; Ping, R. G.; Poling, R.; Prasad, V.; Qi, H. R.; Qi, M.; Qian, S.; Qiao, C. F.; Qin, L. Q.; Qin, N.; Qin, X. S.; Qin, Z. H.; Qiu, J. F.; Rashid, K. H.; Redmer, C. F.; Ripka, M.; Rong, G.; Rosner, Ch.; Ruan, X. D.; Sarantsev, A.; Savrié, M.; Schnier, C.; Schoenning, K.; Shan, W.; Shao, M.; Shen, C. P.; Shen, P. X.; Shen, X. Y.; Sheng, H. Y.; Song, W. M.; Song, X. Y.; Sosio, S.; Spataro, S.; Sun, G. X.; Sun, J. F.; Sun, S. S.; Sun, X. H.; Sun, Y. J.; Sun, Y. Z.; Sun, Z. J.; Sun, Z. T.; Tang, C. J.; Tang, X.; Tapan, I.; Thorndike, E. H.; Tiemens, M.; Uman, I.; Varner, G. S.; Wang, B.; Wang, B. L.; Wang, D.; Wang, D. Y.; Wang, K.; Wang, L. L.; Wang, L. S.; Wang, M.; Wang, P.; Wang, P. L.; Wang, W.; Wang, W. P.; Wang, X. F.; Wang, Y.; Wang, Y. D.; Wang, Y. F.; Wang, Y. Q.; Wang, Z.; Wang, Z. G.; Wang, Z. H.; Wang, Z. Y.; Wang, Zongyuan; Weber, T.; Wei, D. H.; Weidenkaff, P.; Wen, S. P.; Wiedner, U.; Wolke, M.; Wu, L. H.; Wu, L. J.; Wu, Z.; Xia, L.; Xia, L. G.; Xia, Y.; Xiao, D.; Xiao, H.; Xiao, Z. J.; Xie, Y. G.; Xie, Y. H.; Xiu, Q. L.; Xu, G. F.; Xu, J. J.; Xu, L.; Xu, Q. J.; Xu, Q. N.; Xu, X. P.; Yan, L.; Yan, W. B.; Yan, W. C.; Yan, Y. H.; Yang, H. J.; Yang, H. X.; Yang, L.; Yang, Y. X.; Ye, M.; Ye, M. H.; Yin, J. H.; You, Z. Y.; Yu, B. X.; Yu, C. X.; Yu, J. S.; Yuan, C. Z.; Yuan, Y.; Yuncu, A.; Zafar, A. A.; Zeng, Y.; Zeng, Z.; Zhang, B. X.; Zhang, B. Y.; Zhang, C. C.; Zhang, D. H.; Zhang, H. H.; Zhang, H. Y.; Zhang, J.; Zhang, J. J.; Zhang, J. L.; Zhang, J. Q.; Zhang, J. W.; Zhang, J. Y.; Zhang, J. Z.; Zhang, K.; Zhang, L.; Zhang, S. Q.; Zhang, X. Y.; Zhang, Y.; Zhang, Y.; Zhang, Y. H.; Zhang, Y. N.; Zhang, Y. T.; Zhang, Yu; Zhang, Z. H.; Zhang, Z. P.; Zhang, Z. Y.; Zhao, G.; Zhao, J. W.; Zhao, J. Y.; Zhao, J. Z.; Zhao, Lei; Zhao, Ling; Zhao, M. G.; Zhao, Q.; Zhao, Q. W.; Zhao, S. J.; Zhao, T. C.; Zhao, Y. B.; Zhao, Z. G.; Zhemchugov, A.; Zheng, B.; Zheng, J. P.; Zheng, W. J.; Zheng, Y. H.; Zhong, B.; Zhou, L.; Zhou, X.; Zhou, X. K.; Zhou, X. R.; Zhou, X. Y.; Zhu, K.; Zhu, K. J.; Zhu, S.; Zhu, S. H.; Zhu, X. L.; Zhu, Y. C.; Zhu, Y. S.; Zhu, Z. A.; Zhuang, J.; Zotti, L.; Zou, B. S.; Zou, J. H.; Besiii Collaboration

    2018-02-01

    The process e+e-→Λ Λ ¯ is studied using data samples at √{s }=2.2324 , 2.400, 2.800 and 3.080 GeV collected with the BESIII detector operating at the BEPCII collider. The Born cross section is measured at √{s }=2.2324 GeV , which is 1.0 MeV above the Λ Λ ¯ mass threshold, to be 305 ±4 5-36+66 pb , where the first uncertainty is statistical and the second systematic. The cross section near threshold is larger than that expected from theory, which predicts the cross section to vanish at threshold. The Born cross sections at √{s }=2.400 , 2.800 and 3.080 GeV are measured and found to be consistent with previous experimental results, but with improved precision. Finally, the corresponding effective electromagnetic form factors of Λ are deduced.

  16. Wearable Lactate Threshold Predicting Device is Valid and Reliable in Runners.

    PubMed

    Borges, Nattai R; Driller, Matthew W

    2016-08-01

    Borges, NR and Driller, MW. Wearable lactate threshold predicting device is valid and reliable in runners. J Strength Cond Res 30(8): 2212-2218, 2016-A commercially available device claiming to be the world's first wearable lactate threshold predicting device (WLT), using near-infrared LED technology, has entered the market. The aim of this study was to determine the levels of agreement between the WLT-derived lactate threshold workload and traditional methods of lactate threshold (LT) calculation and the interdevice and intradevice reliability of the WLT. Fourteen (7 male, 7 female; mean ± SD; age: 18-45 years, height: 169 ± 9 cm, mass: 67 ± 13 kg, V[Combining Dot Above]O2max: 53 ± 9 ml·kg·min) subjects ranging from recreationally active to highly trained athletes completed an incremental exercise test to exhaustion on a treadmill. Blood lactate samples were taken at the end of each 3-minute stage during the test to determine lactate threshold using 5 traditional methods from blood lactate analysis which were then compared against the WLT predicted value. In a subset of the population (n = 12), repeat trials were performed to determine both inter-reliability and intrareliability of the WLT device. Intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) found high to very high agreement between the WLT and traditional methods (ICC > 0.80), with TEMs and mean differences ranging between 3.9-10.2% and 1.3-9.4%. Both interdevice and intradevice reliability resulted in highly reproducible and comparable results (CV < 1.2%, TEM <0.2 km·h, ICC > 0.97). This study suggests that the WLT is a practical, reliable, and noninvasive tool for use in predicting LT in runners.

  17. Dielectric spectroscopy of polymer-metal composites across the percolation threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Panda, Maheswar; Srinivas, V.; Thakur, A. K.

    2014-11-01

    Polymer (polar/nonpolar)/metal composites (PMC) were prepared under different process conditions. In polar PMC, dipolar relaxation plays a predominant role below percolation threshold (fc) and anomalous low frequency dispersion (ALFD) becomes dominant above fc while ALFD is the only likely possibility for nonpolar PMC above fc. The magnitude of relaxation exponents "m", "p" and "n", evaluated from the experimental results using Jonscher's universal dielectric response (JUDR) laws, falls within the universal limit [0, 1] with additional feature of strong dependence on volume fraction of conductor (fcon). The decrease in the relaxation exponent "m" with an increase of fcon is directly linked with decrease in the number of dipoles of the polymer in the composite and is accompanied by a distribution of relaxation time due to increased heterogeneity of the system. The magnitude of the relaxation exponent "n" decreases at fc, due to the prevalence of Maxwell-Wagner-Sillar polarization contributed by uncorrelated electrons.

  18. Holes in the Bathtub: Water Table Dependent Services and Threshold Behavior in an Economic Model of Groundwater Extraction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kirk-lawlor, N. E.; Edwards, E. C.

    2012-12-01

    In many groundwater systems, the height of the water table must be above certain thresholds for some types of surface flow to exist. Examples of flows that depend on water table elevation include groundwater baseflow to river systems, groundwater flow to wetland systems, and flow to springs. Meeting many of the goals of sustainable water resource management requires maintaining these flows at certain rates. Water resource management decisions invariably involve weighing tradeoffs between different possible usage regimes and the economic consequences of potential management choices are an important factor in these tradeoffs. Policies based on sustainability may have a social cost from forgoing present income. This loss of income may be worth bearing, but should be well understood and carefully considered. Traditionally, the economic theory of groundwater exploitation has relied on the assumption of a single-cell or "bathtub" aquifer model, which offers a simple means to examine complex interactions between water user and hydrologic system behavior. However, such a model assumes a closed system and does not allow for the simulation of groundwater outflows that depend on water table elevation (e.g. baseflow, springs, wetlands), even though those outflows have value. We modify the traditional single-cell aquifer model by allowing for outflows when the water table is above certain threshold elevations. These thresholds behave similarly to holes in a bathtub, where the outflow is a positive function of the height of the water table above the threshold and the outflow is lost when the water table drops below the threshold. We find important economic consequences to this representation of the groundwater system. The economic value of services provided by threshold-dependent outflows (including non-market value), such as ecosystem services, can be incorporated. The value of services provided by these flows may warrant maintaining the water table at higher levels than would

  19. A False-name-Proof Double Auction Protocol for Arbitrary Evaluation Values

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sakurai, Yuko; Yokoo, Makoto

    We develop a new false-name-proof double auction protocol called the Generalized Threshold Price Double auction (GTPD) protocol. False-name-proofness generalizes strategy-proofness by incorporating the possibility of false-name bids, e.g., bids submitted using multiple e-mail addresses. An existing protocol called TPD protocol is false-name-proof but can handle only the cases where marginal utilities of each agent always decrease, while our new GTPD protocol can handle arbitrary evaluation values. When marginal utilities can increase, some bids cannot be divided into a single unit (e.g., an all-or-nothing bid). Due to the existence of such indivisible bids, meeting supply/demand becomes difficult. Furthermore, a seller/buyer can submit a false-name-bid by pretending to be a potential buyer/seller to manipulate allocations and payments. In the GTPD protocol, the auctioneer is required to absorb the supply-demand imbalance up to a given upper-bound. Also, the GTPD incorporate a new false-name-proof one-sided auction protocol that is guaranteed to sell/buy a certain number of units. Simulation results show that when the threshold price is set appropriately, this protocol can obtain a good social surplus, and the number of absorbed units is much smaller than the given upper-bound.

  20. Comparison between intensity- duration thresholds and cumulative rainfall thresholds for the forecasting of landslide

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lagomarsino, Daniela; Rosi, Ascanio; Rossi, Guglielmo; Segoni, Samuele; Catani, Filippo

    2014-05-01

    This work makes a quantitative comparison between the results of landslide forecasting obtained using two different rainfall threshold models, one using intensity-duration thresholds and the other based on cumulative rainfall thresholds in an area of northern Tuscany of 116 km2. The first methodology identifies rainfall intensity-duration thresholds by means a software called MaCumBA (Massive CUMulative Brisk Analyzer) that analyzes rain-gauge records, extracts the intensities (I) and durations (D) of the rainstorms associated with the initiation of landslides, plots these values on a diagram, and identifies thresholds that define the lower bounds of the I-D values. A back analysis using data from past events can be used to identify the threshold conditions associated with the least amount of false alarms. The second method (SIGMA) is based on the hypothesis that anomalous or extreme values of rainfall are responsible for landslide triggering: the statistical distribution of the rainfall series is analyzed, and multiples of the standard deviation (σ) are used as thresholds to discriminate between ordinary and extraordinary rainfall events. The name of the model, SIGMA, reflects the central role of the standard deviations in the proposed methodology. The definition of intensity-duration rainfall thresholds requires the combined use of rainfall measurements and an inventory of dated landslides, whereas SIGMA model can be implemented using only rainfall data. These two methodologies were applied in an area of 116 km2 where a database of 1200 landslides was available for the period 2000-2012. The results obtained are compared and discussed. Although several examples of visual comparisons between different intensity-duration rainfall thresholds are reported in the international literature, a quantitative comparison between thresholds obtained in the same area using different techniques and approaches is a relatively undebated research topic.

  1. A Phase II, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo Controlled, Dose-Response Trial of the Melatonin Effect on the Pain Threshold of Healthy Subjects

    PubMed Central

    Stefani, Luciana Cadore; Muller, Suzana; Torres, Iraci L. S.; Razzolini, Bruna; Rozisky, Joanna R.; Fregni, Felipe; Markus, Regina; Caumo, Wolnei

    2013-01-01

    Background Previous studies have suggested that melatonin may produce antinociception through peripheral and central mechanisms. Based on the preliminary encouraging results of studies of the effects of melatonin on pain modulation, the important question has been raised of whether there is a dose relationship in humans of melatonin on pain modulation. Objective The objective was to evaluate the analgesic dose response of the effects of melatonin on pressure and heat pain threshold and tolerance and the sedative effects. Methods Sixty-one healthy subjects aged 19 to 47 y were randomized into one of four groups: placebo, 0.05 mg/kg sublingual melatonin, 0.15 mg/kg sublingual melatonin or 0.25 mg/kg sublingual melatonin. We determine the pressure pain threshold (PPT) and the pressure pain tolerance (PPTo). Quantitative sensory testing (QST) was used to measure the heat pain threshold (HPT) and the heat pain tolerance (HPTo). Sedation was assessed with a visual analogue scale and bispectral analysis. Results Serum plasma melatonin levels were directly proportional to the melatonin doses given to each subject. We observed a significant effect associated with dose group. Post hoc analysis indicated significant differences between the placebo vs. the intermediate (0.15 mg/kg) and the highest (0.25 mg/kg) melatonin doses for all pain threshold and sedation level tests. A linear regression model indicated a significant association between the serum melatonin concentrations and changes in pain threshold and pain tolerance (R2 = 0.492 for HPT, R2 = 0.538 for PPT, R2 = 0.558 for HPTo and R2 = 0.584 for PPTo). Conclusions The present data indicate that sublingual melatonin exerts well-defined dose-dependent antinociceptive activity. There is a correlation between the plasma melatonin drug concentration and acute changes in the pain threshold. These results provide additional support for the investigation of melatonin as an analgesic agent. Brazilian Clinical

  2. 40 CFR 68.115 - Threshold determination.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 15 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Threshold determination. 68.115... § 68.115 Threshold determination. (a) A threshold quantity of a regulated substance listed in § 68.130... process exceeds the threshold. (b) For the purposes of determining whether more than a threshold quantity...

  3. Double layers in contactor plasmas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cooke, David L.

    1990-01-01

    The concept of using a hollow cathode to establish a low impedance contact between a spacecraft and the ambient plasma continues to gain in popularity, and is often then referred to as a plasma contactor. A growing number of studies indicate that large contact currents can be supported with small potential difference between the contactor and the ambient plasma. Results will be presented from a simple one-dimensional spherical model that obtains potentials from the solution of Poisson's equation, and particle densities from a turning point formalism that includes particle angular momentum. The neglect of collisions and magnetic field limits the realism. However, the results illustrate the effect of double layers that can form at the interface between contactor and ambient plasmas, when there is any voltage differential between the contactor and the ambient. The I-V characteristic of this model shows the usual space charge depends upon collection when the contactor flux is lower than some threshold; independence of I from variation in V when the flux is slightly greater than that threshold, and (numerical ?) instability for excessive flux suggesting the possibility of negative resistance. Even if a real I-V characteristic does not exhibit negative resistance, flat spots or high resistance regions may still be troublesome (or useful) to the total circuit.

  4. Continuous Seismic Threshold Monitoring

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-05-31

    Continuous threshold monitoring is a technique for using a seismic network to monitor a geographical area continuously in time. The method provides...area. Two approaches are presented. Site-specific monitoring: By focusing a seismic network on a specific target site, continuous threshold monitoring...recorded events at the site. We define the threshold trace for the network as the continuous time trace of computed upper magnitude limits of seismic

  5. The effect of a sequential structure of practice for the training of perceptual-cognitive skills in tennis

    PubMed Central

    2017-01-01

    Objective Anticipation of opponent actions, through the use of advanced (i.e., pre-event) kinematic information, can be trained using video-based temporal occlusion. Typically, this involves isolated opponent skills/shots presented as trials in a random order. However, two different areas of research concerning representative task design and contextual (non-kinematic) information, suggest this structure of practice restricts expert performance. The aim of this study was to examine the effect of a sequential structure of practice during video-based training of anticipatory behavior in tennis, as well as the transfer of these skills to the performance environment. Methods In a pre-practice-retention-transfer design, participants viewed life-sized video of tennis rallies across practice in either a sequential order (sequential group), in which participants were exposed to opponent skills/shots in the order they occur in the sport, or a non-sequential (non-sequential group) random order. Results In the video-based retention test, the sequential group was significantly more accurate in their anticipatory judgments when the retention condition replicated the sequential structure compared to the non-sequential group. In the non-sequential retention condition, the non-sequential group was more accurate than the sequential group. In the field-based transfer test, overall decision time was significantly faster in the sequential group compared to the non-sequential group. Conclusion Findings highlight the benefits of a sequential structure of practice for the transfer of anticipatory behavior in tennis. We discuss the role of contextual information, and the importance of representative task design, for the testing and training of perceptual-cognitive skills in sport. PMID:28355263

  6. Evaluation of double-decker traps for emerald ash borer (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).

    PubMed

    Poland, Therese M; McCullough, Deborah G; Anulewicz, Andrea C

    2011-04-01

    Improved detection tools are needed for the emerald ash borer, Agrilus planipennis Fairmaire (Coleoptera: Buprestidae), an invasive forest insect from Asia that has killed millions of ash (Fraxinus spp.) trees in North America since its discovery in Michigan in 2002. We evaluated attraction of adult A. planipennis to artificial traps incorporating visual (e.g., height, color, silhouette) and olfactory cues (e.g., host volatiles) at field sites in Michigan. We developed a double-decker trap consisting of a 3-m-tall polyvinyl pipe with two purple prisms attached near the top. In 2006, we compared A. planipennis attraction to double-decker traps baited with various combinations of manuka oil (containing sesquiterpenes present in ash bark), a blend of four ash leaf volatiles (leaf blend), and a rough texture to simulate bark. Significantly more A. planipennis were captured per trap when traps without the rough texture were baited with the leaf blend and manuka oil lures than on traps with texture and manuka oil but no leaf blend. In 2007, we also tested single prism traps set 1.5 m above ground and tower traps, similar to double-decker traps but 6 m tall. Double-decker traps baited with the leaf blend and manuka oil, with or without the addition of ash leaf and bark extracts, captured significantly more A. planipennis than similarly baited single prism traps, tower traps, or unbaited double-decker traps. A baited double-decker trap captured A. planipennis at a field site that was not previously known to be infested, representing the first detection event using artificial traps and lures. In 2008, we compared purple or green double-decker traps, single prisms suspended 3-5 m above ground in the ash canopy (canopy traps), and large flat purple traps (billboard traps). Significantly more A. planipennis were captured in purple versus green traps, baited traps versus unbaited traps, and double-decker versus canopy traps, whereas billboard traps were intermediate. At sites

  7. A randomized trial of the effect of automated ventricular capture on device longevity and threshold measurement in pacemaker patients.

    PubMed

    Koplan, Bruce A; Gilligan, David M; Nguyen, Luc S; Lau, Theodore K; Thackeray, Lisa M; Berg, Kellie Chase

    2008-11-01

    An automatic capture (AC) algorithm adjusts ventricular pacing output to capture the ventricle while optimizing output to 0.5 V above threshold. AC maintains this output and confirms capture on a beat-to-beat basis in bipolar and unipolar pacing and sensing. To assess the AC algorithm and its impact on device longevity. Patients implanted with a pacemaker were randomized 1:1 to have the AC feature on or off for 12 months. Two threshold tests were conducted at each visit- automatic threshold and manual threshold. Average ventricular voltage output and projected device longevity were compared between AC on and off using nonparametric tests. Nine hundred ten patients were enrolled and underwent device implantation. Average ventricular voltage output was 1.6 V for the AC on arm (n = 444) and 3.1 V for the AC off arm (n = 446) (P < 0.001). Projected device longevity was 10.3 years for AC on and 8.9 years for AC off (P < 0.0001), or a 16% increase in longevity for AC on. The proportion of patients in whom there was a difference between automatic threshold and manual threshold of threshold and manual threshold was 0.07 V (P = 0.002). This study showed that automatic threshold testing at follow-up provided comparable information to manually measured threshold testing. AC provided a significant increase in projected device longevity compared to standard programing.

  8. An Evaluation of Time-Trial-Based Predictions of V[Combining Dot Above]O2max and Recommended Training Paces for Collegiate and Recreational Runners.

    PubMed

    Scudamore, Eric M; Barry, Vaughn W; Coons, John M

    2018-04-01

    Scudamore, EM, Barry, VW, and Coons, JM. An Evaluation of time-trial-based predictions of V[Combining Dot Above]O2max and recommended training paces for collegiate and recreational runners. J Strength Cond Res 32(4): 1137-1143, 2018-The purpose of the current study was to determine the accuracy of Jack Daniels' VDOT Running Calculator for the prediction of V[Combining Dot Above]O2max, and recommendations of interval and training paces (pIN and pTH) in samples of National Collegiate Athletic Association Division 1 track athletes (ATH, n = 11) and recreational runners (REC; n = 9). Predicted variable data were obtained using results from indoor 5-km time-trials. Data from the VDOT Calculator were compared with laboratory-tested V[Combining Dot Above]O2max, pace at V[Combining Dot Above]O2max (V[Combining Dot Above]O2maxpace), and lactate threshold pace (LTpace). Results indicated that VDOT underestimated V[Combining Dot Above]O2max in ATH (t(10) = -6.00, p < 0.001, d = 1.75) and REC (t(8) = -8.96, p < 0.001, d = 3.44). Follow-up between-groups analysis indicated that the difference between VDOT and V[Combining Dot Above]O2max was significantly greater in REC than in ATH (p = 0.0031, d = 1.59). pIN was slower than V[Combining Dot Above]O2maxpace in REC (t(8) = -4.26, p = 0.003, d = 1.76), but not different in ATH (t(10) = 0.52, p = 0.614, d = 0.14). Conversely, pTH was faster than LTpace in ATH (t(8) = -4.17, p = 0.003, d = 1.49), but not different in REC (t(8) = 1.64, p = 0.139, d = 0.57). Practically, pTH can be confidently used for threshold training regardless of the ability level. pIN also seemed to be accurate for ATH, but may be not be optimal for improving V[Combining Dot Above]O2max in REC. Practitioners should interpret VDOT with caution as it may underestimate V[Combining Dot Above]O2max.

  9. Hydrodynamics of sediment threshold

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ali, Sk Zeeshan; Dey, Subhasish

    2016-07-01

    A novel hydrodynamic model for the threshold of cohesionless sediment particle motion under a steady unidirectional streamflow is presented. The hydrodynamic forces (drag and lift) acting on a solitary sediment particle resting over a closely packed bed formed by the identical sediment particles are the primary motivating forces. The drag force comprises of the form drag and form induced drag. The lift force includes the Saffman lift, Magnus lift, centrifugal lift, and turbulent lift. The points of action of the force system are appropriately obtained, for the first time, from the basics of micro-mechanics. The sediment threshold is envisioned as the rolling mode, which is the plausible mode to initiate a particle motion on the bed. The moment balance of the force system on the solitary particle about the pivoting point of rolling yields the governing equation. The conditions of sediment threshold under the hydraulically smooth, transitional, and rough flow regimes are examined. The effects of velocity fluctuations are addressed by applying the statistical theory of turbulence. This study shows that for a hindrance coefficient of 0.3, the threshold curve (threshold Shields parameter versus shear Reynolds number) has an excellent agreement with the experimental data of uniform sediments. However, most of the experimental data are bounded by the upper and lower limiting threshold curves, corresponding to the hindrance coefficients of 0.2 and 0.4, respectively. The threshold curve of this study is compared with those of previous researchers. The present model also agrees satisfactorily with the experimental data of nonuniform sediments.

  10. Observation of a cross-section enhancement near mass threshold in e + e - → Λ Λ ¯

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ablikim, M.; Achasov, M. N.; Ahmed, S.

    Tmore » he process e + e - → Λ Λ ¯ is studied using data samples at √s = 2.2324, 2.400, 2.800 and 3.080 GeV collected with the BESIII detector operating at the BEPCII collider. he Born cross section is measured at √s=2.2324 GeV, which is 1.0 MeV above the Λ Λ ¯ mass threshold, to be 305±$$45_{-36}^{+66}$$ pb, where the first uncertainty is statistical and the second systematic. he substantial cross section near threshold is significantly larger than that expected from theory, which predicts the cross section to vanish at threshold. he Born cross sections at √s=2.400, 2.800 and 3.080 GeV are measured and found to be consistent with previous experimental results, but with improved precision. Finally, the corresponding effective electromagnetic form factors of Λ are deduced.« less

  11. Observation of a cross-section enhancement near mass threshold in e + e - → Λ Λ ¯

    DOE PAGES

    Ablikim, M.; Achasov, M. N.; Ahmed, S.; ...

    2018-02-28

    Tmore » he process e + e - → Λ Λ ¯ is studied using data samples at √s = 2.2324, 2.400, 2.800 and 3.080 GeV collected with the BESIII detector operating at the BEPCII collider. he Born cross section is measured at √s=2.2324 GeV, which is 1.0 MeV above the Λ Λ ¯ mass threshold, to be 305±$$45_{-36}^{+66}$$ pb, where the first uncertainty is statistical and the second systematic. he substantial cross section near threshold is significantly larger than that expected from theory, which predicts the cross section to vanish at threshold. he Born cross sections at √s=2.400, 2.800 and 3.080 GeV are measured and found to be consistent with previous experimental results, but with improved precision. Finally, the corresponding effective electromagnetic form factors of Λ are deduced.« less

  12. Determination of Anaerobic Threshold by Heart Rate or Heart Rate Variability using Discontinuous Cycle Ergometry.

    PubMed

    Park, Sung Wook; Brenneman, Michael; Cooke, William H; Cordova, Alberto; Fogt, Donovan

    The purpose was to determine if heart rate (HR) and heart rate variability (HRV) responses would reflect anaerobic threshold (AT) using a discontinuous, incremental, cycle test. AT was determined by ventilatory threshold (VT). Cyclists (30.6±5.9y; 7 males, 8 females) completed a discontinuous cycle test consisting of 7 stages (6 min each with 3 min of rest between). Three stages were performed at power outputs (W) below those corresponding to a previously established AT, one at W corresponding to AT, and 3 at W above those corresponding to AT. The W at the intersection of the trend lines was considered each metric's "threshold". The averaged stage data for Ve, HR, and time- and frequency-domain HRV metrics were plotted versus W. The W at the "threshold" for the metrics of interest were compared using correlation analysis and paired-sample t -test. In all, several heart rate-related parameters accurately reflected AT with significant correlations (p≤0.05) were observed between AT W and HR, mean RR interval (MRR), low and high frequency spectral energy (LF and HR, respectively), high frequency peak (fHF), and HFxfHF metrics' threshold W (i.e., MRRTW, etc.). Differences in HR or HRV metric threshold W and AT for all subjects were less than 14 W. The steady state data from discontinuous protocols may allow for a true indication of steady-state physiologic stress responses and corresponding W at AT, compared to continuous protocols using 1-2 min exercise stages.

  13. Towards assessing corticospinal excitability bilaterally: Validation of a double-coil TMS method.

    PubMed

    Grandjean, Julien; Derosiere, Gerard; Vassiliadis, Pierre; Quemener, Louise; Wilde, Ysaline de; Duque, Julie

    2018-01-01

    For several decades, Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) has been used to monitor corticospinal excitability (CSE) changes in various contexts. Habitually, single-coil TMS is applied over one primary motor cortex (M1), eliciting motor-evoked potentials (MEPs) in a contralateral limb muscle, usually a hand effector. However, in many situations, it would be useful to obtain MEPs in both hands simultaneously, to track CSE bilaterally. Such an approach requires stimulating both M1 concurrently while avoiding interference between the two descending stimuli. We examined MEPs obtained at rest using a double-coil TMS approach where the two M1 are stimulated with a 1ms inter-pulse interval (double-coil 1ms ). MEPs were acquired using double-coil 1ms (MEP double ) or single-coil (MEP single ) TMS, at five different intensities of stimulation (100, 115, 130, 145 or 160% of the resting motor threshold, rMT). Given the 1ms inter-pulse interval in double-coil 1ms trials, MEP double were either evoked by a 1st (MEP double-1 ) or a 2nd (MEP double-2 ) TMS pulse. All MEP TYPE (MEP TYPE =MEP single , MEP double-1 and MEP double-2 ) were equivalent, regardless of the hand within which they were elicited, the intensity of stimulation or the pulse order. This method allows one to observe state-related CSE changes for the two hands simultaneously on a trial-by-trial basis. These results infer the absence of any neural interactions between the two cortico-spinal volleys with double-coil 1ms TMS. Hence, this technique can be reliably used to assess CSE bilaterally, opening new research perspectives for scientists interested in physiological markers of activity in the motor output system. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Double-outlet right ventricle: Pathology and angiocardiography.

    PubMed

    Freedom, Robert M.; Yoo, Shi-Joon

    2000-01-01

    Double-outlet right ventricle is but one form of abnormal ventriculoarterial connection. The definition that more than half of each great artery originates above the morphologically right ventricle is arbitrary. As pointed out by Lecompte, those features that should be defined in hearts with the ventriculoarterial connection of double-outlet right ventricle (and indeed other forms of abnormal ventriculoarterial connection) include the nature of the infundibular septum, ventriculoinfundibular fold, trabeculoseptomargin-alis, attachments of infundibular septum to anterior or posterior limb of trabeculoseptomargin-alis, the size and position of the ventricular septal defect, the spatial relation of great artery(s) to the ventricular septal defect, the spatial relationship between the great, and the distance between the tricuspid and pulmonary valves and the semilunar valves. Copyright 2000 by W.B. Saunders Company

  15. Performance analysis of SiGe double-gate N-MOSFET

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, A.; Kapoor, D.; Sharma, R.

    2017-04-01

    The major purpose of this paper is to find an alternative configuration that not only minimizes the limitations of single-gate (SG) MOSFETs but also provides the better replacement for future technology. In this paper, the electrical characteristics of SiGe double-gate N-MOSFET are demonstrated and compared with electrical characteristics of Si double-gate N-MOSFET. Furthermore, in this paper the electrical characteristics of Si double-gate N-MOSFET are demonstrated and compared with electrical characteristics of Si single-gate N-MOSFET. The simulations are carried out for the device at different operational voltages using Cogenda Visual TCAD tool. Moreover, we have designed its structure and studied both {I}{{d}}{-}{V}{{g}} characteristics for different voltages namely 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 0.8, 1 and 1.5 V and {I}{{d}}{-}{V}{{d}} characteristics for different voltages namely 0.1, 0.5, 1 and 1.5 V at work functions 4.5, 4.6 and 4.8 eV for this structure. The performance parameters investigated in this paper are threshold voltage, DIBL, subthreshold slope, GIDL, volume inversion and MMCR.

  16. Bayesian Threshold Estimation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gustafson, S. C.; Costello, C. S.; Like, E. C.; Pierce, S. J.; Shenoy, K. N.

    2009-01-01

    Bayesian estimation of a threshold time (hereafter simply threshold) for the receipt of impulse signals is accomplished given the following: 1) data, consisting of the number of impulses received in a time interval from zero to one and the time of the largest time impulse; 2) a model, consisting of a uniform probability density of impulse time…

  17. Oesophageal foreign body and a double aortic arch: rare dual pathology.

    PubMed

    O'Connor, T E; Cooney, T

    2009-12-01

    We report the rare case of an oesophageal foreign body which lodged above the site of oesophageal compression by a double aortic arch. Case report and a review of the literature surrounding the classification, embryology, diagnosis and management of vascular rings and slings. An eight-month-old male infant presented with symptoms of tracheal compression following ingestion of an oesophageal foreign body. Following removal of the oesophageal foreign body, the infant's symptoms improved initially. However, subsequent recurrence of respiratory symptoms lead to a repeat bronchoscopy and the diagnosis of a coexisting double aortic arch, causing tracheal and oesophageal compression. To our knowledge, this is only the second reported case of a double aortic arch being diagnosed in a patient following removal of an oesophageal foreign body.

  18. Identifying the Threshold of Dominant Controls on Fire Spread in a Boreal Forest Landscape of Northeast China

    PubMed Central

    Liu, Zhihua; Yang, Jian; He, Hong S.

    2013-01-01

    The relative importance of fuel, topography, and weather on fire spread varies at different spatial scales, but how the relative importance of these controls respond to changing spatial scales is poorly understood. We designed a “moving window” resampling technique that allowed us to quantify the relative importance of controls on fire spread at continuous spatial scales using boosted regression trees methods. This quantification allowed us to identify the threshold value for fire size at which the dominant control switches from fuel at small sizes to weather at large sizes. Topography had a fluctuating effect on fire spread across the spatial scales, explaining 20–30% of relative importance. With increasing fire size, the dominant control switched from bottom-up controls (fuel and topography) to top-down controls (weather). Our analysis suggested that there is a threshold for fire size, above which fires are driven primarily by weather and more likely lead to larger fire size. We suggest that this threshold, which may be ecosystem-specific, can be identified using our “moving window” resampling technique. Although the threshold derived from this analytical method may rely heavily on the sampling technique, our study introduced an easily implemented approach to identify scale thresholds in wildfire regimes. PMID:23383247

  19. 100-nm gate lithography for double-gate transistors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krasnoperova, Azalia A.; Zhang, Ying; Babich, Inna V.; Treichler, John; Yoon, Jung H.; Guarini, Kathryn; Solomon, Paul M.

    2001-09-01

    The double gate field effect transistor (FET) is an exploratory device that promises certain performance advantages compared to traditional CMOS FETs. It can be scaled down further than the traditional devices because of the greater electrostatic control by the gates on the channel (about twice as short a channel length for the same gate oxide thickness), has steeper sub-threshold slope and about double the current for the same width. This paper presents lithographic results for double gate FET's developed at IBM's T. J. Watson Research Center. The device is built on bonded wafers with top and bottom gates self-aligned to each other. The channel is sandwiched between the top and bottom polysilicon gates and the gate length is defined using DUV lithography. An alternating phase shift mask was used to pattern gates with critical dimensions of 75 nm, 100 nm and 125 nm in photoresist. 50 nm gates in photoresist have also been patterned by 20% over-exposure of nominal 100 nm lines. No trim mask was needed because of a specific way the device was laid out. UV110 photoresist from Shipley on AR-3 antireflective layer were used. Process windows, developed and etched patterns are presented.

  20. Pressure threshold for shock wave induced renal hemorrhage.

    PubMed

    Mayer, R; Schenk, E; Child, S; Norton, S; Cox, C; Hartman, C; Cox, C; Carstensen, E

    1990-12-01

    Studies were performed with an interest in determining a pressure threshold for extracorporeal shock wave induced renal damage. Histological evidence of intraparenchymal hemorrhage was used as an indicator of tissue trauma. Depilated C3H mice were anesthetized and placed on a special frame to enhance visualization and treatment of the kidneys in situ. A Wolf electrohydraulic generator and 9 French probe designed for endoscopic use were utilized to expose the kidneys to 10 double spherically divergent shock waves. Measurements of the shock waves revealed two positive pressure peaks of similar magnitude for each spark discharge. The kidneys were exposed to different peak pressures by choice of distance from the spark source and were removed immediately after treatment for histologic processing. A dose response was noted with severe corticomedullary damage apparent following 15 to 20 MPa shocks. Hemorrhage was more apparent in the medulla where evidence of damage could be seen following pressures as low as three to five MPa. When a latex membrane was interposed to prevent possible collapse of the initial bubble from the spark source against the skin surface, histological evaluation revealed substantial reduction of severe tissue damage associated with the highest pressures tested, 20 MPa. However, the threshold level for evidence of hemorrhage remained about three to five MPa. Hydrophonic measurements indicated that the membrane allowed transmission of the acoustic shock waves and suggested that collapse of the bubble generated by electrohydraulic probes may have local effects due to a cavitation-like mechanism.

  1. Ultra-low threshold polariton condensation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Steger, Mark; Fluegel, Brian; Alberi, Kirstin

    Here, we demonstrate the condensation of microcavity polaritons with a very sharp threshold occurring at a two orders of magnitude pump intensity lower than previous demonstrations of condensation. The long cavity lifetime and trapping and pumping geometries are crucial to the realization of this low threshold. Polariton condensation, or 'polariton lasing' has long been proposed as a promising source of coherent light at a lower threshold than traditional lasing, and these results indicate some considerations for optimizing designs for lower thresholds.

  2. Ultra-low threshold polariton condensation

    DOE PAGES

    Steger, Mark; Fluegel, Brian; Alberi, Kirstin; ...

    2017-03-13

    Here, we demonstrate the condensation of microcavity polaritons with a very sharp threshold occurring at a two orders of magnitude pump intensity lower than previous demonstrations of condensation. The long cavity lifetime and trapping and pumping geometries are crucial to the realization of this low threshold. Polariton condensation, or 'polariton lasing' has long been proposed as a promising source of coherent light at a lower threshold than traditional lasing, and these results indicate some considerations for optimizing designs for lower thresholds.

  3. Thresholds of species loss in Amazonian deforestation frontier landscapes.

    PubMed

    Ochoa-Quintero, Jose Manuel; Gardner, Toby A; Rosa, Isabel; Ferraz, Silvio Frosini de Barros; Sutherland, William J

    2015-04-01

    In the Brazilian Amazon, private land accounts for the majority of remaining native vegetation. Understanding how land-use change affects the composition and distribution of biodiversity in farmlands is critical for improving conservation strategies in the face of rapid agricultural expansion. Working across an area exceeding 3 million ha in the southwestern state of Rondônia, we assessed how the extent and configuration of remnant forest in replicate 10,000-ha landscapes has affected the occurrence of a suite of Amazonian mammals and birds. In each of 31 landscapes, we used field sampling and semistructured interviews with landowners to determine the presence of 28 large and medium sized mammals and birds, as well as a further 7 understory birds. We then combined results of field surveys and interviews with a probabilistic model of deforestation. We found strong evidence for a threshold response of sampled biodiversity to landscape level forest cover; landscapes with <30-40% forest cover hosted markedly fewer species. Results from field surveys and interviews yielded similar thresholds. These results imply that in partially deforested landscapes many species are susceptible to extirpation following relatively small additional reductions in forest area. In the model of deforestation by 2030 the number of 10,000-ha landscapes under a conservative threshold of 43% forest cover almost doubled, such that only 22% of landscapes would likely to be able to sustain at least 75% of the 35 focal species we sampled. Brazilian law requires rural property owners in the Amazon to retain 80% forest cover, although this is rarely achieved. Prioritizing efforts to ensure that entire landscapes, rather than individual farms, retain at least 50% forest cover may help safeguard native biodiversity in private forest reserves in the Amazon. © 2015 Society for Conservation Biology.

  4. Double threshold in bi- and multilingual contexts: preconditions for higher academic attainment in English as an additional language

    PubMed Central

    Lechner, Simone; Siemund, Peter

    2014-01-01

    Bi- and multilingualism has been shown to have positive effects on the attainment of third and additional languages. These effects, however, depend on the type of bi- and multilingualism and the status of the languages involved (Cenoz, 2003; Jessner, 2006). In this exploratory trend study, we revisit Cummins' Threshold Hypothesis (1979), claiming that bilingual children must reach certain levels of attainment in order to (a) avoid academic deficits and (b) allow bilingualism to have a positive effect on their cognitive development and academic attainment. To this end, we examine the attainment of English as an academic language of 16-years-old school children from Hamburg (n = 52). Our findings support the existence of thresholds for literacy attainment. We argue that language external factors may override positive effects of bilingualism. In addition, these factors may compensate negative effects attributable to low literacy attainment in German and the heritage languages. We also show that low attainment levels in migrant children's heritage languages preempt high literacy attainment in additional languages. PMID:24926277

  5. Exotic Effects at the Charm Threshold and Other Novel Physics Topics at JLab-12 GeV

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Brodsky, Stanley J.; /SLAC

    I briefly survey a number of novel hadron physics topics which can be investigated with the 12 GeV upgrade at J-Lab. The topics include new the formation of exotic heavy quark resonances accessible above the charm threshold, intrinsic charm and strangeness phenomena, the exclusive Sivers effect, hidden-color Fock states of nuclei, local two-photon interactions in deeply virtual Compton scattering, and non-universal antishadowing.

  6. Quantifying ecological thresholds from response surfaces

    Treesearch

    Heather E. Lintz; Bruce McCune; Andrew N. Gray; Katherine A. McCulloh

    2011-01-01

    Ecological thresholds are abrupt changes of ecological state. While an ecological threshold is a widely accepted concept, most empirical methods detect them in time or across geographic space. Although useful, these approaches do not quantify the direct drivers of threshold response. Causal understanding of thresholds detected empirically requires their investigation...

  7. Granular motions near the threshold of entrainment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Valyrakis, Manousos; Alexakis, athanasios-Theodosios

    2016-04-01

    Our society is continuously impacted by significant weather events many times resulting in catastrophes that interrupt our normal way of life. In the context of climate change and increasing urbanisation these "extreme" hydrologic events are intensified both in magnitude and frequency, inducing costs of the order of billions of pounds. The vast majority of such costs and impacts (even more to developed societies) are due to water related catastrophes such as the geomorphic action of flowing water (including scouring of critical infrastructure, bed and bank destabilisation) and flooding. New tools and radically novel concepts are in need, to enable our society becoming more resilient. This presentation, emphasises the utility of inertial sensors in gaining new insights on the interaction of flow hydrodynamics with the granular surface at the particle scale and for near threshold flow conditions. In particular, new designs of the "smart-sphere" device are discussed with focus on the purpose specific sets of flume experiments, designed to identify the exact response of the particle resting at the bed surface for various below, near and above threshold flow conditions. New sets of measurements are presented for particle entrainment from a Lagrangian viewpoint. Further to finding direct application in addressing real world challenges in the water sector, it is shown that such novel sensor systems can also help the research community (both experimentalists and computational modellers) gain a better insight on the underlying processes governing granular dynamics.

  8. Nonlinear response and crack propagation in Articular Cartilage modeled as a biopolymer double network

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sindermann, Andrew; Bartell, Lena; Bonassar, Lawrence; Cohen, Itai; Das, Moumita

    Articular cartilage (AC) is a soft tissue that covers the ends of bones to distribute mechanical load in joints. It is primarily composed of water, type II collagen, and large aggregating proteoglycans called aggrecan. Its fracture toughness is extremely high compared to synthetic materials, but the underlying physical mechanism is not well understood. Here we investigate how the toughness of AC depends on its microscale composition and structure by modeling it as a double network made of collagen and aggrecan embedded in a background gel, and by using rigidity percolation theory to characterize its mechanical response to shear and compressive (or tensile) strains. Our calculations of the mechanical moduli, as well as network-wide heat maps of local strains and energy show shear-stiffening and compression-softening with increasing applied strain, in good qualitative agreement with known experimental results. Notches are then introduced in the network to study crack propagation under shear and tensile strains for various applied loads. Preliminary results indicate a loading threshold above which the network will undergo catastrophic failure by fracturing. Our results may help to formulate a Griffith-like criterion for crack propagation and fracture in soft tissues. This work was partially supported by a Cottrell College Science Award from the Research Corporation for Science Advancement.

  9. Bayesian estimation of dose thresholds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Groer, P. G.; Carnes, B. A.

    2003-01-01

    An example is described of Bayesian estimation of radiation absorbed dose thresholds (subsequently simply referred to as dose thresholds) using a specific parametric model applied to a data set on mice exposed to 60Co gamma rays and fission neutrons. A Weibull based relative risk model with a dose threshold parameter was used to analyse, as an example, lung cancer mortality and determine the posterior density for the threshold dose after single exposures to 60Co gamma rays or fission neutrons from the JANUS reactor at Argonne National Laboratory. The data consisted of survival, censoring times and cause of death information for male B6CF1 unexposed and exposed mice. The 60Co gamma whole-body doses for the two exposed groups were 0.86 and 1.37 Gy. The neutron whole-body doses were 0.19 and 0.38 Gy. Marginal posterior densities for the dose thresholds for neutron and gamma radiation were calculated with numerical integration and found to have quite different shapes. The density of the threshold for 60Co is unimodal with a mode at about 0.50 Gy. The threshold density for fission neutrons declines monotonically from a maximum value at zero with increasing doses. The posterior densities for all other parameters were similar for the two radiation types.

  10. 17. LOOKING FROM DECK ABOVE MESS UP AT DECK ABOVE ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    17. LOOKING FROM DECK ABOVE MESS UP AT DECK ABOVE CO'S STATEROOM. RECTANGULAR WINDOWS IS AT REAR OF PILOT HOUSE. TO RIGHT OF WINDOW IS TOP OF STAIRS TO STARBOARD WING OF FLYBRIDGE. AT EXTREME RIGHT IS ENGINE CONTROLS AND IN BACKGROUND IS COMPASS WITH COVER OVER IT. RIGHT EDGE OF THIS IMAGE IS SAME AS IMAGE 14, JUST OBSTRUCTED IN IMAGE 14 BY LIFE PRESERVER AND SEAT. - U.S. Coast Guard Cutter WHITE LUPINE, U.S. Coast Guard Station Rockland, east end of Tillson Avenue, Rockland, Knox County, ME

  11. Face verification with balanced thresholds.

    PubMed

    Yan, Shuicheng; Xu, Dong; Tang, Xiaoou

    2007-01-01

    The process of face verification is guided by a pre-learned global threshold, which, however, is often inconsistent with class-specific optimal thresholds. It is, hence, beneficial to pursue a balance of the class-specific thresholds in the model-learning stage. In this paper, we present a new dimensionality reduction algorithm tailored to the verification task that ensures threshold balance. This is achieved by the following aspects. First, feasibility is guaranteed by employing an affine transformation matrix, instead of the conventional projection matrix, for dimensionality reduction, and, hence, we call the proposed algorithm threshold balanced transformation (TBT). Then, the affine transformation matrix, constrained as the product of an orthogonal matrix and a diagonal matrix, is optimized to improve the threshold balance and classification capability in an iterative manner. Unlike most algorithms for face verification which are directly transplanted from face identification literature, TBT is specifically designed for face verification and clarifies the intrinsic distinction between these two tasks. Experiments on three benchmark face databases demonstrate that TBT significantly outperforms the state-of-the-art subspace techniques for face verification.

  12. Histotripsy beyond the “Intrinsic” Cavitation Threshold using Very Short Ultrasound Pulses: “Microtripsy”

    PubMed Central

    Lin, Kuang-Wei; Kim, Yohan; Maxwell, Adam D.; Wang, Tzu-Yin; Hall, Timothy L.; Xu, Zhen; Fowlkes, J. Brian; Cain, Charles A.

    2014-01-01

    Histotripsy produces tissue fractionation through dense energetic bubble clouds generated by short, high-pressure, ultrasound pulses. Conventional histotripsy treatments have used longer pulses from 3 to 10 cycles wherein the lesion-producing bubble cloud generation depends on the pressure-release scattering of very high peak positive shock fronts from previously initiated, sparsely distributed bubbles (the “shock-scattering” mechanism). In our recent work, the peak negative pressure (P−) for generation of dense bubble clouds directly by a single negative half cycle, the “intrinsic threshold,” was measured. In this paper, the dense bubble clouds and resulting lesions (in RBC phantoms and canine tissues) generated by these supra-intrinsic threshold pulses were studied. A 32-element, PZT-8, 500 kHz therapy transducer was used to generate very short (< 2 cycles) histotripsy pulses at a pulse repetition frequency (PRF) of 1 Hz and P− from 24.5 to 80.7 MPa. The results showed that the spatial extent of the histotripsy-induced lesions increased as the applied P− increased, and the sizes of these lesions corresponded well to the estimates of the focal regions above the intrinsic cavitation threshold, at least in the lower pressure regime (P− = 26–35 MPa). The average sizes for the smallest reproducible lesions were approximately 0.9 × 1.7 mm (lateral × axial), significantly smaller than the −6dB beamwidth of the transducer (1.8 × 4.0 mm). These results suggest that, using the intrinsic threshold mechanism, well-confined and microscopic lesions can be precisely generated and their spatial extent can be estimated based on the fraction of the focal region exceeding the intrinsic cavitation threshold. Since the supra-threshold portion of the negative half cycle can be precisely controlled, lesions considerably less than a wavelength are easily produced, hence the term “microtripsy.” PMID:24474132

  13. Precipitation thresholds for triggering floods in Corgo hydrographic basin (Northern Portugal)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Santos, Monica; Fragoso, Marcelo

    2016-04-01

    The precipitation is a major cause of natural hazards and is therefore related to the flood events (Borga et al., 2011; Gaál et al., 2014; Wilhelmi & Morss, 2013). The severity of a precipitation event and their potential damage is dependent on the total amount of rain but also on the intensity and duration event (Gaál et al., 2014). In this work, it was established thresholds based on critical combinations: amount / duration of flood events with daily rainfall data for Corgo hydrographic basin, in northern Portugal. In Corgo basin are recorded 31 floods events between 1865 and 2011 (Santos et al., 2015; Zêzere et al., 2014). We determined the minimum, maximum and pre-warning thresholds that define the boundaries so that an event may occur. Additionally, we applied these thresholds to different flood events occurred in the past in the study basin. The results show that the ratio between the flood events and precipitation events that occur above the minimum threshold has relatively low probability of a flood happen. These results may be related to the reduced number of floods events (only those that caused damage reported by the media and produced some type of damage). The maximum threshold is not useful for floods forecasting, since the majority of true positives are below this limit. The retrospective analysis of the thresholds defined suggests that the minimum and pre warning thresholds are well adjusted. The application of rainfall thresholds contribute to minimize possible situations of pre-crisis or immediate crisis, reducing the consequences and the resources involved in emergency response of flood events. References Borga, M., Anagnostou, E. N., Blöschl, G., & Creutin, J. D. (2011). Flash flood forecasting, warning and risk management: the HYDRATE project. Environmental Science & Policy, 14(7), 834-844. doi: 10.1016/j.envsci.2011.05.017 Gaál, L., Molnar, P., & Szolgay, J. (2014). Selection of intense rainfall events based on intensity thresholds and

  14. FUNDAMENTALS OF THRESHOLD LOGIC.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    These notes on threshold logic are intended as intermediary material between a completely geometric, heuristic presentation and the more formal...source material available in the literature. Basic definitions and simple properties of threshold function are developed, followed by a complete treatment

  15. The relationship between intelligence and creativity: New support for the threshold hypothesis by means of empirical breakpoint detection

    PubMed Central

    Jauk, Emanuel; Benedek, Mathias; Dunst, Beate; Neubauer, Aljoscha C.

    2013-01-01

    The relationship between intelligence and creativity has been subject to empirical research for decades. Nevertheless, there is yet no consensus on how these constructs are related. One of the most prominent notions concerning the interplay between intelligence and creativity is the threshold hypothesis, which assumes that above-average intelligence represents a necessary condition for high-level creativity. While earlier research mostly supported the threshold hypothesis, it has come under fire in recent investigations. The threshold hypothesis is commonly investigated by splitting a sample at a given threshold (e.g., at 120 IQ points) and estimating separate correlations for lower and upper IQ ranges. However, there is no compelling reason why the threshold should be fixed at an IQ of 120, and to date, no attempts have been made to detect the threshold empirically. Therefore, this study examined the relationship between intelligence and different indicators of creative potential and of creative achievement by means of segmented regression analysis in a sample of 297 participants. Segmented regression allows for the detection of a threshold in continuous data by means of iterative computational algorithms. We found thresholds only for measures of creative potential but not for creative achievement. For the former the thresholds varied as a function of criteria: When investigating a liberal criterion of ideational originality (i.e., two original ideas), a threshold was detected at around 100 IQ points. In contrast, a threshold of 120 IQ points emerged when the criterion was more demanding (i.e., many original ideas). Moreover, an IQ of around 85 IQ points was found to form the threshold for a purely quantitative measure of creative potential (i.e., ideational fluency). These results confirm the threshold hypothesis for qualitative indicators of creative potential and may explain some of the observed discrepancies in previous research. In addition, we obtained

  16. Performance characteristics of a nanoscale double-gate reconfigurable array

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beckett, Paul

    2008-12-01

    The double gate transistor is a promising device applicable to deep sub-micron design due to its inherent resistance to short-channel effects and superior subthreshold performance. Using both TCAD and SPICE circuit simulation, it is shown that the characteristics of fully depleted dual-gate thin-body Schottky barrier silicon transistors will not only uncouple the conflicting requirements of high performance and low standby power in digital logic, but will also allow the development of a locally-connected reconfigurable computing mesh. The magnitude of the threshold shift effect will scale with device dimensions and will remain compatible with oxide reliability constraints. A field-programmable architecture based on the double gate transistor is described in which the operating point of the circuit is biased via one gate while the other gate is used to form the logic array, such that complex heterogeneous computing functions may be developed from this homogeneous, mesh-connected organization.

  17. Automated tumour boundary delineation on 18F-FDG PET images using active contour coupled with shifted-optimal thresholding method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khamwan, Kitiwat; Krisanachinda, Anchali; Pluempitiwiriyawej, Charnchai

    2012-10-01

    This study presents an automatic method to trace the boundary of the tumour in positron emission tomography (PET) images. It has been discovered that Otsu's threshold value is biased when the within-class variances between the object and the background are significantly different. To solve the problem, a double-stage threshold search that minimizes the energy between the first Otsu's threshold and the maximum intensity value is introduced. Such shifted-optimal thresholding is embedded into a region-based active contour so that both algorithms are performed consecutively. The efficiency of the method is validated using six sphere inserts (0.52-26.53 cc volume) of the IEC/2001 torso phantom. Both spheres and phantom were filled with 18F solution with four source-to-background ratio (SBR) measurements of PET images. The results illustrate that the tumour volumes segmented by combined algorithm are of higher accuracy than the traditional active contour. The method had been clinically implemented in ten oesophageal cancer patients. The results are evaluated and compared with the manual tracing by an experienced radiation oncologist. The advantage of the algorithm is the reduced erroneous delineation that improves the precision and accuracy of PET tumour contouring. Moreover, the combined method is robust, independent of the SBR threshold-volume curves, and it does not require prior lesion size measurement.

  18. Influence of double stimulation on sound-localization behavior in barn owls.

    PubMed

    Kettler, Lutz; Wagner, Hermann

    2014-12-01

    Barn owls do not immediately approach a source after they hear a sound, but wait for a second sound before they strike. This represents a gain in striking behavior by avoiding responses to random incidents. However, the first stimulus is also expected to change the threshold for perceiving the subsequent second sound, thus possibly introducing some costs. We mimicked this situation in a behavioral double-stimulus paradigm utilizing saccadic head turns of owls. The first stimulus served as an adapter, was presented in frontal space, and did not elicit a head turn. The second stimulus, emitted from a peripheral source, elicited the head turn. The time interval between both stimuli was varied. Data obtained with double stimulation were compared with data collected with a single stimulus from the same positions as the second stimulus in the double-stimulus paradigm. Sound-localization performance was quantified by the response latency, accuracy, and precision of the head turns. Response latency was increased with double stimuli, while accuracy and precision were decreased. The effect depended on the inter-stimulus interval. These results suggest that waiting for a second stimulus may indeed impose costs on sound localization by adaptation and this reduces the gain obtained by waiting for a second stimulus.

  19. 2 CFR 200.88 - Simplified acquisition threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 2 Grants and Agreements 1 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Simplified acquisition threshold. 200.88... acquisition threshold. Simplified acquisition threshold means the dollar amount below which a non-Federal... threshold. The simplified acquisition threshold is set by the Federal Acquisition Regulation at 48 CFR...

  20. Is ``No-Threshold'' a ``Non-Concept''?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schaeffer, David J.

    1981-11-01

    A controversy prominent in scientific literature that has carried over to newspapers, magazines, and popular books is having serious social and political expressions today: “Is there, or is there not, a threshold below which exposure to a carcinogen will not induce cancer?” The distinction between establishing the existence of this threshold (which is a theoretical question) and its value (which is an experimental one) gets lost in the scientific arguments. Establishing the existence of this threshold has now become a philosophical question (and an emotional one). In this paper I qualitatively outline theoretical reasons why a threshold must exist, discuss experiments which measure thresholds on two chemicals, and describe and apply a statistical method for estimating the threshold value from exposure-response data.

  1. Polarization asymmetry in two-electron photodetachment - A cogent test of the ionization threshold law

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Temkin, A.; Bhatia, A. K.

    1988-01-01

    A very sensitive test of the electron-atom ionization threshold law is suggested: for spin-aligned heavy negative ions it consists of measuring the polarization asymmetry A(PA) coming from double detachment by left- versus right-circularly polarized light. The respective yields are worked out for the Te(-) (5p)5 2P(3/2) ion. The Coulomb-dipole theory predicts A(PA) to be the ratio of two oscillating functions in sharp contrast to any power law (specifically that of Wannier, 1953) for which the ratio is expected to be a smooth function of energy.

  2. Characterization of Mode 1 and Mode 2 delamination growth and thresholds in graphite/peek composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, Roderick H.; Murri, Gretchen B.

    1988-01-01

    Composite materials often fail by delamination. The onset and growth of delamination in AS4/PEEK, a tough thermoplastic matrix composite, was characterized for mode 1 and mode 2 loadings, using the Double Cantilever Beam (DCB) and the End Notched Flexure (ENF) test specimens. Delamination growth per fatigue cycle, da/dN, was related to strain energy release rate, G, by means of a power law. However, the exponents of these power laws were too large for them to be adequately used as a life prediction tool. A small error in the estimated applied loads could lead to large errors in the delamination growth rates. Hence strain energy release rate thresholds, G sub th, below which no delamination would occur were also measured. Mode 1 and 2 threshold G values for no delamination growth were found by monitoring the number of cycles to delamination onset in the DCB and ENF specimens. The maximum applied G for which no delamination growth had occurred until at least 1,000,000 cycles was considered the threshold strain energy release rate. Comments are given on how testing effects, facial interference or delamination front damage, may invalidate the experimental determination of the constants in the expression.

  3. Factors affecting perception thresholds of vertical whole-body vibration in recumbent subjects: Gender and age of subjects, and vibration duration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matsumoto, Y.; Maeda, S.; Iwane, Y.; Iwata, Y.

    2011-04-01

    Some factors that may affect human perception thresholds of the vertical whole-body vibrations were investigated in two laboratory experiments with recumbent subjects. In the first experiment, the effects of gender and age of subjects on perception were investigated with three groups of 12 subjects, i.e., young males, young females and old males. For continuous sinusoidal vibrations at 2, 4, 8, 16, 31.5 and 63 Hz, there were no significant differences in the perception thresholds between male and female subjects, while the thresholds of young subjects tended to be significantly lower than the thresholds of old subjects. In the second experiment, the effect of vibration duration was investigated by using sinusoidal vibrations, at the same frequencies as above, modulated by the Hanning windows with different lengths (i.e., 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 and 4.0 s) for 12 subjects. It was found that the peak acceleration at the threshold tended to decrease with increasing duration of vibration. The perception thresholds were also evaluated by the running root-mean-square (rms) acceleration and the fourth power acceleration method defined in the current standards. The differences in the threshold of the transient vibrations for different durations were less with the fourth power acceleration method. Additionally, the effect of the integration time on the threshold was investigated for the running rms acceleration and the fourth power acceleration. It was found that the integration time that yielded less differences in the threshold of vibrations for different durations depended on the frequency of vibration.

  4. Altered cortical and subcortical connectivity due to infrasound administered near the hearing threshold - Evidence from fMRI.

    PubMed

    Weichenberger, Markus; Bauer, Martin; Kühler, Robert; Hensel, Johannes; Forlim, Caroline Garcia; Ihlenfeld, Albrecht; Ittermann, Bernd; Gallinat, Jürgen; Koch, Christian; Kühn, Simone

    2017-01-01

    In the present study, the brain's response towards near- and supra-threshold infrasound (IS) stimulation (sound frequency < 20 Hz) was investigated under resting-state fMRI conditions. The study involved two consecutive sessions. In the first session, 14 healthy participants underwent a hearing threshold-as well as a categorical loudness scaling measurement in which the individual loudness perception for IS was assessed across different sound pressure levels (SPL). In the second session, these participants underwent three resting-state acquisitions, one without auditory stimulation (no-tone), one with a monaurally presented 12-Hz IS tone (near-threshold) and one with a similar tone above the individual hearing threshold corresponding to a 'medium loud' hearing sensation (supra-threshold). Data analysis mainly focused on local connectivity measures by means of regional homogeneity (ReHo), but also involved independent component analysis (ICA) to investigate inter-regional connectivity. ReHo analysis revealed significantly higher local connectivity in right superior temporal gyrus (STG) adjacent to primary auditory cortex, in anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) and, when allowing smaller cluster sizes, also in the right amygdala (rAmyg) during the near-threshold, compared to both the supra-threshold and the no-tone condition. Additional independent component analysis (ICA) revealed large-scale changes of functional connectivity, reflected in a stronger activation of the right amygdala (rAmyg) in the opposite contrast (no-tone > near-threshold) as well as the right superior frontal gyrus (rSFG) during the near-threshold condition. In summary, this study is the first to demonstrate that infrasound near the hearing threshold may induce changes of neural activity across several brain regions, some of which are known to be involved in auditory processing, while others are regarded as keyplayers in emotional and autonomic control. These findings thus allow us to speculate on

  5. Monolithically integrated two-dimensional arrays of optoelectronic threshold devices for neural network applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kim, J. H.; Katz, J.; Lin, S. H.; Psaltis, D.

    1989-01-01

    A monolithic 10 x 10 two-dimensional array of 'optical neuron' optoelectronic threshold elements for neural network applications has been designed, fabricated, and tested. Overall array dimensions are 5 x 5 mm, while the individual neurons, composed of an LED that is driven by a double-heterojunction bipolar transistor, are 250 x 250 microns. The overall integrated structure exhibited semiconductor-controlled rectifier characteristics, with a breakover voltage of 75 V and a reverse-breakdown voltage of 60 V; this is attributable to the parasitic p-n-p transistor which exists as a result of the sharing of the same n-AlGaAs collector between the transistors and the LED.

  6. Nonsquamous, Non-Small-Cell Lung Cancer Patients Who Carry a Double Mutation of EGFR, EML4-ALK or KRAS: Frequency, Clinical-Pathological Characteristics, and Response to Therapy.

    PubMed

    Ulivi, Paola; Chiadini, Elisa; Dazzi, Claudio; Dubini, Alessandra; Costantini, Matteo; Medri, Laura; Puccetti, Maurizio; Capelli, Laura; Calistri, Daniele; Verlicchi, Alberto; Gamboni, Alessandro; Papi, Maximilian; Mariotti, Marita; De Luigi, Nicoletta; Scarpi, Emanuela; Bravaccini, Sara; Turolla, Gian Michele; Amadori, Dino; Crinò, Lucio; Delmonte, Angelo

    2016-09-01

    Epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and v-Ki-ras2 Kirsten rat sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS) mutations, and echinoderm microtubule-associated protein-like 4 (EML4) anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) translocation are generally considered to be mutually exclusive. However, concomitant mutations are found in a small number of patients and the effect of these on response to targeted therapy is still unknown. We considered 380 non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) patients who underwent nonsequential testing for EGFR and EML4-ALK translocation. KRAS mutation analysis was also performed on 282 patients. We found 1.6%, 1.1%, and 2.5% of patients who showed a double mutation comprising EGFR and EML4-ALK, EGFR and KRAS, and EML4-ALK and KRAS, respectively. Twenty-eight patients with EGFR mutation underwent first-line therapy with a tyrosine kinase receptor; a clinical benefit was observed in 81.8% of patients with EGFR mutations only and in 67% of those who also showed an EML4-ALK translocation. Twelve patients with an EML4-ALK translocation received crizotinib and 7 of these had disease progression within 3 months (2 had a concomitant KRAS mutation and 1 had a concomitant EGFR mutation). Two patients showed stable disease, 1 of whom also had a KRAS mutation. Two patients obtained a partial response and 1 had a complete response; all harbored an EML4-ALK translocation only. The median overall survival of patients who carried an EML4-ALK translocation alone or concomitant with a KRAS mutation was 57.1 (range, 10.7-not reached) and 10.7 (range, 4.6-not reached) months, respectively. Concomitant EGFR, EML4-ALK, or KRAS mutations can occur in NSCLC. Concomitant KRAS mutation and EML4-ALK translocation represents the most common double alteration and confers a poor prognosis. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  7. Double hard scattering without double counting

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Diehl, Markus; Gaunt, Jonathan R.; Schönwald, Kay

    2017-06-01

    Double parton scattering in proton-proton collisions includes kinematic regions in which two partons inside a proton originate from the perturbative splitting of a single parton. This leads to a double counting problem between single and double hard scattering. We present a solution to this problem, which allows for the definition of double parton distributions as operator matrix elements in a proton, and which can be used at higher orders in perturbation theory. We show how the evaluation of double hard scattering in this framework can provide a rough estimate for the size of the higher-order contributions to single hard scattering that are affected by double counting. In a numeric study, we identify situations in which these higher-order contributions must be explicitly calculated and included if one wants to attain an accuracy at which double hard scattering becomes relevant, and other situations where such contributions may be neglected.

  8. Hydrologic Connectivity: a Framework to Understand Threshold Behaviour in Semi-Arid Landscapes.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saco, Patricia; Rodriguez, Jose; Keesstra, Saskia; Moreno-de las Heras, Mariano; Sandi, Steven; Baartman, Jantiene; Cerdà, Artemi

    2017-04-01

    Anthropogenic activities and climate change are imposing an unprecedented pressure on arid and semi-arid ecosystems, where shortage of water can trigger shifts in landscapes' structures and function leading to degradation and desertification. Hydrological connectivity is a useful framework for understanding water redistribution and scaling issues associated to runoff and sediment production, since human and/or natural disturbances alter the surface water availability and pathways increasing/decreasing connectivity. In this presentation, we illustrate the use of the connectivity framework for several examples of dryland systems that are analysed at a variety of spatial and temporal scales. In doing so, we draw particular attention to the analysis of co-evolution of system structures and function, and how they drive threshold behaviour leading to desertification and degradation. We first analyse the case of semi-arid rangelands, where feedbacks between decline in vegetation density and landscape erosion reinforces degradation processes driven by changes in connectivity until a threshold is crossed above which the return to a functional system is unlikely. We then focus on semi-arid wetlands, where decreases in water volumes promotes dryland vegetation encroachment that changes drainage conditions and connectivity potentially reinforcing redistribution of flow paths to other wetland areas. The examples presented highlight the need to incorporate a co-evolutionary framework for the analysis of changing connectivity patterns and the emergence of thresholds in arid and semi-arid systems.

  9. Vibrotactile Presentation of Musical Notes to the Glabrous Skin for Adults with Normal Hearing or a Hearing Impairment: Thresholds, Dynamic Range and High-Frequency Perception

    PubMed Central

    Maté-Cid, Saúl; Fulford, Robert; Seiffert, Gary; Ginsborg, Jane

    2016-01-01

    Presentation of music as vibration to the skin has the potential to facilitate interaction between musicians with hearing impairments and other musicians during group performance. Vibrotactile thresholds have been determined to assess the potential for vibrotactile presentation of music to the glabrous skin of the fingertip, forefoot and heel. No significant differences were found between the thresholds for sinusoids representing notes between C1 and C6 when presented to the fingertip of participants with normal hearing and with a severe or profound hearing loss. For participants with normal hearing, thresholds for notes between C1 and C6 showed the characteristic U-shape curve for the fingertip, but not for the forefoot and heel. Compared to the fingertip, the forefoot had lower thresholds between C1 and C3, and the heel had lower thresholds between C1 and G2; this is attributed to spatial summation from the Pacinian receptors over the larger contactor area used for the forefoot and heel. Participants with normal hearing assessed the perception of high-frequency vibration using 1s sinusoids presented to the fingertip and were found to be more aware of transient vibration at the beginning and/or end of notes between G4 and C6 when stimuli were presented 10dB above threshold, rather than at threshold. An average of 94% of these participants reported feeling continuous vibration between G4 and G5 with stimuli presented 10dB above threshold. Based on the experimental findings and consideration of health effects relating to vibration exposure, a suitable range of notes for vibrotactile presentation of music is identified as being from C1 to G5. This is more limited than for human hearing but the fundamental frequencies of the human voice, and the notes played by many instruments, lie within it. However, the dynamic range might require compression to avoid the negative effects of amplitude on pitch perception. PMID:27191400

  10. NETWORK SYNTHESIS OF CASCADED THRESHOLD ELEMENTS.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    A threshold function is a switching function which can be stimulated by a single, simplified, idealized neuron, or threshold element. In this report... threshold functions are examined in the context of abstract set theory and linear algebra for the purpose of obtaining practical synthesis procedures...for networks of threshold elements. A procedure is described by which, for any given switching function, a cascade network of these elements can be

  11. Comparison between Slow Components of HR and V[Combining Dot Above]O2 Kinetics: Functional Significance.

    PubMed

    Zuccarelli, Lucrezia; Porcelli, Simone; Rasica, Letizia; Marzorati, Mauro; Grassi, Bruno

    2018-03-22

    Aerobic exercise prescription is often based on a linear relationship between pulmonary oxygen consumption (V[Combining Dot Above]O2) and heart rate (HR). The aim of the present study was to test the hypothesis that during constant work rate (CWR) exercises at different intensities the slow component of HR kinetics occurs at lower work rate and is more pronounced that the slow component of V[Combining Dot Above]O2 kinetics. Seventeen male (age, 27±4yr) subjects performed on a cycle ergometer an incremental exercise to voluntary exhaustion and several CWR exercises: 1) moderate CWR exercises (MODERATE), below gas exchange threshold (GET); 2) heavy CWR exercise (HEAVY), at 45% of the difference between GET and V[Combining Dot Above]O2 peak (□); 3) severe CWR exercise (SEVERE), at 95% of Δ; 4) "HRCLAMPED" exercise in which work rate was continuously adjusted to maintain a constant HR, slightly higher than that determined at GET. Breath-by-breath V[Combining Dot Above]O2, HR and other variables were determined. In MODERATE, no slow component of V[Combining Dot Above]O2 kinetics was observed, whereas a slow component with a relative amplitude (with respect to the total response) of 24.8±11.0% was observed for HR kinetics. During HEAVY, the relative amplitude of the HR slow component was more pronounced than that for V[Combining Dot Above]O2 (31.6±11.2 and 23.3±9.0%, respectively). During HRCLAMPED the decrease in work rate (~14%) needed in order to maintain a constant HR was associated with a decreased V[Combining Dot Above]O2 (~10%). The HR slow component occurred at a lower work rate and was more pronounced than the V[Combining Dot Above]O2 slow component. Exercise prescriptions at specific HR values, when carried out for periods longer than a few minutes, could lead to premature fatigue.

  12. Resonances and thresholds in the Rydberg-level population of multiply charged ions at solid surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nedeljković, Lj. D.; Nedeljković, N. N.

    1998-12-01

    We present a theoretical study of resonances and thresholds, two specific features of Rydberg-state formation of multiply charged ions (Z=6, 7, and 8) escaping a solid surface at intermediate velocities (v~1 a.u.) in the normal emergence geometry. The resonances are recognized in pronounced maxima of the experimentally observed population curves of Ar VIII ions for resonant values of the principal quantum number n=nres=11 and for the angular momentum quantum numbers l=1 and 2. Absence of optical signals in detectors of beam-foil experiments for n>nthr of S VI and Cl VII ions (with l=0, 1, and 2) and Ar VIII for l=0 is interpreted as a threshold phenomenon. An interplay between resonance and threshold effects is established within the framework of quantum dynamics of the low angular momentum Rydberg-state formation, based on a generalization of Demkov-Ostrovskii's charge-exchange model. In the model proposed, the Ar VIII resonances appear as a consequence of electron tunneling in the very vicinity of the ion-surface potential barrier top and at some critical ion-surface distances Rc. The observed thresholds are explained by means of a decay mechanism of ionic Rydberg states formed dominantly above the Fermi level EF of a solid conduction band. The theoretically predicted resonant and threshold values, nres and nthr of the principal quantum number n, as well as the obtained population probabilities Pnl=Pnl(v,Z), are in sufficiently good agreement with all available experimental findings.

  13. Trust-Threshold Based Routing in Mobile Ad Hoc Delay Tolerant Networks

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-02-15

    A £) I e- A "flt x rj(t), ifm *jand\\Ri\\=0 (4) if m * j and\\R{\\ > 0 The indirect trust evaluation toward nodej is given in Equation 4 above...Pfn. Pfp 1% U 300 5 (5 min) (In [l,4] m / s a 90% toh 0.8:0.2 E„ [12. 24] hrs ’ A ’* m [160.480| mm TlDS iOOs 5.1 Optimal Trust Thresholds for...Evaluation t-r, encounter.X(t . A ,\\ ;r„, _ i Tim (t+At), tfm-j e-^’xrj(t), ifm +l W The direct trust evaluation of nodey is given in

  14. STIMULUS AND TRANSDUCER EFFECTS ON THRESHOLD

    PubMed Central

    Flamme, Gregory A.; Geda, Kyle; McGregor, Kara; Wyllys, Krista; Deiters, Kristy K.; Murphy, William J.; Stephenson, Mark R.

    2015-01-01

    Objective This study examined differences in thresholds obtained under Sennheiser HDA200 circumaural earphones using pure tone, equivalent rectangular noise bands, and 1/3 octave noise bands relative to thresholds obtained using Telephonics TDH-39P supra-aural earphones. Design Thresholds were obtained via each transducer and stimulus condition six times within a 10-day period. Study Sample Forty-nine adults were selected from a prior study to represent low, moderate, and high threshold reliability. Results The results suggested that (1) only small adjustments were needed to reach equivalent TDH-39P thresholds, (2) pure-tone thresholds obtained with HDA200 circumaural earphones had reliability equal to or better than those obtained using TDH-39P earphones, (3) the reliability of noise-band thresholds improved with broader stimulus bandwidth and was either equal to or better than pure-tone thresholds, and (4) frequency-specificity declined with stimulus bandwidths greater than one Equivalent Rectangular Band, which could complicate early detection of hearing changes that occur within a narrow frequency range. Conclusions These data suggest that circumaural earphones such as the HDA200 headphones provide better reliability for audiometric testing as compared to the TDH-39P earphones. These data support the use of noise bands, preferably ERB noises, as stimuli for audiometric monitoring. PMID:25549164

  15. Dynamics near the threshold for blowup in the one-dimensional focusing nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bizoń, Piotr; Chmaj, Tadeusz; Szpak, Nikodem

    2011-10-01

    We study dynamics near the threshold for blowup in the focusing nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation utt - uxx + u - |u|2αu = 0 on the line. Using mixed numerical and analytical methods we find that solutions starting from even initial data, fine-tuned to the threshold, are trapped by the static solution S for intermediate times. The details of trapping are shown to depend on the power α, namely, we observe fast convergence to S for α > 1, slow convergence for α = 1, and very slow (if any) convergence for 0 < α < 1. Our findings are complementary with respect to the recent rigorous analysis of the same problem (for α > 2) by Krieger, Nakanishi, and Schlag ["Global dynamics above from the ground state energy for the one-dimensional NLKG equation," preprint arXiv:1011.1776 [math.AP

  16. Pausing at the Threshold

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Morgan, Patrick K.

    2015-01-01

    Since about 2003, the notion of threshold concepts--the central ideas in any field that change how learners think about other ideas--have become difficult to escape at library conferences and in general information literacy discourse. Their visibility will likely only increase because threshold concepts figure prominently in the Framework for…

  17. Vibrotactile perception thresholds at the sole of the foot: effects of contact force and probe indentation.

    PubMed

    Gu, Cheng; Griffin, Michael J

    2012-05-01

    When using vibrotactile thresholds to investigate neuropathy in the fingers, the indentation of a vibrating probe, and the force applied to a static surround around a vibrating probe, affect thresholds. This study was designed to investigate the effects on vibrotactile perception thresholds at the sole of the foot of probe indentation (i.e. height of a vibrating probe relative to a static surround) and the force applied to the static surround. Thresholds at 20 Hz (expected to be mediated by the NP I channel) and at 160 Hz (expected to be mediated by the Pacinian channel) were obtained at the hallux (i.e. greater toe) and the ball of the foot on 14 healthy subjects. In one condition, the height of the vibrating probe was varied to 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 mm above a static surround with 4-N force applied to the surround. In a second condition, the force applied to the surround was varied to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 N while using a probe height of 1mm. Thresholds at 20 Hz decreased with increasing probe height from 0 to 1 mm but showed no significant variation between 2, 3, and 4mm at either the hallux or the ball of the foot. Thresholds at 160 Hz decreased with increasing probe height from 0 to 4 mm at both the hallux and the ball of the foot. Thresholds at 20 Hz obtained with 1-N surround force were higher than thresholds obtained with 2 N, but there was no significant difference with surround forces from 2 to 6 N at either the hallux or the ball of the foot. Thresholds at 160 Hz were unaffected by variations in surround force at the ball of the foot but tended to decrease with increasing force at the hallux. It is concluded that a vibrating probe flush with a static surround, and a surround force in the range 2-4 N, are appropriate when measuring vibrotactile thresholds at the hallux and the ball of the foot with a 6-mm diameter contactor and a 2-mm gap to the static surround. Copyright © 2011 IPEM. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. Comparison of image segmentation of lungs using methods: connected threshold, neighborhood connected, and threshold level set segmentation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Amanda, A. R.; Widita, R.

    2016-03-01

    The aim of this research is to compare some image segmentation methods for lungs based on performance evaluation parameter (Mean Square Error (MSE) and Peak Signal Noise to Ratio (PSNR)). In this study, the methods compared were connected threshold, neighborhood connected, and the threshold level set segmentation on the image of the lungs. These three methods require one important parameter, i.e the threshold. The threshold interval was obtained from the histogram of the original image. The software used to segment the image here was InsightToolkit-4.7.0 (ITK). This research used 5 lung images to be analyzed. Then, the results were compared using the performance evaluation parameter determined by using MATLAB. The segmentation method is said to have a good quality if it has the smallest MSE value and the highest PSNR. The results show that four sample images match the criteria of connected threshold, while one sample refers to the threshold level set segmentation. Therefore, it can be concluded that connected threshold method is better than the other two methods for these cases.

  19. LOGIC OF CONTROLLED THRESHOLD DEVICES.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    The synthesis of threshold logic circuits from several points of view is presented. The first approach is applicable to resistor-transistor networks...in which the outputs are tied to a common collector resistor. In general, fewer threshold logic gates than NOR gates connected to a common collector...network to realize a specified function such that the failure of any but the output gate can be compensated for by a change in the threshold level (and

  20. THRESHOLD LOGIC SYNTHESIS OF SEQUENTIAL MACHINES.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    The application of threshold logic to the design of sequential machines is the subject of this research. A single layer of threshold logic units in...advantages of fewer components because of the use of threshold logic, along with very high-speed operation resulting from the use of only a single layer of...logic. In some instances, namely for asynchronous machines, the only delay need be the natural delay of the single layer of threshold elements. It is

  1. Threshold Concepts in Economics

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Shanahan, Martin

    2016-01-01

    Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to examine threshold concepts in the context of teaching and learning first-year university economics. It outlines some of the arguments for using threshold concepts and provides examples using opportunity cost as an exemplar in economics. Design/ Methodology/Approach: The paper provides an overview of the…

  2. Competitive photodissociation channels in jet-cooled HNCO: Thermochemistry and near-threshold predissociation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zyrianov, M.; Droz-Georget, Th.; Sanov, A.; Reisler, H.

    1996-11-01

    The photoinitiated unimolecular decomposition of jet-cooled HNCO has been studied following S1(1A″)←S0(1A') excitation near the thresholds of the spin-allowed dissociation channels: (1) H(2S)+NCO(X2Π) and (2) NH(a1Δ)+CO(X1Σ+), which are separated by 4470 cm-1. Photofragment yield spectra of NCO(X2Π) and NH (a1Δ) were obtained in selected regions in the 260-220 nm photolysis range. The NCO(X2Π)yield rises abruptly at 38 380 cm-1 and the spectrum exhibits structures as narrow as 0.8 cm-1 near the threshold. The linewidths increase only slowly with photolysis energy. The jet-cooled absorption spectrum near the channel (1) threshold [D0(H+NCO)] was obtained using two-photon excitation via the S1 state, terminating in a fluorescent product. The absorption spectrum is similar to the NCO yield spectrum, and its intensity does not diminish noticeably above D0(H+NCO), indicating that dissociation near threshold is slow. The NCO product near threshold is cold, as is typical of a barrierless reaction. NH (a1Δ) products appear first at 42 840 cm-1, but their yield is initially very small, as evidenced also by the insignificant decrease in the NCO yield in the threshold region of channel (2). The NH (a1Δ) yield increases faster at higher photolysis energies and the linewidths increase as well. At the channel (2) threshold, the NH (a1Δ) product is generated only in the lowest rotational level, J=2, and rotational excitation increases with photolysis energy. We propose that in the range 260-230 nm, HNCO (S1) undergoes radiationless decay terminating in S0/T1 followed by unimolecular reaction. Decompositions via channels (1) and (2) proceed without significant exit channel barriers. At wavelengths shorter than 230 nm, the participation of an additional, direct pathway cannot be ruled out. The jet-cooled photofragment yield spectra allow the determination, with good accuracy, of thermochemical values relevant to HNCO decomposition. The following heats of formation are

  3. Target weight achievement and ultrafiltration rate thresholds: potential patient implications.

    PubMed

    Flythe, Jennifer E; Assimon, Magdalene M; Overman, Robert A

    2017-06-02

    Higher ultrafiltration (UF) rates and extracellular hypo- and hypervolemia are associated with adverse outcomes among maintenance hemodialysis patients. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services recently considered UF rate and target weight achievement measures for ESRD Quality Incentive Program inclusion. The dual measures were intended to promote balance between too aggressive and too conservative fluid removal. The National Quality Forum endorsed the UF rate measure but not the target weight measure. We examined the proposed target weight measure and quantified weight gains if UF rate thresholds were applied without treatment time (TT) extension or interdialytic weight gain (IDWG) reduction. Data were taken from the 2012 database of a large dialysis organization. Analyses considered 152,196 United States hemodialysis patients. We described monthly patient and dialysis facility target weight achievement patterns and examined differences in patient characteristics across target weight achievement status and differences in facilities across target weight measure scores. We computed the cumulative, theoretical 1-month fluid-related weight gain that would occur if UF rates were capped at 13 mL/h/kg without concurrent TT extension or IDWG reduction. Target weight achievement patterns were stable over the year. Patients who did not achieve target weight (post-dialysis weight ≥ 1 kg above or below target weight) tended to be younger, black and dialyze via catheter, and had shorter dialysis vintage, greater body weight, higher UF rate and more missed treatments compared with patients who achieved target weight. Facilities had, on average, 27.1 ± 9.7% of patients with average post-dialysis weight ≥ 1 kg above or below the prescribed target weight. In adjusted analyses, facilities located in the midwest and south and facilities with higher proportions of black and Hispanic patients and higher proportions of patients with shorter TTs were more likely to

  4. Methods for automatic trigger threshold adjustment

    DOEpatents

    Welch, Benjamin J; Partridge, Michael E

    2014-03-18

    Methods are presented for adjusting trigger threshold values to compensate for drift in the quiescent level of a signal monitored for initiating a data recording event, thereby avoiding false triggering conditions. Initial threshold values are periodically adjusted by re-measuring the quiescent signal level, and adjusting the threshold values by an offset computation based upon the measured quiescent signal level drift. Re-computation of the trigger threshold values can be implemented on time based or counter based criteria. Additionally, a qualification width counter can be utilized to implement a requirement that a trigger threshold criterion be met a given number of times prior to initiating a data recording event, further reducing the possibility of a false triggering situation.

  5. Peaks Over Threshold (POT): A methodology for automatic threshold estimation using goodness of fit p-value

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Solari, Sebastián.; Egüen, Marta; Polo, María. José; Losada, Miguel A.

    2017-04-01

    Threshold estimation in the Peaks Over Threshold (POT) method and the impact of the estimation method on the calculation of high return period quantiles and their uncertainty (or confidence intervals) are issues that are still unresolved. In the past, methods based on goodness of fit tests and EDF-statistics have yielded satisfactory results, but their use has not yet been systematized. This paper proposes a methodology for automatic threshold estimation, based on the Anderson-Darling EDF-statistic and goodness of fit test. When combined with bootstrapping techniques, this methodology can be used to quantify both the uncertainty of threshold estimation and its impact on the uncertainty of high return period quantiles. This methodology was applied to several simulated series and to four precipitation/river flow data series. The results obtained confirmed its robustness. For the measured series, the estimated thresholds corresponded to those obtained by nonautomatic methods. Moreover, even though the uncertainty of the threshold estimation was high, this did not have a significant effect on the width of the confidence intervals of high return period quantiles.

  6. Oxytocin administration selectively improves olfactory detection thresholds for lyral in patients with schizophrenia

    PubMed Central

    Woolley, J.D.; Lam, O.; Chuang, B.; Ford, J.M.; Mathalon, D.H.; Vinogradov, S.

    2015-01-01

    Summary Background Olfaction plays an important role in mammalian social behavior. Olfactory deficits are common in schizophrenia and correlate with negative symptoms and low social drive. Despite their prominence and possible clinical relevance, little is understood about the pathological mechanisms underlying olfactory deficits in schizophrenia and there are currently no effective treatments for these deficits. The prosocial neuropeptide oxytocin may affect the olfactory system when administered intranasally to humans and there is growing interest in its therapeutic potential in schizophrenia. Methods To examine this model, we administered 40 IU of oxytocin and placebo intranasally to 31 patients with a schizophrenia spectrum illness and 34 age-matched healthy control participants in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over study. On each test day, participants completed an olfactory detection threshold test for two different odors: (1) lyral, a synthetic fragrance compound for which patients with schizophrenia have specific olfactory detection threshold deficits, possibly related to decreased cyclic adenosine 3′,5′-monophosphate (cAMP) signaling; and (2) anise, a compound for which olfactory detection thresholds change with menstrual cycle phase in women. Results On the placebo test day, patients with schizophrenia did not significantly differ from healthy controls in detection of either odor. We found that oxytocin administration significantly and selectively improved olfactory detection thresholds for lyral but not for anise in patients with schizophrenia. In contrast, oxytocin had no effect on detection of either odor in healthy controls. Discussion Our data indicate that oxytocin administration may ameliorate olfactory deficits in schizophrenia and suggest the effects of intranasal oxytocin may extend to influencing the olfactory system. Given that oxytocin has been found to increase cAMP signaling in vitro a possible mechanism for

  7. Oxytocin administration selectively improves olfactory detection thresholds for lyral in patients with schizophrenia.

    PubMed

    Woolley, J D; Lam, O; Chuang, B; Ford, J M; Mathalon, D H; Vinogradov, S

    2015-03-01

    Olfaction plays an important role in mammalian social behavior. Olfactory deficits are common in schizophrenia and correlate with negative symptoms and low social drive. Despite their prominence and possible clinical relevance, little is understood about the pathological mechanisms underlying olfactory deficits in schizophrenia and there are currently no effective treatments for these deficits. The prosocial neuropeptide oxytocin may affect the olfactory system when administered intranasally to humans and there is growing interest in its therapeutic potential in schizophrenia. To examine this model, we administered 40IU of oxytocin and placebo intranasally to 31 patients with a schizophrenia spectrum illness and 34 age-matched healthy control participants in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over study. On each test day, participants completed an olfactory detection threshold test for two different odors: (1) lyral, a synthetic fragrance compound for which patients with schizophrenia have specific olfactory detection threshold deficits, possibly related to decreased cyclic adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cAMP) signaling; and (2) anise, a compound for which olfactory detection thresholds change with menstrual cycle phase in women. On the placebo test day, patients with schizophrenia did not significantly differ from healthy controls in detection of either odor. We found that oxytocin administration significantly and selectively improved olfactory detection thresholds for lyral but not for anise in patients with schizophrenia. In contrast, oxytocin had no effect on detection of either odor in healthy controls. Our data indicate that oxytocin administration may ameliorate olfactory deficits in schizophrenia and suggest the effects of intranasal oxytocin may extend to influencing the olfactory system. Given that oxytocin has been found to increase cAMP signaling in vitro a possible mechanism for these effects is discussed. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  8. Threshold setting by the surround of cat retinal ganglion cells.

    PubMed

    Barlow, H B; Levick, W R

    1976-08-01

    1. The slope of curves relating the log increment threshold to log background luminance in cat retinal ganglion cells is affected by the area and duration of the test stimulus, as it is in human pyschophysical experiments. 2. Using large area, long duration stimuli the slopes average 0-82 and approach close to 1 (Weber's Law) in the steepest cases. Small stimuli gave an average of 0-53 for on-centre units using brief stimuli, and 0-56 for off-centre units, using long stimuli. Slopes under 0-5 (square root law) were not found over an extended range of luminances. 3. On individual units the slope was generally greater for larger and longer test stimulus, but no unit showed the full extent of change from slope of 0-5 to slope of 1. 4. The above differences hold for objective measures of quantum/spike ratio, as well as for thresholds either judged by ear or assessed by calculation. 5. The steeper slope of the curves for large area, long duration test stimuli compared with small, long duration stimuli, is associated with the increased effectiveness of antagonism from the surround at high backgrounds. This change may be less pronounced in off-centre units, one of which (probably transient Y-type) showed no difference of slope, and gave parallel area-threshold curves at widely separated background luminances, confirming the importance of differential surround effectiveness in changing the slope of the curves. 6. In on-centre units, the increased relative effectiveness of the surround is associated with the part of the raised background light that falls on the receptive field centre. 7. It is suggested that the variable surround functions as a zero-offset control that sets the threshold excitation required for generating impulses, and that this is separate from gain-setting adaptive mechanisms. This may be how ganglion cells maintain high incremental sensitivity in spite of a strong maintained excitatory drive that would otherwise cause compressive response non-linearities.

  9. Laser damage threshold measurements of microstructure-based high reflectors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hobbs, Douglas S.

    2008-10-01

    In 2007, the pulsed laser induced damage threshold (LIDT) of anti-reflecting (AR) microstructures built in fused silica and glass was shown to be up to three times greater than the LIDT of single-layer thin-film AR coatings, and at least five times greater than multiple-layer thin-film AR coatings. This result suggested that microstructure-based wavelength selective mirrors might also exhibit high LIDT. Efficient light reflection over a narrow spectral range can be produced by an array of sub-wavelength sized surface relief microstructures built in a waveguide configuration. Such surface structure resonant (SSR) filters typically achieve a reflectivity exceeding 99% over a 1-10nm range about the filter center wavelength, making SSR filters useful as laser high reflectors (HR). SSR laser mirrors consist of microstructures that are first etched in the surface of fused silica and borosilicate glass windows and subsequently coated with a thin layer of a non-absorbing high refractive index dielectric material such as tantalum pent-oxide or zinc sulfide. Results of an initial investigation into the LIDT of single layer SSR laser mirrors operating at 532nm, 1064nm and 1573nm are described along with data from SEM analysis of the microstructures, and spectral reflection measurements. None of the twelve samples tested exhibited damage thresholds above 3 J/cm2 when illuminated at the resonant wavelength, indicating that the simple single layer, first order design will need further development to be suitable for high power laser applications. Samples of SSR high reflectors entered in the Thin Film Damage Competition also exhibited low damage thresholds of less than 1 J/cm2 for the ZnS coated SSR, and just over 4 J/cm2 for the Ta2O5 coated SSR.

  10. Quantile-based permutation thresholds for quantitative trait loci hotspots.

    PubMed

    Neto, Elias Chaibub; Keller, Mark P; Broman, Andrew F; Attie, Alan D; Jansen, Ritsert C; Broman, Karl W; Yandell, Brian S

    2012-08-01

    Quantitative trait loci (QTL) hotspots (genomic locations affecting many traits) are a common feature in genetical genomics studies and are biologically interesting since they may harbor critical regulators. Therefore, statistical procedures to assess the significance of hotspots are of key importance. One approach, randomly allocating observed QTL across the genomic locations separately by trait, implicitly assumes all traits are uncorrelated. Recently, an empirical test for QTL hotspots was proposed on the basis of the number of traits that exceed a predetermined LOD value, such as the standard permutation LOD threshold. The permutation null distribution of the maximum number of traits across all genomic locations preserves the correlation structure among the phenotypes, avoiding the detection of spurious hotspots due to nongenetic correlation induced by uncontrolled environmental factors and unmeasured variables. However, by considering only the number of traits above a threshold, without accounting for the magnitude of the LOD scores, relevant information is lost. In particular, biologically interesting hotspots composed of a moderate to small number of traits with strong LOD scores may be neglected as nonsignificant. In this article we propose a quantile-based permutation approach that simultaneously accounts for the number and the LOD scores of traits within the hotspots. By considering a sliding scale of mapping thresholds, our method can assess the statistical significance of both small and large hotspots. Although the proposed approach can be applied to any type of heritable high-volume "omic" data set, we restrict our attention to expression (e)QTL analysis. We assess and compare the performances of these three methods in simulations and we illustrate how our approach can effectively assess the significance of moderate and small hotspots with strong LOD scores in a yeast expression data set.

  11. Trazodone Increases the Respiratory Arousal Threshold in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea and a Low Arousal Threshold

    PubMed Central

    Eckert, Danny J.; Malhotra, Atul; Wellman, Andrew; White, David P.

    2014-01-01

    Study Objectives: The effect of common sedatives on upper airway physiology and breathing during sleep in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) has been minimally studied. Conceptually, certain sedatives may worsen OSA in some patients. However, sleep and breathing could improve with certain sedatives in patients with OSA with a low respiratory arousal threshold. This study aimed to test the hypothesis that trazodone increases the respiratory arousal threshold in patients with OSA and a low arousal threshold. Secondary aims were to examine the effects of trazodone on upper airway dilator muscle activity, upper airway collapsibility, and breathing during sleep. Design: Patients were studied on 4 separate nights according to a within-subjects cross-over design. Setting: Sleep physiology laboratory. Patients: Seven patients with OSA and a low respiratory arousal threshold. Interventions: In-laboratory polysomnograms were obtained at baseline and after 100 mg of trazodone was administered, followed by detailed overnight physiology experiments under the same conditions. During physiology studies, continuous positive airway pressure was transiently lowered to measure arousal threshold (negative epiglottic pressure prior to arousal), dilator muscle activity (genioglossus and tensor palatini), and upper airway collapsibility (Pcrit). Measurements and Results: Trazodone increased the respiratory arousal threshold by 32 ± 6% (-11.5 ± 1.4 versus -15.3 ± 2.2 cmH2O, P < 0.01) but did not alter the apnea-hypopnea index (39 ± 12 versus 39 ± 11 events/h sleep, P = 0.94). Dilator muscle activity and Pcrit also did not systematically change with trazodone. Conclusions: Trazodone increases the respiratory arousal threshold in patients with obstructive sleep apnea and a low arousal threshold without major impairment in dilator muscle activity or upper airway collapsibility. However, the magnitude of change in arousal threshold was insufficient to overcome the compromised upper airway

  12. Niche overlap, threshold food densities, and limits to prey depletion for a diving duck assemblage in an estuarine bay

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Lovvorn, James R.; De La Cruz, Susan; Takekawa, John Y.; Shaskey, Laura E.; Richman, Samantha E.

    2013-01-01

    Planning for marine conservation often requires estimates of the amount of habitat needed to support assemblages of interacting species. During winter in subtidal San Pablo Bay, California, the 3 main diving duck species are lesser scaup Aythya affinis (LESC), greater scaup A. marila (GRSC), and surf scoter Melanitta perspicillata (SUSC), which all feed almost entirely on the bivalve Corbula amurensis. Decreased body mass and fat, increased foraging effort, and major departures of these birds appeared to result from food limitation. Broad overlap in prey size, water depth, and location suggested that the 3 species responded similarly to availability of the same prey. However, an energetics model that accounts for differing body size, locomotor mode, and dive behavior indicated that each species will become limited at different stages of prey depletion in the order SUSC, then GRSC, then LESC. Depending on year, 35 to 66% of the energy in Corbula standing stocks was below estimated threshold densities for profitable foraging. Ectothermic predators, especially flounders and sturgeons, could reduce excess carrying capacity for different duck species by 4 to 10%. A substantial quantity of prey above profitability thresholds was not exploited before most ducks left San Pablo Bay. Such pre-depletion departure has been attributed in other taxa to foraging aggression. However, in these diving ducks that showed no overt aggression, this pattern may result from high costs of locating all adequate prey patches, resulting reliance on existing flocks to find food, and propensity to stay near dense flocks to avoid avian predation. For interacting species assemblages, modeling profitability thresholds can indicate the species most vulnerable to food declines. However, estimates of total habitat needed require better understanding of factors affecting the amount of prey above thresholds that is not depleted before the predators move elsewhere.

  13. 40 CFR 68.115 - Threshold determination.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 16 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Threshold determination. 68.115 Section 68.115 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS Regulated Substances for Accidental Release Prevention § 68.115 Threshold determination. (a) A threshold...

  14. 40 CFR 68.115 - Threshold determination.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 16 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Threshold determination. 68.115 Section 68.115 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS Regulated Substances for Accidental Release Prevention § 68.115 Threshold determination. (a) A threshold...

  15. 40 CFR 68.115 - Threshold determination.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 15 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Threshold determination. 68.115 Section 68.115 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS Regulated Substances for Accidental Release Prevention § 68.115 Threshold determination. (a) A threshold...

  16. 40 CFR 68.115 - Threshold determination.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 16 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Threshold determination. 68.115 Section 68.115 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS Regulated Substances for Accidental Release Prevention § 68.115 Threshold determination. (a) A threshold...

  17. Characterization of Mode I and Mode II delamination growth and thresholds in AS4/PEEK composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, Roderick H.; Murri, Gretchen Bostaph

    1990-01-01

    Composite materials often fail by delamination. The onset and growth of delamination in AS4/PEEK, a tough thermoplastic matrix composite, was characterized for mode 1 and mode 2 loadings, using the Double Cantilever Beam (DCB) and the End Notched Flexure (ENF) test specimens. Delamination growth per fatigue cycle, da/dN, was related to strain energy release rate, G, by means of a power law. However, the exponents of these power laws were too large for them to be adequately used as a life prediction tool. A small error in the estimated applied loads could lead to large errors in the delamination growth rates. Hence strain energy release rate thresholds, G sub th, below which no delamination would occur were also measured. Mode 1 and 2 threshold G values for no delamination growth were found by monitoring the number of cycles to delamination onset in the DCB and ENF specimens. The maximum applied G for which no delamination growth had occurred until at least 1,000,000 cycles was considered the threshold strain energy release rate. Comments are given on how testing effects, facial interference or delamination front damage, may invalidate the experimental determination of the constants in the expression.

  18. Effects of noise exposure on neonatal auditory brainstem response thresholds in pregnant guinea pigs at different gestational periods.

    PubMed

    Morimoto, Chihiro; Nario, Kazuhiko; Nishimura, Tadashi; Shimokura, Ryota; Hosoi, Hiroshi; Kitahara, Tadashi

    2017-01-01

    Noise exposure during pregnancy has been reported to cause fetal hearing impairment. However, little is known about the effects of noise exposure during various gestational stages on postnatal hearing. In the present study, we investigated the effects of noise exposure on auditory brainstem response (ABR) at the early, mid-, and late gestational periods in newborn guinea pigs. Pregnant guinea pigs were exposed to 4-kHz pure tone at a 120-dB sound pressure level for 4 h. We divided the animals into four groups as follows: the control, early gestational exposure, mid-gestational exposure, and late gestational exposure groups. ABR thresholds and latencies in newborns were recorded using 1-, 2-, and 4-kHz tone burst on postnatal days 1, 7, 14, and 28. Changes in ABR thresholds and latencies were measured between the 4 × 4 and 4 × 3 factorial groups mentioned above (gestational periods × postnatal days, gestational periods × frequencies). The thresholds were low in the order of control group < early gestational exposure group < mid-gestational exposure group and late gestational exposure group. Noise exposure during pregnancy influenced ABR thresholds in neonatal guinea pigs. This is the first study to show that noise exposure during the early, mid-, and late gestational periods significantly elevated ABR thresholds in neonatal guinea pigs. © 2016 Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology.

  19. 40 CFR 98.361 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 20 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.361 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Manure Management § 98.361 Reporting threshold. Livestock facilities must report GHG emissions under this subpart if the facility meets the reporting threshold as defined in 98...

  20. 40 CFR 98.361 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.361 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Manure Management § 98.361 Reporting threshold. Livestock facilities must report GHG emissions under this subpart if the facility meets the reporting threshold as defined in 98...

  1. Double core-hole emissivity of transient aluminum plasmas produced in the interaction with ultra-intense x-ray laser pulse

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, Cheng; Zeng, Jiaolong; Yuan, Jianmin

    2015-11-01

    Emissivity of single core-hole (SCH) and double core-hole (DCH) states of aluminum plasmas produced in the interaction with ultra-intense x-ray laser pulse interaction are investigated systematically by solving the time-dependent rate equation implemented in the detailed level accounting approximation. We first demonstrated the plasma density effects on level populations and charge state distribution. Compared with recent experiments, it is shown that the plasma density effects play important roles in the evolution dynamics. Then we systematically investigated the emissivity of the transient aluminum plasmas produced by the x-ray laser pulses with a few photon energies above the threshold photon energy to create DCH states. For the laser photon energy where there are resonant absorptions (RA), 1s-np transitions with both full 1s and SCH 1s states play important roles in time evolution of the population and DCH emission spectroscopy. The significant RA effects are illustrated in detail for x-ray pulses, which creates the 1s-2p resonant absorption from the SCH states of Al VII. With the increase of the photon energy, the emissions from lower charge states become larger.

  2. Identifying Threshold Temperatures Associated with Bristlecone Pine Growth Signals in the Great Basin, USA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weiss, S. B.; Bunn, A. G.; Tran, T. J.; Bruening, J. M.; Salzer, M. W.; Hughes, M. K.

    2016-12-01

    The interpretation of ring-width patterns in high elevation Great Basin bristlecone pine is hampered by the presence of sharp ecophysiological gradients that can lead to mixed growth signals depending on topographic setting of individual trees. We have identified a temperature threshold near the upper forest border above which trees are limited more strongly by temperature, and below which trees tend to be moisture limited. We combined temperature loggers and GIS modeling at a scale of tens of meters to examine trees with different limiting factors. We found that the dual-signal patterns in radial growth can be partially explained by the topoclimate setting of individual trees, with trees in locations where growing season mean temperatures below about 7.4°C to 8°C were more strongly associated with temperature variability than with moisture availability. Using this threshold we show that it is possible to build both temperature and drought reconstructions over the common era from bristlecone pine near the alpine treeline. While our findings might allow for a better physiological understanding of bristlecone pine growth, they also raise questions about the interpretation of temperature reconstructions given the threshold nature of the growth response and the dynamic nature of the treeline ecotone over past millennia.

  3. Threshold Theory Tested in an Organizational Setting: The Relation between Perceived Innovativeness and Intelligence in a Large Sample of Leaders

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Christensen, Bo T.; Hartmann, Peter V. W.; Rasmussen, Thomas Hedegaard

    2017-01-01

    A large sample of leaders (N = 4257) was used to test the link between leader innovativeness and intelligence. The threshold theory of the link between creativity and intelligence assumes that below a certain IQ level (approximately IQ 120), there is some correlation between IQ and creative potential, but above this cutoff point, there is no…

  4. 40 CFR 98.441 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.441 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Geologic Sequestration of Carbon Dioxide § 98.441 Reporting threshold. (a... amount of CO2 for long-term containment in subsurface geologic formations. There is no threshold. (b...

  5. 49 CFR 80.13 - Threshold criteria.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Threshold criteria. 80.13 Section 80.13... § 80.13 Threshold criteria. (a) To be eligible to receive Federal credit assistance under this part, a project shall meet the following five threshold criteria: (1) The project shall be consistent with the...

  6. 49 CFR 80.13 - Threshold criteria.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Threshold criteria. 80.13 Section 80.13... § 80.13 Threshold criteria. (a) To be eligible to receive Federal credit assistance under this part, a project shall meet the following five threshold criteria: (1) The project shall be consistent with the...

  7. An integrative perspective of the anaerobic threshold.

    PubMed

    Sales, Marcelo Magalhães; Sousa, Caio Victor; da Silva Aguiar, Samuel; Knechtle, Beat; Nikolaidis, Pantelis Theodoros; Alves, Polissandro Mortoza; Simões, Herbert Gustavo

    2017-12-14

    The concept of anaerobic threshold (AT) was introduced during the nineteen sixties. Since then, several methods to identify the anaerobic threshold (AT) have been studied and suggested as novel 'thresholds' based upon the variable used for its detection (i.e. lactate threshold, ventilatory threshold, glucose threshold). These different techniques have brought some confusion about how we should name this parameter, for instance, anaerobic threshold or the physiological measure used (i.e. lactate, ventilation). On the other hand, the modernization of scientific methods and apparatus to detect AT, as well as the body of literature formed in the past decades, could provide a more cohesive understanding over the AT and the multiple physiological systems involved. Thus, the purpose of this review was to provide an integrative perspective of the methods to determine AT. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  8. Economic evaluation and cost-effectiveness thresholds: signals to firms and implications for R & D investment and innovation.

    PubMed

    Vernon, John A; Goldberg, Robert; Golec, Joseph

    2009-01-01

    In this article we describe how reimbursement cost-effectiveness thresholds, per unit of health benefit, whether set explicitly or observed implicitly via historical reimbursement decisions, serve as a signal to firms about the commercial viability of their R&D projects (including candidate products for in-licensing). Traditional finance methods for R&D project valuations, such as net present value analyses (NPV), incorporate information from these payer reimbursement signals to help determine which R&D projects should be continued and which should be terminated (in the case of the latter because they yield an NPV < 0). Because the influence these signals have for firm R&D investment decisions is so significant, we argue that it is important for reimbursement thresholds to reflect the economic value of the unit of health benefit being considered for reimbursement. Thresholds set too low (below the economic value of the health benefit) will result in R&D investment levels that are too low relative to the economic value of R&D (on the margin). Similarly, thresholds set too high (above the economic value of the health benefit) will result in inefficiently high levels of R&D spending. The US in particular, which represents approximately half of the global pharmaceutical market (based on sales), and which seems poised to begin undertaking cost effectiveness in a systematic way, needs to exert caution in setting policies that explicitly or implicitly establish cost-effectiveness reimbursement thresholds for healthcare products and technologies, such as pharmaceuticals.

  9. Threshold Concepts in Finance: Student Perspectives

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hoadley, Susan; Kyng, Tim; Tickle, Leonie; Wood, Leigh N.

    2015-01-01

    Finance threshold concepts are the essential conceptual knowledge that underpin well-developed financial capabilities and are central to the mastery of finance. In this paper we investigate threshold concepts in finance from the point of view of students, by establishing the extent to which students are aware of threshold concepts identified by…

  10. 40 CFR 98.91 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.91 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Electronics Manufacturing § 98.91 Reporting threshold. (a) You must... year emission threshold in § 98.2(a)(2), follow the requirements of § 98.2(b), with one exception...

  11. 40 CFR 98.121 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.121 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Fluorinated Gas Production § 98.121 Reporting threshold. You must report...). To calculate GHG emissions for comparison to the 25,000 metric ton CO2e per year emission threshold...

  12. Influence of the sediment transport threshold on a river network (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Devauchelle, O.; Petroff, A.; Seybold, H. F.; Rothman, D.

    2010-12-01

    In order to transport sediment as bedload, a river must impose a sufficient shear stress on its bed. Conversely, a river far above the threshold for bedload would quickly erode its bed and decrease its slope, thus returning towards the threshold. In 1961, F. M. Henderson first used this hypothesis to derive theoretically Lacey's law (which states that the width of a river scales with the square root of its discharge). His reasoning can be extended to demonstrate that, under similar conditions, the product of the water discharge with the square of its slope is constant (Q S2 = const.), the value of this constant depending on the sediment properties. The steephead ravines of the Florida panhandle, formed by seepage erosion in a homogeneous sand plateau, fall remarkably close to Henderson's equilibrium. Thanks to the uniformity of the sediment and to the steady input of groundwater, the hundreds of streams which drain this landscape are ideal field cases to understand how the quasi-equilibrium hypothesis constrains the network structure. Indeed, both Lacey's equation and the above discharge-slope relation are satisfied in the field. The slope-discharge relation Q S2 = const. is a boundary condition for both the aquifer and the landscape itself, as it relates the flux of water drained by the streams to their longitudinal profile. A direct illustration of this coupling is the shape of the longitudinal profile of rivers in the neighborhood of their springs, which we predict theoretically. The boundary condition Q S2 = const. also holds further downstream, and raises delicate theoretical questions concerning the architecture of the entire network. In particular, we address the limitation of the distance between a spring and the first confluence of a stream.

  13. A Real-time, Borehole, Geophysical Observatory Above The Cascadia Subduction Zone

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Collins, J. A.; McGuire, J. J.; Becker, K.; O'Brien, J. K.; von der Heydt, K.; Heesemann, M.; Davis, E. E.

    2017-12-01

    In July 2016, a team from WHOI and RSMAS installed a suite of seismic, geodetic and geothermal sensors in IODP borehole U1364A on the Cascadia Accretionary Prism offshore Vancouver Island. The borehole observatory was connected to the Clayoquot Slope node of the Ocean Networks Canada NEPTUNE Observatory in June 2017. The 3 km long extension cable provides power, timing, and internet connectivity. The borehole sits 4 km above the subduction zone thrust interface, and when drilled in 2010 was instrumented with an ACORK (Advanced Circulation Obviation Retrofit Kit) that allows monitoring and sampling of fluids from multiple zones within the 330 m drilled formation. The borehole ground-motion sensors consist of a broadband seismometer and two geodetic-quality (nano-radian resolution) two-axis tilt sensors clamped to the borehole casing wall at a depth of 277 m below the seafloor. The tilt sensors were selected to detect non-seismic, strain-related transients. A 24-thermistor cable extends from the seafloor to just above the seismometer and tilt-sensor package. The seismic and geodetic data have been flowing from the observatory (network code NV, station code CQS64, location codes B1, B2, and B3) since June and are available from the IRIS DMC. Initial inspection of the seismic and geodetic data shows that all sensors are operating well. We will report on station performance and detection thresholds using an anticipated 5 month duration data set.

  14. The Metric and the Threshold Problem for Theories of Health Justice: A Comment on Venkatapuram.

    PubMed

    Schramme, Thomas

    2016-01-01

    Any theory of health justice requires an account of what areas of social life are important enough to be of public concern. What are the goods that ought to be provided as a matter of justice? This is what I will call the metric problem. The capabilities approach puts forward a particular solution to this problem. In this article I will discuss some issues of such an approach in relation to Sridhar Venkatapuram's well-known theory. Another problem I examine is how to determine a threshold of provision within a theory of justice. What is enough in terms of health justice? I argue that we need such a threshold to avoid healthism, the expansion of the pursuit of health over and above the treatment and prevention of disease. This is an especially pertinent problem in public health, which is also the context of Venkatapuram's theory. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  15. Global 30m Height Above the Nearest Drainage

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Donchyts, Gennadii; Winsemius, Hessel; Schellekens, Jaap; Erickson, Tyler; Gao, Hongkai; Savenije, Hubert; van de Giesen, Nick

    2016-04-01

    Variability of the Earth surface is the primary characteristics affecting the flow of surface and subsurface water. Digital elevation models, usually represented as height maps above some well-defined vertical datum, are used a lot to compute hydrologic parameters such as local flow directions, drainage area, drainage network pattern, and many others. Usually, it requires a significant effort to derive these parameters at a global scale. One hydrological characteristic introduced in the last decade is Height Above the Nearest Drainage (HAND): a digital elevation model normalized using nearest drainage. This parameter has been shown to be useful for many hydrological and more general purpose applications, such as landscape hazard mapping, landform classification, remote sensing and rainfall-runoff modeling. One of the essential characteristics of HAND is its ability to capture heterogeneities in local environments, difficult to measure or model otherwise. While many applications of HAND were published in the academic literature, no studies analyze its variability on a global scale, especially, using higher resolution DEMs, such as the new, one arc-second (approximately 30m) resolution version of SRTM. In this work, we will present the first global version of HAND computed using a mosaic of two DEMS: 30m SRTM and Viewfinderpanorama DEM (90m). The lower resolution DEM was used to cover latitudes above 60 degrees north and below 56 degrees south where SRTM is not available. We compute HAND using the unmodified version of the input DEMs to ensure consistency with the original elevation model. We have parallelized processing by generating a homogenized, equal-area version of HydroBASINS catchments. The resulting catchment boundaries were used to perform processing using 30m resolution DEM. To compute HAND, a new version of D8 local drainage directions as well as flow accumulation were calculated. The latter was used to estimate river head by incorporating fixed and

  16. Carrying capacity in arid rangelands during droughts: the role of temporal and spatial thresholds.

    PubMed

    Accatino, F; Ward, D; Wiegand, K; De Michele, C

    2017-02-01

    Assessing the carrying capacity is of primary importance in arid rangelands. This becomes even more important during droughts, when rangelands exhibit non-equilibrium dynamics, and the dynamics of livestock conditions and forage resource are decoupled. Carrying capacity is usually conceived as an equilibrium concept, that is, the consumer density that can co-exist in long-term equilibrium with the resource. As one of the first, here we address the concept of carrying capacity in systems, where there is no feedback between consumer and resource in a limited period of time. To this end, we developed an individual-based model describing the basic characteristics of a rangeland during a drought. The model represents a rangeland composed by a single water point and forage distributed all around, with livestock units moving from water to forage and vice versa, for eating and drinking. For each livestock unit we implemented an energy balance and we accounted for the gut-filling effect (i.e. only a limited amount of forage can be ingested per unit time). Our results showed that there is a temporal threshold above which livestock begin to experience energy deficit and burn fat reserves. We demonstrated that such a temporal threshold increases with the number of animals and decreases with the rangeland conditions (amount of forage). The temporal threshold corresponded to the time livestock take to consume all the forage within a certain distance from water, so that the livestock can return to water for drinking without spending more energy than they gain within a day. In this study, we highlight the importance of a time threshold in the assessment of carrying capacity in non-equilibrium conditions. Considering this time threshold could explain contrasting observations about the influence of livestock number on livestock conditions. In case of private rangelands, the herd size should be chosen so that the spatial threshold equals (or exceeds) the length of the drought.

  17. Preservation of motor maps with increased motor evoked potential amplitude threshold in RMT determination.

    PubMed

    Lucente, Giuseppe; Lam, Steven; Schneider, Heike; Picht, Thomas

    2018-02-01

    Non-invasive pre-surgical mapping of eloquent brain areas with navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (nTMS) is a useful technique linked to the improvement of surgical planning and patient outcomes. The stimulator output intensity and subsequent resting motor threshold determination (rMT) are based on the motor-evoked potential (MEP) elicited in the target muscle with an amplitude above a predetermined threshold of 50 μV. However, a subset of patients is unable to achieve complete relaxation in the target muscles, resulting in false positives that jeopardize mapping validity with conventional MEP determination protocols. Our aim is to explore the feasibility and reproducibility of a novel mapping approach that investigates how an increase of the MEP amplitude threshold to 300 and 500 μV affects subsequent motor maps. Seven healthy subjects underwent motor mapping with nTMS. RMT was calculated with the conventional methodology in conjunction with experimental 300- and 500-μV MEP amplitude thresholds. Motor mapping was performed with 105% of rMT stimulator intensity using the FDI as the target muscle. Motor mapping was possible in all patients with both the conventional and experimental setups. Motor area maps with a conventional 50-μV threshold showed poor correlation with 300-μV (α = 0.446, p < 0.001) maps, but showed excellent consistency with 500-μV motor area maps (α = 0.974, p < 0.001). MEP latencies were significantly less variable (23 ms for 50 μV vs. 23.7 ms for 300 μV vs. 23.7 ms for 500 μV, p < 0.001). A slight but significant increase of the electric field (EF) value was found (EF: 60.8 V/m vs. 64.8 V/m vs. 66 V/m p < 0.001). Our study demonstrates the feasibility of increasing the MEP detection threshold to 500 μV in rMT determination and motor area mapping with nTMS without losing precision.

  18. The Subharmonic Behavior and Thresholds of High Frequency Ultrasound Contrast Agents

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allen, John

    2016-11-01

    Ultrasound contrast agents are encapsulated micro-bubbles used for diagnostic and therapeutic biomedical ultrasound. The agents oscillate nonlinearly about their equilibrium radii upon sufficient acoustic forcing and produce unique acoustic signatures that allow them to be distinguished from scattering from the surrounding tissue. The subharmonic response occurs below the fundamental and is associated with an acoustic pressure threshold. Subharmonic imaging using ultrasound contrast agents has been established for clinical applications at standard diagnostic frequencies typically below 20 MHz. However, for emerging applications of high frequency applications (above 20 MHz) subharmonic imaging is an area of on-going research. The effects of attenuation from tissue are more significant and the characterization of agents is not as well understood. Due to specificity and control production, polymer agents are useful for high frequency applications. In this study, we highlight novel measurement techniques to measure and characterize the mechanical properties of the shell of polymer contrast agents. The definition of the subharmonic threshold is investigated with respect to mono-frequency and chirp forcing waveforms which have been used to achieve optimal subharmonic content in the backscattered signal. Time frequency analysis using the Empirical Mode Decomposition (EMD) and the Hilbert-Huang transform facilitates a more sensitive and robust methodology for characterization of subharmonic content with respect to non-stationary forcing. A new definition of the subharmonic threshold is proposed with respect to the energy content of the associated adaptive basis decomposition. Additional studies with respect to targeted agent behavior and cardiovascular disease are discussed. NIH, ONR.

  19. Tectonic uplift, threshold hillslopes, and denudation rates in a developing mountain range

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Binnie, S.A.; Phillips, W.M.; Summerfield, M.A.; Fifield, L.K.

    2007-01-01

    Studies across a broad range of drainage basins have established a positive correlation between mean slope gradient and denudation rates. It has been suggested, however, that this relationship breaks down for catchments where slopes are at their threshold angle of stability because, in such cases, denudation is controlled by the rate of tectonic uplift through the rate of channel incision and frequency of slope failure. This mechanism is evaluated for the San Bernardino Mountains, California, a nascent range that incorporates both threshold hill-slopes and remnants of pre-uplift topography. Concentrations of in situ-produced cosmogenic 10Be in alluvial sediments are used to quantify catchment-wide denudation rates and show a broadly linear relationship with mean slope gradient up to ???30??: above this value denudation rates vary substantially for similar mean slope gradients. We propose that this decoupling in the slope gradient-denudation rate relationship marks the emergence of threshold topography and coincides with the transition from transport-limited to detachment-limited denudation. The survival in the San Bernardino Mountains of surfaces formed prior to uplift provides information on the topographic evolution of the range, in particular the transition from slope-gradient-dependent rates of denudation to a regime where denudation rates are controlled by rates of tectonic uplift. This type of transition may represent a general model for the denudational response to orogenic uplift and topographic evolution during the early stages of mountain building. ?? 2007 The Geological Society of America.

  20. Estimating phonation threshold pressure.

    PubMed

    Fisher, K V; Swank, P R

    1997-10-01

    Phonation threshold pressure (PTP) is the minimum subglottal pressure required to initiate vocal fold oscillation. Although potentially useful clinically, PTP is difficult to estimate noninvasively because of limitations to vocal motor control near the threshold of soft phonation. Previous investigators observed, for example, that trained subjects were unable to produce flat, consistent oral pressure peaks during/pae/syllable strings when they attempted to phonate as softly as possible (Verdolini-Marston, Titze, & Druker, 1990). The present study aimed to determine if nasal airflow or vowel context affected phonation threshold pressure as estimated from oral pressure (Smitheran & Hixon, 1981) in 5 untrained female speakers with normal velopharyngeal and voice function. Nasal airflow during /p/occlusion was observed for 3 of 5 participants when they attempted to phonate near threshold pressure. When the nose was occluded, nasal airflow was reduced or eliminated during /p/;however, individuals then evidenced compensatory changes in glottal adduction and/or respiratory effort that may be expected to alter PTP estimates. Results demonstrate the importance of monitoring nasal flow (or the flow zero point in undivided masks) when obtaining PTP measurements noninvasively. Results also highlight the need to pursue improved methods for noninvasive estimation of PTP.

  1. Influence of uncertain identification of triggering rainfall on the assessment of landslide early warning thresholds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Peres, David J.; Cancelliere, Antonino; Greco, Roberto; Bogaard, Thom A.

    2018-03-01

    Uncertainty in rainfall datasets and landslide inventories is known to have negative impacts on the assessment of landslide-triggering thresholds. In this paper, we perform a quantitative analysis of the impacts of uncertain knowledge of landslide initiation instants on the assessment of rainfall intensity-duration landslide early warning thresholds. The analysis is based on a synthetic database of rainfall and landslide information, generated by coupling a stochastic rainfall generator and a physically based hydrological and slope stability model, and is therefore error-free in terms of knowledge of triggering instants. This dataset is then perturbed according to hypothetical reporting scenarios that allow simulation of possible errors in landslide-triggering instants as retrieved from historical archives. The impact of these errors is analysed jointly using different criteria to single out rainfall events from a continuous series and two typical temporal aggregations of rainfall (hourly and daily). The analysis shows that the impacts of the above uncertainty sources can be significant, especially when errors exceed 1 day or the actual instants follow the erroneous ones. Errors generally lead to underestimated thresholds, i.e. lower than those that would be obtained from an error-free dataset. Potentially, the amount of the underestimation can be enough to induce an excessive number of false positives, hence limiting possible landslide mitigation benefits. Moreover, the uncertain knowledge of triggering rainfall limits the possibility to set up links between thresholds and physio-geographical factors.

  2. 40 CFR 98.231 - Reporting threshold.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Reporting threshold. 98.231 Section 98...) MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING Petroleum and Natural Gas Systems § 98.231 Reporting threshold. (a) You... § 98.232(i) emit 25,000 metric tons of CO2 equivalent or more per year. (b) For applying the threshold...

  3. Medium effects and parity doubling of hyperons across the deconfinement phase transition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aarts, Gert; Allton, Chris; Boni, Davide De; Hands, Simon; Jäger, Benjamin; Praki, Chrisanthi; Skullerud, Jon-Ivar

    2018-03-01

    We analyse the behaviour of hyperons with strangeness S = -1,-2,-3 in the hadronic and quark gluon plasma phases, with particular interest in parity doubling and its emergence as the temperature grows. This study uses our FASTSUM anisotropic Nf = 2+1 ensembles, with four temperatures below and four above the deconfinement transition temperature, Tc. The positive-parity groundstate masses are found to be largely temperature independent below Tc, whereas the negative-parity ones decrease considerably as the temperature increases. Close to the transition, the masses are almost degenerate, in line with the expectation from chiral symmetry restoration. This may be of interest for heavy-ion phenomenology. In particular we show an application of this effect to the Hadron Resonance Gas model. A clear signal of parity doubling is found above Tc in all hyperon channels, with the strength of the effect depending on the number of s-quarks in the baryons. Presented at 35th International Symposium on Lattice Field Theory, 18-24 June 2017, Granada, Spain

  4. Solitary pulse-on-demand production by optical injection locking of passively Q-switched InGaN diode laser near lasing threshold

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zeng, X., E-mail: xi.zeng@csem.ch, E-mail: dmitri.boiko@csem.ch; Stadelmann, T.; Grossmann, S.

    2015-02-16

    In this letter, we investigate the behavior of a Q-switched InGaN multi-section laser diode (MSLD) under optical injection from a continuous wave external cavity diode laser. We obtain solitary optical pulse generation when the slave MSLD is driven near free running threshold, and the peak output power is significantly enhanced with respect to free running configuration. When the slave laser is driven well above threshold, optical injection reduces the peak power. Using standard semiconductor laser rate equation model, we find that both power enhancement and suppression effects are the result of partial bleaching of the saturable absorber by externally injectedmore » photons.« less

  5. Evolution of Multiple Double Layer in Glow discharge and its inherent Properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alex, Prince; A, Saravanan; Sinha, Suraj

    2016-10-01

    Formation and evolution of multiple anodic double layers (MADLs) were experimentally studied in glow discharge plasma. The boundary condition for the existence of MADL was identified in terms of threshold bias and ambient working pressure. The MADL formation is accompanied by an explosive growth in anode current and consequent current-voltage characteristics follows a hysteresis loop. The analysis yield that stable MADLs is only observed when the control voltage V2 is between a certain critical values (Vq Above Vr MADL begins to decay and at large V2 where νd >> νte MADL completely transforms to an intense high current carrying unstable anode glow. The floating potential analysis carried out using three axially positioned electrostatic probes shows a bipolar signature of DL with as the control parameter is varied. The floating potential analysis also shows that hysteresis arises due to the difference in magnitude of electric field required to align the space charges in the DL sheet at the control voltage changes forward and backward. The effect of pressure on MADL indicates that the MADL structure advances towards anode surface as the pressure is increases. The power dumped (W) in the MADL is estimated to decrease with increase in pressure while the same increase in the anode glow.

  6. Optical ranked-order filtering using threshold decomposition

    DOEpatents

    Allebach, Jan P.; Ochoa, Ellen; Sweeney, Donald W.

    1990-01-01

    A hybrid optical/electronic system performs median filtering and related ranked-order operations using threshold decomposition to encode the image. Threshold decomposition transforms the nonlinear neighborhood ranking operation into a linear space-invariant filtering step followed by a point-to-point threshold comparison step. Spatial multiplexing allows parallel processing of all the threshold components as well as recombination by a second linear, space-invariant filtering step. An incoherent optical correlation system performs the linear filtering, using a magneto-optic spatial light modulator as the input device and a computer-generated hologram in the filter plane. Thresholding is done electronically. By adjusting the value of the threshold, the same architecture is used to perform median, minimum, and maximum filtering of images. A totally optical system is also disclosed.

  7. Determination of Anaerobic Threshold by Monitoring the O2 Pulse Changes in Endurance Cyclists.

    PubMed

    Nikooie, Rohollah

    2016-06-01

    The purpose of this study was to determine the validity of anaerobic threshold (AnT)-equivalent to the second turn point for lactate (LTP2)-estimation using the O2 pulse changes in highly trained endurance cyclists who do not show heart rate deflection point (HRDP) during incremental testing. Sixteen endurance cyclists (age, 24.8 ± 4.7 years) and fifteen active men (age, 24.8 ± 3.7 years) performed an incremental cycling test to exhaustion. Pulmonary oxygen uptake (V[Combining Dot Above]O2) and other hemodynamic variables, heart rate, and blood lactate concentration were measured continuously throughout the test. O2 pulse anaerobic threshold (O2 pulse-AnT) was defined as the second turn point in O2 pulse-workload curve. LTP2 was considered as gold standard assessment of AnT and was applied to confirm the validity of O2 pulse-AnT. Intraclass correlation coefficients and the Bland-Altman method were used to determine the relationship and agreement between the O2 corresponding to LTP2 and O2 pulse-AnT, respectively. The active men and 68.7% of the endurance cyclists showed HRDP, whereas all subjects showed O2 pulse-AnT during incremental testing. In both groups, the values for V[Combining Dot Above]O2 corresponding to LTP2 were not significantly different from the V[Combining Dot Above]O2 at O2 pulse-AnT. The V[Combining Dot Above]O2 at LTP2 and O2 pulse-AnT were highly correlated (endurance cyclists: R = 0.68; standard error of estimate [SEE] = 3.74 ml·kg·min and active men: R = 0.58; SEE = 2.91 ml·kg·min) and Bland-Altman plot revealed the limit of agreement of O2 at LTP2 and O2 pulse-AnT differences between 5.1 and 8.6 ml·kg·min (95% CI). In summary, results of this study showed that the second turn point in the O2 pulse-workload curve occurs around LTP2. Therefore, using O2 pulse-AnT is recommended for the noninvasive determination of AnT in highly trained endurance cyclists who do not show HRDP during incremental exercise.

  8. Trazodone increases the respiratory arousal threshold in patients with obstructive sleep apnea and a low arousal threshold.

    PubMed

    Eckert, Danny J; Malhotra, Atul; Wellman, Andrew; White, David P

    2014-04-01

    The effect of common sedatives on upper airway physiology and breathing during sleep in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) has been minimally studied. Conceptually, certain sedatives may worsen OSA in some patients. However, sleep and breathing could improve with certain sedatives in patients with OSA with a low respiratory arousal threshold. This study aimed to test the hypothesis that trazodone increases the respiratory arousal threshold in patients with OSA and a low arousal threshold. Secondary aims were to examine the effects of trazodone on upper airway dilator muscle activity, upper airway collapsibility, and breathing during sleep. Patients were studied on 4 separate nights according to a within-subjects cross-over design. Sleep physiology laboratory. Seven patients with OSA and a low respiratory arousal threshold. In-laboratory polysomnograms were obtained at baseline and after 100 mg of trazodone was administered, followed by detailed overnight physiology experiments under the same conditions. During physiology studies, continuous positive airway pressure was transiently lowered to measure arousal threshold (negative epiglottic pressure prior to arousal), dilator muscle activity (genioglossus and tensor palatini), and upper airway collapsibility (Pcrit). Trazodone increased the respiratory arousal threshold by 32 ± 6% (-11.5 ± 1.4 versus -15.3 ± 2.2 cmH2O, P < 0.01) but did not alter the apnea-hypopnea index (39 ± 12 versus 39 ± 11 events/h sleep, P = 0.94). Dilator muscle activity and Pcrit also did not systematically change with trazodone. Trazodone increases the respiratory arousal threshold in patients with obstructive sleep apnea and a low arousal threshold without major impairment in dilator muscle activity or upper airway collapsibility. However, the magnitude of change in arousal threshold was insufficient to overcome the compromised upper airway anatomy in these patients.

  9. Altered cortical and subcortical connectivity due to infrasound administered near the hearing threshold – Evidence from fMRI

    PubMed Central

    Weichenberger, Markus; Bauer, Martin; Kühler, Robert; Hensel, Johannes; Forlim, Caroline Garcia; Ihlenfeld, Albrecht; Ittermann, Bernd; Gallinat, Jürgen; Koch, Christian; Kühn, Simone

    2017-01-01

    In the present study, the brain’s response towards near- and supra-threshold infrasound (IS) stimulation (sound frequency < 20 Hz) was investigated under resting-state fMRI conditions. The study involved two consecutive sessions. In the first session, 14 healthy participants underwent a hearing threshold—as well as a categorical loudness scaling measurement in which the individual loudness perception for IS was assessed across different sound pressure levels (SPL). In the second session, these participants underwent three resting-state acquisitions, one without auditory stimulation (no-tone), one with a monaurally presented 12-Hz IS tone (near-threshold) and one with a similar tone above the individual hearing threshold corresponding to a ‘medium loud’ hearing sensation (supra-threshold). Data analysis mainly focused on local connectivity measures by means of regional homogeneity (ReHo), but also involved independent component analysis (ICA) to investigate inter-regional connectivity. ReHo analysis revealed significantly higher local connectivity in right superior temporal gyrus (STG) adjacent to primary auditory cortex, in anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) and, when allowing smaller cluster sizes, also in the right amygdala (rAmyg) during the near-threshold, compared to both the supra-threshold and the no-tone condition. Additional independent component analysis (ICA) revealed large-scale changes of functional connectivity, reflected in a stronger activation of the right amygdala (rAmyg) in the opposite contrast (no-tone > near-threshold) as well as the right superior frontal gyrus (rSFG) during the near-threshold condition. In summary, this study is the first to demonstrate that infrasound near the hearing threshold may induce changes of neural activity across several brain regions, some of which are known to be involved in auditory processing, while others are regarded as keyplayers in emotional and autonomic control. These findings thus allow us to

  10. Controllable Hysteresis and Threshold Voltage of Single-Walled Carbon Nano-tube Transistors with Ferroelectric Polymer Top-Gate Insulators

    PubMed Central

    Sun, Yi-Lin; Xie, Dan; Xu, Jian-Long; Zhang, Cheng; Dai, Rui-Xuan; Li, Xian; Meng, Xiang-Jian; Zhu, Hong-Wei

    2016-01-01

    Double-gated field effect transistors have been fabricated using the SWCNT networks as channel layer and the organic ferroelectric P(VDF-TrFE) film spin-coated as top gate insulators. Standard photolithography process has been adopted to achieve the patterning of organic P(VDF-TrFE) films and top-gate electrodes, which is compatible with conventional CMOS process technology. An effective way for modulating the threshold voltage in the channel of P(VDF-TrFE) top-gate transistors under polarization has been reported. The introduction of functional P(VDF-TrFE) gate dielectric also provides us an alternative method to suppress the initial hysteresis of SWCNT networks and obtain a controllable ferroelectric hysteresis behavior. Applied bottom gate voltage has been found to be another effective way to highly control the threshold voltage of the networked SWCNTs based FETs by electrostatic doping effect. PMID:26980284

  11. Review of 72.5kV double-break vacuum circuit breaker based on rapid repulsion actuator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhuofan, Tang; Lijun, Qin

    2017-07-01

    72.5kV double-break vacuum circuit breakers based on rapid repulsion actuator remain blank in China. Based on the theoretical analysis and experimental results from researchers, the design of 72.5kV double-break vacuum circuit breakers based on rapid repulsion actuator was presented. It takes the form of double-break, using two standard 40.5kV vacuum interrupter in series at the bottom, which adopt a permanent magnetic repulsion actuator. The permanent magnetic repulsion actuator consists of rapid repulsion actuator and magnetic retentivity actuator. On the basis above, we produced the prototype, and the superiority of the design was verified through the experiments.

  12. Experimental evidence of a pathogen invasion threshold

    PubMed Central

    Krkošek, Martin

    2018-01-01

    Host density thresholds to pathogen invasion separate regions of parameter space corresponding to endemic and disease-free states. The host density threshold is a central concept in theoretical epidemiology and a common target of human and wildlife disease control programmes, but there is mixed evidence supporting the existence of thresholds, especially in wildlife populations or for pathogens with complex transmission modes (e.g. environmental transmission). Here, we demonstrate the existence of a host density threshold for an environmentally transmitted pathogen by combining an epidemiological model with a microcosm experiment. Experimental epidemics consisted of replicate populations of naive crustacean zooplankton (Daphnia dentifera) hosts across a range of host densities (20–640 hosts l−1) that were exposed to an environmentally transmitted fungal pathogen (Metschnikowia bicuspidata). Epidemiological model simulations, parametrized independently of the experiment, qualitatively predicted experimental pathogen invasion thresholds. Variability in parameter estimates did not strongly influence outcomes, though systematic changes to key parameters have the potential to shift pathogen invasion thresholds. In summary, we provide one of the first clear experimental demonstrations of pathogen invasion thresholds in a replicated experimental system, and provide evidence that such thresholds may be predictable using independently constructed epidemiological models. PMID:29410876

  13. Application of threshold concepts to ecological management problems: occupancy of Golden Eagles in Denali National Park, Alaska: Chapter 5

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Eaton, Mitchell J.; Martin, Julien; Nichols, James D.; McIntyre, Carol; McCluskie, Maggie C.; Schmutz, Joel A.; Lubow, Bruce L.; Runge, Michael C.; Edited by Guntenspergen, Glenn R.

    2014-01-01

    access to humans; above this level, it is recommended that all eagle territories be opened to human recreation. We evaluated the sensitivity of the decision threshold to uncertainty in system dynamics and to management objectives (i.e., to the utility threshold).

  14. Double Your Major, Double Your Return?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Del Rossi, Alison F.; Hersch, Joni

    2008-01-01

    We use the 2003 National Survey of College Graduates to provide the first estimates of the effect on earnings of having a double major. Overall, double majoring increases earnings by 2.3% relative to having a single major among college graduates without graduate degrees. Most of the gains from having a double major come from choosing fields across…

  15. The Threshold Bias Model: A Mathematical Model for the Nomothetic Approach of Suicide

    PubMed Central

    Folly, Walter Sydney Dutra

    2011-01-01

    Background Comparative and predictive analyses of suicide data from different countries are difficult to perform due to varying approaches and the lack of comparative parameters. Methodology/Principal Findings A simple model (the Threshold Bias Model) was tested for comparative and predictive analyses of suicide rates by age. The model comprises of a six parameter distribution that was applied to the USA suicide rates by age for the years 2001 and 2002. Posteriorly, linear extrapolations are performed of the parameter values previously obtained for these years in order to estimate the values corresponding to the year 2003. The calculated distributions agreed reasonably well with the aggregate data. The model was also used to determine the age above which suicide rates become statistically observable in USA, Brazil and Sri Lanka. Conclusions/Significance The Threshold Bias Model has considerable potential applications in demographic studies of suicide. Moreover, since the model can be used to predict the evolution of suicide rates based on information extracted from past data, it will be of great interest to suicidologists and other researchers in the field of mental health. PMID:21909431

  16. The threshold bias model: a mathematical model for the nomothetic approach of suicide.

    PubMed

    Folly, Walter Sydney Dutra

    2011-01-01

    Comparative and predictive analyses of suicide data from different countries are difficult to perform due to varying approaches and the lack of comparative parameters. A simple model (the Threshold Bias Model) was tested for comparative and predictive analyses of suicide rates by age. The model comprises of a six parameter distribution that was applied to the USA suicide rates by age for the years 2001 and 2002. Posteriorly, linear extrapolations are performed of the parameter values previously obtained for these years in order to estimate the values corresponding to the year 2003. The calculated distributions agreed reasonably well with the aggregate data. The model was also used to determine the age above which suicide rates become statistically observable in USA, Brazil and Sri Lanka. The Threshold Bias Model has considerable potential applications in demographic studies of suicide. Moreover, since the model can be used to predict the evolution of suicide rates based on information extracted from past data, it will be of great interest to suicidologists and other researchers in the field of mental health.

  17. Precision Measurement of the p ( e , e ' p ) π 0 Reaction at Threshold

    DOE PAGES

    Chirapatpimol, K.; Shabestari, M. H.; Lindgren, R. A.; ...

    2015-05-13

    New results are reported from a measurement ofmore » $$\\pi^0$$ electroproduction near threshold using the p(e, e´p) π⁰ reaction. The experiment was designed to determine precisely the energy dependence of $s-$ and $p-$wave electromagnetic multipoles as a stringent test of the predictions of Chiral Perturbation Theory (ChPT). The data were taken with an electron beam energy of 1192 MeV using a two-spectrometer setup in Hall A at Jefferson Lab. For the first time, complete coverage of the $$\\phi^*_{\\pi}$$ and $$\\theta^*_{\\pi}$$ angles in the $$p \\pi^0$$ center-of-mass was obtained for invariant energies above threshold from 0.5 MeV up to 15 MeV. The 4-momentum transfer $Q^2$ coverage ranges from 0.05 to 0.155 (GeV/c)$^2$ in fine steps. A simple phenomenological analysis of our data shows strong disagreement with $p-$wave predictions from ChPT for $Q^2>0.07$ (GeV/c)$^2$, while the $s-$wave predictions are in reasonable agreement.« less

  18. CHOW PARAMETERS IN THRESHOLD LOGIC,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    respect to threshold functions, they provide the optimal test-synthesis method for completely specified 7-argument (or less) functions, reflect the...signs and relative magnitudes of realizing weights and threshold , and can be used themselves as approximating weights. Results are reproved in a

  19. On Hierarchical Threshold Access Structures

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-11-01

    One of the recent generalizations of (t, n) secret sharing for hierarchical threshold access structures is given by Tassa, where he answers the...of theoretical background. We give a conceptually simpler alternative for the understanding of the realization of hierarchical threshold access

  20. Optical ranked-order filtering using threshold decomposition

    DOEpatents

    Allebach, J.P.; Ochoa, E.; Sweeney, D.W.

    1987-10-09

    A hybrid optical/electronic system performs median filtering and related ranked-order operations using threshold decomposition to encode the image. Threshold decomposition transforms the nonlinear neighborhood ranking operation into a linear space-invariant filtering step followed by a point-to-point threshold comparison step. Spatial multiplexing allows parallel processing of all the threshold components as well as recombination by a second linear, space-invariant filtering step. An incoherent optical correlation system performs the linear filtering, using a magneto-optic spatial light modulator as the input device and a computer-generated hologram in the filter plane. Thresholding is done electronically. By adjusting the value of the threshold, the same architecture is used to perform median, minimum, and maximum filtering of images. A totally optical system is also disclosed. 3 figs.

  1. Absolute auditory threshold: testing the absolute.

    PubMed

    Heil, Peter; Matysiak, Artur

    2017-11-02

    The mechanisms underlying the detection of sounds in quiet, one of the simplest tasks for auditory systems, are debated. Several models proposed to explain the threshold for sounds in quiet and its dependence on sound parameters include a minimum sound intensity ('hard threshold'), below which sound has no effect on the ear. Also, many models are based on the assumption that threshold is mediated by integration of a neural response proportional to sound intensity. Here, we test these ideas. Using an adaptive forced choice procedure, we obtained thresholds of 95 normal-hearing human ears for 18 tones (3.125 kHz carrier) in quiet, each with a different temporal amplitude envelope. Grand-mean thresholds and standard deviations were well described by a probabilistic model according to which sensory events are generated by a Poisson point process with a low rate in the absence, and higher, time-varying rates in the presence, of stimulation. The subject actively evaluates the process and bases the decision on the number of events observed. The sound-driven rate of events is proportional to the temporal amplitude envelope of the bandpass-filtered sound raised to an exponent. We find no evidence for a hard threshold: When the model is extended to include such a threshold, the fit does not improve. Furthermore, we find an exponent of 3, consistent with our previous studies and further challenging models that are based on the assumption of the integration of a neural response that, at threshold sound levels, is directly proportional to sound amplitude or intensity. © 2017 Federation of European Neuroscience Societies and John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  2. The double identity of linguistic doubling.

    PubMed

    Berent, Iris; Bat-El, Outi; Brentari, Diane; Dupuis, Amanda; Vaknin-Nusbaum, Vered

    2016-11-29

    Does knowledge of language consist of abstract principles, or is it fully embodied in the sensorimotor system? To address this question, we investigate the double identity of doubling (e.g., slaflaf, or generally, XX; where X stands for a phonological constituent). Across languages, doubling is known to elicit conflicting preferences at different levels of linguistic analysis (phonology vs. morphology). Here, we show that these preferences are active in the brains of individual speakers, and they are demonstrably distinct from sensorimotor pressures. We first demonstrate that doubling in novel English words elicits divergent percepts: Viewed as meaningless (phonological) forms, doubling is disliked (e.g., slaflaf < slafmak), but once doubling in form is systematically linked to meaning (e.g., slaf = ball, slaflaf = balls), the doubling aversion shifts into a reliable (morphological) preference. We next show that sign-naive speakers spontaneously project these principles to novel signs in American Sign Language, and their capacity to do so depends on the structure of their spoken language (English vs. Hebrew). These results demonstrate that linguistic preferences doubly dissociate from sensorimotor demands: A single stimulus can elicit diverse percepts, yet these percepts are invariant across stimulus modality--for speech and signs. These conclusions are in line with the possibility that some linguistic principles are abstract, and they apply broadly across language modality.

  3. New developments in supra-threshold perimetry.

    PubMed

    Henson, David B; Artes, Paul H

    2002-09-01

    To describe a series of recent enhancements to supra-threshold perimetry. Computer simulations were used to develop an improved algorithm (HEART) for the setting of the supra-threshold test intensity at the beginning of a field test, and to evaluate the relationship between various pass/fail criteria and the test's performance (sensitivity and specificity) and how they compare with modern threshold perimetry. Data were collected in optometric practices to evaluate HEART and to assess how the patient's response times can be analysed to detect false positive response errors in visual field test results. The HEART algorithm shows improved performance (reduced between-eye differences) over current algorithms. A pass/fail criterion of '3 stimuli seen of 3-5 presentations' at each test location reduces test/retest variability and combines high sensitivity and specificity. A large percentage of false positive responses can be detected by comparing their latencies to the average response time of a patient. Optimised supra-threshold visual field tests can perform as well as modern threshold techniques. Such tests may be easier to perform for novice patients, compared with the more demanding threshold tests.

  4. Attosecond Spectroscopy Probing Electron Correlation Dynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winney, Alexander H.

    Electrons are the driving force behind every chemical reaction. The exchange, ionization, or even relaxation of electrons is behind every bond broken or formed. According to the Bohr model of the atom, it takes an electron 150 as to orbit a proton[6]. With this as a unit time scale for an electron, it is clear that a pulse duration of several femtoseconds will not be sufficient to understanding electron dynamics. Our work demonstrates both technical and scientific achievements that push the boundaries of attosecond dynamics. TDSE studies show that amplification the yield of high harmonic generation (HHG) may be possible with transverse confinement of the electron. XUV-pump-XUV-probe shows that the yield of APT train can be sufficient for 2-photon double ionization studies. A zero dead-time detection system allows for the measurement of state-resolved double ionization for the first time. Exploiting attosecond angular streaking[7] probes sequential and non-sequential double ionization via electron-electron correlations with attosecond time resolution. Finally, using recoil frame momentum correlation, the fast dissociation of CH 3I reveals important orbital ionization dynamics of non-dissociative & dissociative, single & double ionization.

  5. A piecewise regression approach for determining biologically relevant hydraulic thresholds for the protection of fishes at river infrastructure.

    PubMed

    Boys, C A; Robinson, W; Miller, B; Pflugrath, B; Baumgartner, L J; Navarro, A; Brown, R; Deng, Z

    2016-05-01

    A piecewise regression approach was used to objectively quantify barotrauma injury thresholds in two physoclistous species, Murray cod Maccullochella peelii and silver perch Bidyanus bidyanus, following simulated infrastructure passage in a barometric chamber. The probability of injuries such as swimbladder rupture, exophthalmia and haemorrhage, and emphysema in various organs increased as the ratio between the lowest exposure pressure and the acclimation pressure (ratio of pressure change, R(NE:A) ) reduced. The relationship was typically non-linear and piecewise regression was able to quantify thresholds in R(NE:A) that once exceeded resulted in a substantial increase in barotrauma injury. Thresholds differed among injury types and between species but by applying a multispecies precautionary principle, the maintenance of exposure pressures at river infrastructure above 70% of acclimation pressure (R(NE:A) of 0·7) should protect downstream migrating juveniles of these two physoclistous species sufficiently. These findings have important implications for determining the risk posed by current infrastructures and informing the design and operation of new ones. © 2016 The Fisheries Society of the British Isles.

  6. Measurement of {pi}{sup -}p{yields}{eta}n from threshold to p{sub {pi}}{sub {sup -}}=747 MeV/c

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Prakhov, S.; Nefkens, B.M.K.; Clajus, M.

    2005-07-01

    The differential cross section for {eta} production in reaction {pi}{sup -}p{yields}{eta}n has been measured over the full angular range at seven incident {pi}{sup -} beam momenta from threshold to p{sub {pi}}{sub {sup -}}=747 MeV/c using the Crystal Ball multiphoton spectrometer. The angular distributions are S wave dominated. At 10 MeV/c above threshold, a small D-wave contribution appears that interferes with the main S wave. The total {eta} production cross section {sigma}{sup tot} is obtained by integration of d{sigma}/d{omega}. Starting at threshold, {sigma}{sup tot} rises rapidly, as expected for S-wave-dominated production. The features of the {pi}{sup -}p{yields}{eta}n cross section are strikinglymore » similar to those of the SU(3) flavor-related process K{sup -}p{yields}{eta}{lambda}. Comparison of the {pi}{sup -}p{yields}{eta}n reaction is made with {eta} photoproduction.« less

  7. Threshold q -voter model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vieira, Allan R.; Anteneodo, Celia

    2018-05-01

    We introduce the threshold q -voter opinion dynamics where an agent, facing a binary choice, can change its mind when at least q0 among q neighbors share the opposite opinion. Otherwise, the agent can still change its mind with a certain probability ɛ . This threshold dynamics contemplates the possibility of persuasion by an influence group even when there is not full agreement among its members. In fact, individuals can follow their peers not only when there is unanimity (q0=q ) in the lobby group, as assumed in the q -voter model, but also, depending on the circumstances, when there is simple majority (q0>q /2 ), Byzantine consensus (q0>2 q /3 ), or any minimal number q0 among q . This realistic threshold gives place to emerging collective states and phase transitions which are not observed in the standard q voter. The threshold q0, together with the stochasticity introduced by ɛ , yields a phenomenology that mimics as particular cases the q voter with stochastic drivings such as nonconformity and independence. In particular, nonconsensus majority states are possible, as well as mixed phases. Continuous and discontinuous phase transitions can occur, but also transitions from fluctuating phases into absorbing states.

  8. Global threshold dynamics of an SIVS model with waning vaccine-induced immunity and nonlinear incidence.

    PubMed

    Yang, Junyuan; Martcheva, Maia; Wang, Lin

    2015-10-01

    Vaccination is the most effective method of preventing the spread of infectious diseases. For many diseases, vaccine-induced immunity is not life long and the duration of immunity is not always fixed. In this paper, we propose an SIVS model taking the waning of vaccine-induced immunity and general nonlinear incidence into consideration. Our analysis shows that the model exhibits global threshold dynamics in the sense that if the basic reproduction number is less than 1, then the disease-free equilibrium is globally asymptotically stable implying the disease dies out; while if the basic reproduction number is larger than 1, then the endemic equilibrium is globally asymptotically stable indicating that the disease persists. This global threshold result indicates that if the vaccination coverage rate is below a critical value, then the disease always persists and only if the vaccination coverage rate is above the critical value, the disease can be eradicated. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  9. Evaluation of three different histamine concentrations in intradermal testing of normal cats and attempted determination of 'irritant' threshold concentrations for 48 allergens.

    PubMed

    Austel, Michaela; Hensel, Patrick; Jackson, Dawn; Vidyashankar, Anand; Zhao, Ying; Medleau, Linda

    2006-06-01

    The purpose of this study was to determine the optimal histamine concentration and 'irritant' allergen threshold concentrations in intradermal testing (IDT) in normal cats. Thirty healthy cats were tested with three different histamine concentrations and four different concentrations of each allergen. The optimal histamine concentration was determined to be 1: 50,000 w/v (0.05 mg mL(-1)). Using this histamine concentration, the 'irritant' threshold concentration for most allergens was above the highest concentrations tested (4,000 PNU mL(-1) for 41 allergens and 700 PNU mL(-1) for human dander). The 'irritant' threshold concentration for flea antigen was determined to be 1:750 w/v. More than 10% of the tested cats showed positive reactions to Dermatophagoides farinae, Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus, housefly, mosquito and moth at every allergen concentration, which suggests that the 'irritant' threshold concentration for these allergens is below 1,000 PNU mL(-1), the lowest allergen concentration tested. Our results confirm previous studies in indicating that allergen and histamine concentrations used in feline IDT may need to be revised.

  10. Mode of action of cupping--local metabolism and pain thresholds in neck pain patients and healthy subjects.

    PubMed

    Emerich, M; Braeunig, M; Clement, H W; Lüdtke, R; Huber, R

    2014-02-01

    Cupping worldwide has been part of traditional medicine systems and is in the western world used as CAM therapy mainly for treating pain syndromes. The mode of action is up to now unclear. In order to investigate its mechanism we measured in parallel metabolic changes in the tissue under the cupping glass and pressure pain thresholds. In 12 volunteers (6 healthy subjects and 6 patients with chronic neck pain) a microdialysis system was implanted subcutaneously on both sides (left and right) above the trapezius muscle. After baseline measures cupping was performed at one randomly selected side (left or right), the other side served as control. Every 20 min during baseline measures and for 280 min after cupping, microdialysis probes for detection of lactate, pyruvate, glucose and glycerin were taken. In addition, pain thresholds were measured before and after cupping with algometry. Cupping resulted in a strong increase of lactate (beginning 160 min after cupping until the end of the measurements) and the lactate/pyruvate ratio, indicating an anaerobe metabolism in the surrounding tissue. Baseline pain thresholds were non-significantly lower in neck pain patients compared to healthy controls and slightly increased immediately after cupping (p<0.05 compared to baseline close to the area of cupping in healthy subjects and on the foot in neck pain patients). After 280 min no more significant changes of pain thresholds were detected. Cupping induces >280 min lasting anaerobe metabolism in the subcutaneous tissue and increases immediate pressure pain thresholds in some areas. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. The Threshold Level--For Schools?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lauerbach, Gerda

    1979-01-01

    Comments on the document "Threshold Level for Modern Language Learning Schools" (J. A. Van Ek, Strasbourg, 1976) and its appropriateness as a description of learning goals for the first years of foreign language teaching. Criticizes particularly the "reduced learning" concept, on which the threshold projects are based. (IFS/WGA)

  12. Threshold Concepts and Information Literacy

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Townsend, Lori; Brunetti, Korey; Hofer, Amy R.

    2011-01-01

    What do we teach when we teach information literacy in higher education? This paper describes a pedagogical approach to information literacy that helps instructors focus content around transformative learning thresholds. The threshold concept framework holds promise for librarians because it grounds the instructor in the big ideas and underlying…

  13. Methods for SBS Threshold Reduction

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1994-01-30

    We have investigated methods for reducing the threshold for stimulated Brillouin scattering (SBS) using a frequency-narrowed Cr,Tm,Ho:YAG laser...operating at 2.12 micrometers. The SBS medium was carbon disulfide. Single-focus SBS and threshold reduction by using two foci, a loop, and a ring have

  14. Deactivating stimulation sites based on low-rate thresholds improves spectral ripple and speech reception thresholds in cochlear implant users.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Ning

    2017-03-01

    The study examined whether the benefit of deactivating stimulation sites estimated to have broad neural excitation was attributed to improved spectral resolution in cochlear implant users. The subjects' spatial neural excitation pattern was estimated by measuring low-rate detection thresholds across the array [see Zhou (2016). PLoS One 11, e0165476]. Spectral resolution, as assessed by spectral-ripple discrimination thresholds, significantly improved after deactivation of five high-threshold sites. The magnitude of improvement in spectral-ripple discrimination thresholds predicted the magnitude of improvement in speech reception thresholds after deactivation. Results suggested that a smaller number of relatively independent channels provide a better outcome than using all channels that might interact.

  15. Regular series of doubly excited states inside two-electron continua: Application to 2s2-hole states in neon above the Ne2+1s22s22p4 and 1s22s2p5 thresholds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Komninos, Yannis; Mercouris, Theodoros; Nicolaides, Cleanthes A.

    2011-02-01

    We report results of many-electron calculations that predict the presence of a regular series of autoionizing doubly excited states (DESs) of 1Posymmetry embedded inside one- as well as two-electron continua of neon, in the range of excitation 105.9-121.9 eV above the ground state. The limit of 121.9 eV represents the two-electron ionization threshold (TEIT) labeled by Ne2+ 1s22p6 1S. The wave functions of these unstable states and their properties are computed according to the theoretical framework, which is explained and justified in the text. Their formal structure is (ψcore)1S⊗Φ(r1→,r2→)1Po, where both ψcore and Φ(r⃗1,r⃗2) are correlated wave functions, the latter being represented reasonably accurately by a self-consistently obtained superposition of nsnp and np(n+1)d configurations n=3-7. By fitting the calculated lowest energies at each value of n, (five states), an effective hydrogenic formula is obtained, which gives the whole energy spectrum up to the TEIT. The autoionization widths are small and decrease with excitation energy. Oscillator strengths for the excitation of these narrow resonance states by absorption of one photon are also small. Because of their electronic structure, these states are compared to 1Po DESs in He, which were found in the 1980s to constitute a regular ladder with wave-function characteristics that tend to those of the so-called Wannier state at threshold. In the present case, the presence of the core and the concomitant interactions do not permit the emergence of such geometrical features.

  16. Exploring the Short-Channel Characteristics of Asymmetric Junctionless Double-Gate Silicon-on-Nothing MOSFET

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saha, Priyanka; Banerjee, Pritha; Dash, Dinesh Kumar; Sarkar, Subir Kumar

    2018-03-01

    This paper presents an analytical model of an asymmetric junctionless double-gate (asymmetric DGJL) silicon-on-nothing metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET). Solving the 2-D Poisson's equation, the expressions for center potential and threshold voltage are calculated. In addition, the response of the device toward the various short-channel effects like hot carrier effect, drain-induced barrier lowering and threshold voltage roll-off has also been examined along with subthreshold swing and drain current characteristics. Performance analysis of the present model is also demonstrated by comparing its short-channel behavior with conventional DGJL MOSFET. The effect of variation of the device features due to the variation of device parameters is also studied. The simulated results obtained using 2D device simulator, namely ATLAS, are in good agreement with the analytical results, hence validating our derived model.

  17. Empirical gradient threshold technique for automated segmentation across image modalities and cell lines.

    PubMed

    Chalfoun, J; Majurski, M; Peskin, A; Breen, C; Bajcsy, P; Brady, M

    2015-10-01

    New microscopy technologies are enabling image acquisition of terabyte-sized data sets consisting of hundreds of thousands of images. In order to retrieve and analyze the biological information in these large data sets, segmentation is needed to detect the regions containing cells or cell colonies. Our work with hundreds of large images (each 21,000×21,000 pixels) requires a segmentation method that: (1) yields high segmentation accuracy, (2) is applicable to multiple cell lines with various densities of cells and cell colonies, and several imaging modalities, (3) can process large data sets in a timely manner, (4) has a low memory footprint and (5) has a small number of user-set parameters that do not require adjustment during the segmentation of large image sets. None of the currently available segmentation methods meet all these requirements. Segmentation based on image gradient thresholding is fast and has a low memory footprint. However, existing techniques that automate the selection of the gradient image threshold do not work across image modalities, multiple cell lines, and a wide range of foreground/background densities (requirement 2) and all failed the requirement for robust parameters that do not require re-adjustment with time (requirement 5). We present a novel and empirically derived image gradient threshold selection method for separating foreground and background pixels in an image that meets all the requirements listed above. We quantify the difference between our approach and existing ones in terms of accuracy, execution speed, memory usage and number of adjustable parameters on a reference data set. This reference data set consists of 501 validation images with manually determined segmentations and image sizes ranging from 0.36 Megapixels to 850 Megapixels. It includes four different cell lines and two image modalities: phase contrast and fluorescent. Our new technique, called Empirical Gradient Threshold (EGT), is derived from this reference

  18. Modeling the double charge exchange response function for a tetraneutron system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lazauskas, R.; Carbonell, J.; Hiyama, E.

    2017-07-01

    This work is an attempt to model the 4 n response function of a recent RIKEN experimental study of the double charge exchange  4 He( 8 He, 8 Be) 4n reaction in order to put in evidence an eventual enhancement mechanism of the zero-energy cross section, including a near-threshold resonance. This resonance can indeed be reproduced only by adding to the standard nuclear Hamiltonian an unphysically large T =3/2 attractive 3 n -force that destroys the neighboring nuclear chart. No other mechanisms, like cusps or related structures, were found.

  19. Application of a Threshold Method to the TRMM Radar for the Estimation of Space-Time Rain Rate Statistics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Meneghini, Robert; Jones, Jeffrey A.

    1997-01-01

    One of the TRMM radar products of interest is the monthly-averaged rain rates over 5 x 5 degree cells. Clearly, the most directly way of calculating these and similar statistics is to compute them from the individual estimates made over the instantaneous field of view of the Instrument (4.3 km horizontal resolution). An alternative approach is the use of a threshold method. It has been established that over sufficiently large regions the fractional area above a rain rate threshold and the area-average rain rate are well correlated for particular choices of the threshold [e.g., Kedem et al., 19901]. A straightforward application of this method to the TRMM data would consist of the conversion of the individual reflectivity factors to rain rates followed by a calculation of the fraction of these that exceed a particular threshold. Previous results indicate that for thresholds near or at 5 mm/h, the correlation between this fractional area and the area-average rain rate is high. There are several drawbacks to this approach, however. At the TRMM radar frequency of 13.8 GHz the signal suffers attenuation so that the negative bias of the high resolution rain rate estimates will increase as the path attenuation increases. To establish a quantitative relationship between fractional area and area-average rain rate, an independent means of calculating the area-average rain rate is needed such as an array of rain gauges. This type of calibration procedure, however, is difficult for a spaceborne radar such as TRMM. To estimate a statistic other than the mean of the distribution requires, in general, a different choice of threshold and a different set of tuning parameters.

  20. 24 CFR 594.7 - Other threshold requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 24 Housing and Urban Development 3 2011-04-01 2010-04-01 true Other threshold requirements. 594.7 Section 594.7 Housing and Urban Development Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban Development... Other threshold requirements. In addition, an applicant must meet the following threshold requirements...

  1. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SEMICONDUCTOR INJECTION LASERS SELCO-87: Relationship between the p-n junction position and the threshold current of stripe lasers emitting in the 1.3-μm range

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Walachová, J.; Zelinka, J.

    1988-11-01

    The method of profiling with a probe was used to determine the p-n junction position in the active layer InP/GaInAsP double heterostructure lasers designed for operation in the region of 1.3 μm. Double heterostructures with different Zn concentrations in the upper GaInAsP layer were investigated. An explanation was provided of the shift or lack of shift of the p-n junction in different heterostructure lasers. The average threshold current was correlated with the p-n junction position.

  2. On the Appearance of Thresholds in the Dynamical Model of Star Formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Elmegreen, Bruce G.

    2018-02-01

    The Kennicutt–Schmidt (KS) relationship between the surface density of the star formation rate (SFR) and the gas surface density has three distinct power laws that may result from one model in which gas collapses at a fixed fraction of the dynamical rate. The power-law slope is 1 when the observed gas has a characteristic density for detection, 1.5 for total gas when the thickness is about constant as in the main disks of galaxies, and 2 for total gas when the thickness is regulated by self-gravity and the velocity dispersion is about constant, as in the outer parts of spirals, dwarf irregulars, and giant molecular clouds. The observed scaling of the star formation efficiency (SFR per unit CO) with the dense gas fraction (HCN/CO) is derived from the KS relationship when one tracer (HCN) is on the linear part and the other (CO) is on the 1.5 part. Observations of a threshold density or column density with a constant SFR per unit gas mass above the threshold are proposed to be selection effects, as are observations of star formation in only the dense parts of clouds. The model allows a derivation of all three KS relations using the probability distribution function of density with no thresholds for star formation. Failed galaxies and systems with sub-KS SFRs are predicted to have gas that is dominated by an equilibrium warm phase where the thermal Jeans length exceeds the Toomre length. A squared relation is predicted for molecular gas-dominated young galaxies.

  3. Rainfall thresholds for possible landslide occurrence in Italy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Peruccacci, Silvia; Brunetti, Maria Teresa; Gariano, Stefano Luigi; Melillo, Massimo; Rossi, Mauro; Guzzetti, Fausto

    2017-08-01

    The large physiographic variability and the abundance of landslide and rainfall data make Italy an ideal site to investigate variations in the rainfall conditions that can result in rainfall-induced landslides. We used landslide information obtained from multiple sources and rainfall data captured by 2228 rain gauges to build a catalogue of 2309 rainfall events with - mostly shallow - landslides in Italy between January 1996 and February 2014. For each rainfall event with landslides, we reconstructed the rainfall history that presumably caused the slope failure, and we determined the corresponding rainfall duration D (in hours) and cumulated event rainfall E (in mm). Adopting a power law threshold model, we determined cumulated event rainfall-rainfall duration (ED) thresholds, at 5% exceedance probability, and their uncertainty. We defined a new national threshold for Italy, and 26 regional thresholds for environmental subdivisions based on topography, lithology, land-use, land cover, climate, and meteorology, and we used the thresholds to study the variations of the rainfall conditions that can result in landslides in different environments, in Italy. We found that the national and the environmental thresholds cover a small part of the possible DE domain. The finding supports the use of empirical rainfall thresholds for landslide forecasting in Italy, but poses an empirical limitation to the possibility of defining thresholds for small geographical areas. We observed differences between some of the thresholds. With increasing mean annual precipitation (MAP), the thresholds become higher and steeper, indicating that more rainfall is needed to trigger landslides where the MAP is high than where it is low. This suggests that the landscape adjusts to the regional meteorological conditions. We also observed that the thresholds are higher for stronger rocks, and that forested areas require more rainfall than agricultural areas to initiate landslides. Finally, we

  4. The Nature of Psychological Thresholds

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rouder, Jeffrey N.; Morey, Richard D.

    2009-01-01

    Following G. T. Fechner (1966), thresholds have been conceptualized as the amount of intensity needed to transition between mental states, such as between a states of unconsciousness and consciousness. With the advent of the theory of signal detection, however, discrete-state theory and the corresponding notion of threshold have been discounted.…

  5. A new function for estimating local rainfall thresholds for landslide triggering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cepeda, J.; Nadim, F.; Høeg, K.; Elverhøi, A.

    2009-04-01

    equivalent to Caine's α parameter. α1, α2 and β are parameters estimated for the threshold. An is the n-days cumulative rainfall. The suggested procedure to estimate the threshold is as follows: (1) Given N storms, assign one of the following flags to each storm: nL (non-triggering storms), yL (triggering storms), uL (uncertain-triggering storms). Successful predictions correspond to nL and yL storms occurring below and above the threshold, respectively. Storms flagged as uL are actually assigned either an nL or yL flag using a randomization procedure. (2) Establish a set of values of ni (e.g. 1, 4, 7, 10, 15 days, etc.) to test for accumulated precipitation. (3) For each storm and each ni value, obtain the antecedent accumulated precipitation in ni days Ani. (4) Generate a 3D grid of values of α1, α2 and β. (5) For a certain value of ni, generate confusion matrices for the N storms at each grid point and estimate an evaluation metrics parameter EMP (e.g., accuracy, specificity, etc.). (6) Repeat the previous step for all the set of ni values. (7) From the 3D grid corresponding to each ni value, search for the optimum grid point EMPopti(global minimum or maximum parameter). (8) Search for the optimum value of ni in the space ni vs EMPopti . (9) The threshold is defined by the value of ni obtained in the previous step and the corresponding values of α1, α2 and β. The procedure is illustrated using rainfall data and landslide observations from the San Salvador volcano, where a rainfall-triggered debris flow destroyed a neighbourhood in the capital city of El Salvador in 19 September, 1982, killing not less than 300 people.

  6. [The analysis of threshold effect using Empower Stats software].

    PubMed

    Lin, Lin; Chen, Chang-zhong; Yu, Xiao-dan

    2013-11-01

    In many studies about biomedical research factors influence on the outcome variable, it has no influence or has a positive effect within a certain range. Exceeding a certain threshold value, the size of the effect and/or orientation will change, which called threshold effect. Whether there are threshold effects in the analysis of factors (x) on the outcome variable (y), it can be observed through a smooth curve fitting to see whether there is a piecewise linear relationship. And then using segmented regression model, LRT test and Bootstrap resampling method to analyze the threshold effect. Empower Stats software developed by American X & Y Solutions Inc has a threshold effect analysis module. You can input the threshold value at a given threshold segmentation simulated data. You may not input the threshold, but determined the optimal threshold analog data by the software automatically, and calculated the threshold confidence intervals.

  7. Threshold altitude resulting in decompression sickness

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kumar, K. V.; Waligora, James M.; Calkins, Dick S.

    1990-01-01

    A review of case reports, hypobaric chamber training data, and experimental evidence indicated that the threshold for incidence of altitude decompression sickness (DCS) was influenced by various factors such as prior denitrogenation, exercise or rest, and period of exposure, in addition to individual susceptibility. Fitting these data with appropriate statistical models makes it possible to examine the influence of various factors on the threshold for DCS. This approach was illustrated by logistic regression analysis on the incidence of DCS below 9144 m. Estimations using these regressions showed that, under a noprebreathe, 6-h exposure, simulated EVA profile, the threshold for symptoms occurred at approximately 3353 m; while under a noprebreathe, 2-h exposure profile with knee-bends exercise, the threshold occurred at 7925 m.

  8. High-frequency (8 to 16 kHz) reference thresholds and intrasubject threshold variability relative to ototoxicity criteria using a Sennheiser HDA 200 earphone.

    PubMed

    Frank, T

    2001-04-01

    The first purpose of this study was to determine high-frequency (8 to 16 kHz) thresholds for standardizing reference equivalent threshold sound pressure levels (RETSPLs) for a Sennheiser HDA 200 earphone. The second and perhaps more important purpose of this study was to determine whether repeated high-frequency thresholds using a Sennheiser HDA 200 earphone had a lower intrasubject threshold variability than the ASHA 1994 significant threshold shift criteria for ototoxicity. High-frequency thresholds (8 to 16 kHz) were obtained for 100 (50 male, 50 female) normally hearing (0.25 to 8 kHz) young adults (mean age of 21.2 yr) in four separate test sessions using a Sennheiser HDA 200 earphone. The mean and median high-frequency thresholds were similar for each test session and increased as frequency increased. At each frequency, the high-frequency thresholds were not significantly (p > 0.05) different for gender, test ear, or test session. The median thresholds at each frequency were similar to the 1998 interim ISO RETSPLs; however, large standard deviations and wide threshold distributions indicated very high intersubject threshold variability, especially at 14 and 16 kHz. Threshold repeatability was determined by finding the threshold differences between each possible test session comparison (N = 6). About 98% of all of the threshold differences were within a clinically acceptable range of +/-10 dB from 8 to 14 kHz. The threshold differences between each subject's second, third, and fourth minus their first test session were also found to determine whether intrasubject threshold variability was less than the ASHA 1994 criteria for determining a significant threshold shift due to ototoxicity. The results indicated a false-positive rate of 0% for a threshold shift > or = 20 dB at any frequency and a false-positive rate of 2% for a threshold shift >10 dB at two consecutive frequencies. This study verified that the output of high-frequency audiometers at 0 dB HL using

  9. Thermotactile perception thresholds measurement conditions.

    PubMed

    Maeda, Setsuo; Sakakibara, Hisataka

    2002-10-01

    The purpose of this paper is to investigate the effects of posture, push force and rate of temperature change on thermotactile thresholds and to clarify suitable measuring conditions for Japanese people. Thermotactile (warm and cold) thresholds on the right middle finger were measured with an HVLab thermal aesthesiometer. Subjects were eight healthy male Japanese students. The effects of posture in measurement were examined in the posture of a straight hand and forearm placed on a support, the same posture without a support, and the fingers and hand flexed at the wrist with the elbow placed on a desk. The finger push force applied to the applicator of the thermal aesthesiometer was controlled at a 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 N. The applicator temperature was changed to 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5 degrees C/s. After each measurement, subjects were asked about comfort under the measuring conditions. Three series of experiments were conducted on different days to evaluate repeatability. Repeated measures ANOVA showed that warm thresholds were affected by the push force and the rate of temperature change and that cold thresholds were influenced by posture and push force. The comfort assessment indicated that the measurement posture of a straight hand and forearm laid on a support was the most comfortable for the subjects. Relatively high repeatability was obtained under measurement conditions of a 1 degrees C/s temperature change rate and a 0.5 N push force. Measurement posture, push force and rate of temperature change can affect the thermal threshold. Judging from the repeatability, a push force of 0.5 N and a temperature change of 1.0 degrees C/s in the posture with the straight hand and forearm laid on a support are recommended for warm and cold threshold measurements.

  10. 20 CFR 418.2105 - What is the threshold?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 20 Employees' Benefits 2 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false What is the threshold? 418.2105 Section 418... Adjustment Amount § 418.2105 What is the threshold? (a) The threshold is a level of modified adjusted gross... years 2011 through and including 2019, the modified adjusted gross income threshold is $85,000 for...

  11. 24 CFR 599.301 - Initial determination of threshold requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 24 Housing and Urban Development 3 2011-04-01 2010-04-01 true Initial determination of threshold... Nominating Renewal Communities § 599.301 Initial determination of threshold requirements. (a) Two threshold... meets both of the following thresholds: (1) Eligibility of the nominated area. This threshold is met if...

  12. Olfactory Threshold of Chlorine in Oxygen.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-09-01

    The odor threshold of chlorine in oxygen was determined. Measurements were conducted in an altitude chamber, which provided an odor-free and noise...free background. Human male volunteers, with no previous olfactory acuity testing experience, served as panelists. Threshold values were affected by...time intervals between trials and by age differences. The mean threshold value for 11 subjects was 0.08 ppm obtained by positive responses to the lowest detectable level of chlorine in oxygen, 50% of the time. (Author)

  13. Double Brillouin frequency spaced multiwavelength Brillouin-erbium fiber laser with 50 nm tuning range

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, J. F.; Liao, T. Q.; Zhang, C.; Zhang, R. X.; Miao, C. Y.; Tong, Z. R.

    2012-09-01

    A 50 nm tuning range multiwavelength Brillouin-erbium fiber laser (MWBEFL) with double Brillouin frequency spacing is presented. Two separated gain blocks with symmetrical architecture, consisted by erbium-doped fiber amplifiers (EDFAs) and Brillouin gain media, are used to generate double Brillouin frequency spacing. The wider tuning range is realized by eliminating the self-lasing cavity modes existing in conventional MWBEFLs because of the absence of the physical mirrors at the ends of the linear cavity. The Brillouin pump (BP) is preamplified by the EDFA before entering the single-mode fiber (SMF), which leads to the reduction of threshold power and the generation enhancement of Brillouin Stokes (BS) signals. Four channels with 0.176 nm spacing are achieved at 2 mW BP power and 280 mW 980 nm pump power which can be tuned from 1525 to 1575 nm.

  14. A novel double gate MOSFET by symmetrical insulator packets with improved short channel effects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramezani, Zeinab; Orouji, Ali A.

    2018-03-01

    In this article, we study a novel double-gate SOI MOSFET structure incorporating insulator packets (IPs) at the junction between channel and source/drain (S/D) ends. The proposed MOSFET has great strength in inhibiting short channel effects and OFF-state current that are the main problems compared with conventional one due to the significant suppressed penetrations of both the lateral electric field and the carrier diffusion from the S/D into the channel. Improvement of the hot electron reliability, the ON to OFF drain current ratio, drain-induced barrier lowering, gate-induced drain leakage and threshold voltage over conventional double-gate SOI MOSFETs, i.e. without IPs, is displayed with the simulation results. This study is believed to improve the CMOS device reliability and is suitable for the low-power very-large-scale integration circuits.

  15. Translucency thresholds for dental materials.

    PubMed

    Salas, Marianne; Lucena, Cristina; Herrera, Luis Javier; Yebra, Ana; Della Bona, Alvaro; Pérez, María M

    2018-05-12

    To determine the translucency acceptability and perceptibility thresholds for dental resin composites using CIEDE2000 and CIELAB color difference formulas. A 30-observer panel performed perceptibility and acceptability judgments on 50 pairs of resin composites discs (diameter: 10mm; thickness: 1mm). Disc pair differences for the Translucency Parameter (ΔTP) were calculated using both color difference formulas (ΔTP 00 ranged from 0.11 to 7.98, and ΔTP ab ranged from 0.01 to 12.79). A Takagi-Sugeno-Kang (TSK) Fuzzy Approximation was used as fitting procedure. From the resultant fitting curves, the 95% confidence intervals were estimated and the 50:50% translucency perceptibility and acceptability thresholds (TPT and TAT) were calculated. Differences between thresholds were statistically analyzed using Student t tests (α=0.05). CIEDE2000 50:50% TPT was 0.62 and TAT was 2.62. Corresponding CIELAB values were 1.33 and 4.43, respectively. Translucency perceptibility and acceptability thresholds were significantly different using both color difference formulas (p=0.01 for TPT and p=0.005 for TAT). CIEDE2000 color difference formula provided a better data fit than CIELAB formula. The visual translucency difference thresholds determined with CIEDE2000 color difference formula can serve as reference values in the selection of resin composites and evaluation of its clinical performance. Copyright © 2018 The Academy of Dental Materials. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  16. Thresholds in chemical respiratory sensitisation.

    PubMed

    Cochrane, Stella A; Arts, Josje H E; Ehnes, Colin; Hindle, Stuart; Hollnagel, Heli M; Poole, Alan; Suto, Hidenori; Kimber, Ian

    2015-07-03

    There is a continuing interest in determining whether it is possible to identify thresholds for chemical allergy. Here allergic sensitisation of the respiratory tract by chemicals is considered in this context. This is an important occupational health problem, being associated with rhinitis and asthma, and in addition provides toxicologists and risk assessors with a number of challenges. In common with all forms of allergic disease chemical respiratory allergy develops in two phases. In the first (induction) phase exposure to a chemical allergen (by an appropriate route of exposure) causes immunological priming and sensitisation of the respiratory tract. The second (elicitation) phase is triggered if a sensitised subject is exposed subsequently to the same chemical allergen via inhalation. A secondary immune response will be provoked in the respiratory tract resulting in inflammation and the signs and symptoms of a respiratory hypersensitivity reaction. In this article attention has focused on the identification of threshold values during the acquisition of sensitisation. Current mechanistic understanding of allergy is such that it can be assumed that the development of sensitisation (and also the elicitation of an allergic reaction) is a threshold phenomenon; there will be levels of exposure below which sensitisation will not be acquired. That is, all immune responses, including allergic sensitisation, have threshold requirement for the availability of antigen/allergen, below which a response will fail to develop. The issue addressed here is whether there are methods available or clinical/epidemiological data that permit the identification of such thresholds. This document reviews briefly relevant human studies of occupational asthma, and experimental models that have been developed (or are being developed) for the identification and characterisation of chemical respiratory allergens. The main conclusion drawn is that although there is evidence that the

  17. Largely ignored: the impact of the threshold value for a QALY on the importance of a transferability factor.

    PubMed

    Vemer, Pepijn; Rutten-van Mölken, Maureen P M H

    2011-10-01

    Recently, several checklists systematically assessed factors that affect the transferability of cost-effectiveness (CE) studies between jurisdictions. The role of the threshold value for a QALY has been given little consideration in these checklists, even though the importance of a factor as a cause of between country differences in CE depends on this threshold. In this paper, we study the impact of the willingness-to-pay (WTP) per QALY on the importance of transferability factors in the case of smoking cessation support (SCS). We investigated, for several values of the WTP, how differences between six countries affect the incremental net monetary benefit (INMB) of SCS. The investigated factors were demography, smoking prevalence, mortality, epidemiology and costs of smoking-related diseases, resource use and unit costs of SCS, utility weights and discount rates. We found that when the WTP decreased, factors that mainly affect health outcomes became less important and factors that mainly effect costs became more important. With a WTP below 1,000, the factors most responsible for between country differences in INMB were resource use and unit costs of SCS and the costs of smoking-related diseases. Utility values had little impact. At a threshold above 10,000, between country differences were primarily due to different discount rates, utility weights and epidemiology of smoking-related diseases. Costs of smoking-related diseases had little impact. At all thresholds, demography had little impact. We concluded that, when judging the transferability of a CE study, we should consider the between country differences in WTP threshold values.

  18. STORAGE RING CROSS SECTION MEASUREMENTS FOR ELECTRON IMPACT SINGLE AND DOUBLE IONIZATION OF Fe{sup 13+} AND SINGLE IONIZATION OF Fe{sup 16+} AND Fe{sup 17+}

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hahn, M.; Novotny, O.; Savin, D. W.

    2013-04-10

    We report measurements of electron impact ionization for Fe{sup 13+}, Fe{sup 16+}, and Fe{sup 17+} over collision energies from below threshold to above 3000 eV. The ions were recirculated using an ion storage ring. Data were collected after a sufficiently long time that essentially all the ions had relaxed radiatively to their ground state. For single ionization of Fe{sup 13+}, we find that previous single pass experiments are more than 40% larger than our results. Compared to our work, the theoretical cross section recommended by Arnaud and Raymond is more than 30% larger, while that of Dere is about 20%more » greater. Much of the discrepancy with Dere is due to the theory overestimating the contribution of excitation-autoionization via n = 2 excitations. Double ionization of Fe{sup 13+} is dominated by direct ionization of an inner shell electron accompanied by autoionization of a second electron. Our results for single ionization of Fe{sup 16+} and Fe{sup 17+} agree with theoretical calculations to within the experimental uncertainties.« less

  19. Fractal Approach to Erosion Threshold of Bentonites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Y. F.; Li, X. Y.

    Bentonite has been considered as a candidate buffer material for the disposal of high-level radioactive waste (HLW) because of its low permeability, high sorption capacity, self-sealing characteristics and durability in a natural environment. Bentonite erosion caused by groundwater flow may take place at the interface of the compacted bentonite and fractured granite. Surface erosion of bentonite flocs is represented typically as an erosion threshold. Predicting the erosion threshold of bentonite flocs requires taking into account cohesion, which results from interactions between clay particles. Beyond the usual dependence on grain size, a significant correlation between erosion threshold and porosity measurements is confirmed for bentonite flocs. A fractal model for erosion threshold of bentonite flocs is proposed. Cohesion forces, the long-range van der Waals interaction between two clay particles are taken as the resource of the erosion threshold. The model verification is conducted by the comparison with experiments published in the literature. The results show that the proposed model for erosion threshold is in good agreement with the experimental data.

  20. Self-adjusting threshold mechanism for pixel detectors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Heim, Timon; Garcia-Sciveres, Maurice

    2017-09-01

    Readout chips of hybrid pixel detectors use a low power amplifier and threshold discrimination to process charge deposited in semiconductor sensors. Due to transistor mismatch each pixel circuit needs to be calibrated individually to achieve response uniformity. Traditionally this is addressed by programmable threshold trimming in each pixel, but requires robustness against radiation effects, temperature, and time. In this paper a self-adjusting threshold mechanism is presented, which corrects the threshold for both spatial inequality and time variation and maintains a constant response. It exploits the electrical noise as relative measure for the threshold and automatically adjust the threshold of each pixel to always achieve a uniform frequency of noise hits. A digital implementation of the method in the form of an up/down counter and combinatorial logic filter is presented. The behavior of this circuit has been simulated to evaluate its performance and compare it to traditional calibration results. The simulation results show that this mechanism can perform equally well, but eliminates instability over time and is immune to single event upsets.